diff --git a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv index 62740d6ad4..23ad63d29e 100644 --- a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv @@ -2230,7 +2230,7 @@ MAT 22 31 nx66 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins asking a question to show MAT 22 31 b9sy figs-rquestion οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑμῖν ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ λέγοντος 1 have you not read what was spoken to you by God, saying This is the first part of a rhetorical question that continues into the next verse. Jesus scolds the Sadducees by asking a question. He is not looking for an answer. Alternate translation: “I know you have read what was spoken to you by God. You know that he said,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MAT 22 31 ljj7 figs-activepassive τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑμῖν ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 what was spoken to you by God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “what God spoke to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 22 32 zb7a 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes asking the question he began in verse 31. -MAT 22 32 qcq3 figs-rquestion ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ Θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰακώβ? 1 I am the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob’? This is the end of the question that begins with the words **have you not read** in verse 31. Jesus asks this question to remind the religious leaders of what they know from scripture. “I know you have read it, but you do not seem to understand what…Jacob.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MAT 22 32 qcq3 figs-rquestion ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ Θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰακώβ? 1 I am the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob’? This is the end of the question that begins with the words **have you not read** in verse 31. Jesus asks this question to remind the religious leaders of what they know from scripture. “I know you have read it, but you do not seem to understand what … Jacob.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MAT 22 32 zwbp figs-quotations ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ Θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰακώβ? 1 I am the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob’? You can translate this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. “God, who said to Moses that he is the God of Abraham, the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) MAT 22 32 t7lv figs-nominaladj νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων 1 of the dead, but of the living These nominal adjectives can be stated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “of dead people, but he is the God of living people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) MAT 22 34 jnd7 0 Connecting Statement: A Pharisee who was an expert in the law tries to trap Jesus by asking him a difficult question about the greatest commandment. @@ -2263,15 +2263,15 @@ MAT 22 46 c1f2 figs-explicit ἐπερωτῆσαι αὐτὸν οὐκέτι 1 MAT 23 intro m99i 0 # Matthew 23 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Hypocrites

Jesus calls the Pharisees hypocrites many times ([Matthew 23:13](../../mat/23/13.md)) and carefully tells what he means by doing that. The Pharisees made rules that no one could actually obey, and then they persuaded the ordinary people that they were guilty because they could not obey the rules. Also, the Pharisees obeyed their own rules instead of obeying God’s original commands in the law of Moses.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Name calling

In most cultures, it is wrong to insult people. The Pharisees took many of the words in this chapter as insults. Jesus called them “hypocrites,” “blind guides,” “fools,” and “serpents” ([Matthew 23:16-17](./16.md)). Jesus uses these words say that God would surely punish them because they were doing wrong.

### Paradox

A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “He who is greatest among you will be your servant” ([Matthew 23:11-12](./11.md)). MAT 23 1 skq4 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a new part of the story that runs through [Matthew 25:46](../25/46.md), where Jesus teaches about salvation and the final judgment. Here he begins to warn the people about the scribes and Pharisees. MAT 23 2 dnu3 figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῆς Μωϋσέως καθέδρας ἐκάθισαν 1 sit in Moses’ seat Here, **seat** represents the authority to rule and make judgments. Alternate translation: “have authority as Moses had” or “have authority to say what the law of Moses means” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAT 23 3 q336 πάντα οὖν ὅσα ἐὰν…ποιήσατε, καὶ τηρεῖτε 1 Therefore whatever…do and observe these things “all the things…do them and observe them” or “everything…do it and observe it” -MAT 23 4 xce6 figs-metaphor δεσμεύουσιν δὲ φορτία βαρέα καὶ δυσβάστακτα, καὶ ἐπιτιθέασιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὤμους τῶν ἀνθρώπων; αὐτοὶ δὲ τῷ δακτύλῳ αὐτῶν οὐ θέλουσιν κινῆσαι αὐτά 1 They tie up heavy burdens that are difficult to carry, and then they put them on people’s shoulders. But they themselves will not move a finger to carry themThey tie up loads that are heavy and difficult to carry, and they put them on people’s shoulders. But they themselves are not willing to lift their finger to move them Here, **bind heavy burdens…put them on people’s shoulders** is a metaphor for the religious leaders making many difficult rules and making the people obey them. Alternate translation: “they make you obey many rules that are difficult to follow, but they do not lift a finger to help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAT 23 3 q336 πάντα οὖν ὅσα ἐὰν…ποιήσατε, καὶ τηρεῖτε 1 Therefore whatever … do and observe these things “all the things … do them and observe them” or “everything … do it and observe it” +MAT 23 4 xce6 figs-metaphor δεσμεύουσιν δὲ φορτία βαρέα καὶ δυσβάστακτα, καὶ ἐπιτιθέασιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὤμους τῶν ἀνθρώπων; αὐτοὶ δὲ τῷ δακτύλῳ αὐτῶν οὐ θέλουσιν κινῆσαι αὐτά 1 They tie up heavy burdens that are difficult to carry, and then they put them on people’s shoulders. But they themselves will not move a finger to carry themThey tie up loads that are heavy and difficult to carry, and they put them on people’s shoulders. But they themselves are not willing to lift their finger to move them Here, **bind heavy burdens … put them on people’s shoulders** is a metaphor for the religious leaders making many difficult rules and making the people obey them. Alternate translation: “they make you obey many rules that are difficult to follow, but they do not lift a finger to help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAT 23 4 xtr1 figs-idiom δεσμεύουσιν δὲ φορτία βαρέα καὶ δυσβάστακτα, καὶ ἐπιτιθέασιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὤμους τῶν ἀνθρώπων; αὐτοὶ δὲ τῷ δακτύλῳ αὐτῶν οὐ θέλουσιν κινῆσαι αὐτά 1 And they tie up loads, heavy and difficult to carry, and they put them on the shoulders of men, but they themselves are not willing with their finger to move them Here, **will not move a finger** is an idiom that means the religious leaders will not help the people. Alternate translation: “they make you obey many rules that are difficult to follow. But they do nothing at all to help the people follow the rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MAT 23 5 nw4y figs-activepassive πάντα δὲ τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν, ποιοῦσιν πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 They do all their deeds to be seen by people This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They do all their deeds so that people can see what they do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 23 5 ln6j figs-explicit πλατύνουσι γὰρ τὰ φυλακτήρια αὐτῶν καὶ μεγαλύνουσι τὰ κράσπεδα 1 For they make their phylacteries wide, and they enlarge the edges of their garments Both of these are things the Pharisees do to appear as if they honor God more than other people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MAT 23 5 gcv7 φυλακτήρια 1 phylacteries small leather boxes containing paper with scripture written on it MAT 23 5 h2qj μεγαλύνουσι τὰ κράσπεδα 1 they enlarge the edges of their garments The Pharisees made the tassels on the bottom of their robes especially long to show their devotion to God. MAT 23 6 i6ec 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the crowds and disciples about the Pharisees. -MAT 23 6 arf1 τὴν πρωτοκλισίαν…τὰς πρωτοκαθεδρίας 1 the chief places…the chief seats Both of these are the places where the most important people sit. +MAT 23 6 arf1 τὴν πρωτοκλισίαν…τὰς πρωτοκαθεδρίας 1 the chief places … the chief seats Both of these are the places where the most important people sit. MAT 23 7 cp2m ταῖς ἀγοραῖς 1 the marketplaces large, open-air areas where people buy and sell items MAT 23 7 cbe8 figs-activepassive καλεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, Ῥαββεί 1 to be called ‘Rabbi’ by people. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for people to call them ‘Rabbi.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 23 8 uk5v figs-activepassive ὑμεῖς δὲ μὴ κληθῆτε 1 But you must not be called This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But you must not let anyone call you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -2535,7 +2535,7 @@ MAT 25 32 kd14 ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ 1 before him “in front of him MAT 25 32 ndf5 figs-metonymy πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 all the nations Here, **nations** refers to people. Alternate translation: “all people from every country” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MAT 25 32 nk18 figs-simile ὥσπερ ὁ ποιμὴν ἀφορίζει τὰ πρόβατα ἀπὸ τῶν ἐρίφων 1 just as a shepherd separates the sheep from the goats Jesus uses a simile to describe how he will separate the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) MAT 25 33 pbq9 figs-metaphor καὶ στήσει τὰ μὲν πρόβατα ἐκ δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ, τὰ δὲ ἐρίφια ἐξ εὐωνύμων 1 And he will place the sheep on his right, but the goats on his left This is a metaphor that means the Son of Man will separate all people. He will put the righteous people at his right side, and he will put the sinners at his left side. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAT 25 34 t8pp figs-123person ὁ Βασιλεὺς…αὐτοῦ 1 the King…his Here, “the King” is another title for the Son of Man. Jesus was referring to himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “I, the King,…my right hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +MAT 25 34 t8pp figs-123person ὁ Βασιλεὺς…αὐτοῦ 1 the King … his Here, “the King” is another title for the Son of Man. Jesus was referring to himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “I, the King,…my right hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) MAT 25 34 ze81 figs-activepassive δεῦτε οἱ εὐλογημένοι τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 Come, you who have been blessed by my Father This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Come, you whom my Father has blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 25 34 h2k9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) MAT 25 34 b57r figs-activepassive κληρονομήσατε τὴν ἡτοιμασμένην ὑμῖν βασιλείαν 1 inherit the kingdom prepared for you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “inherit the kingdom that God has made ready for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -2894,7 +2894,7 @@ MAT 28 11 ktu5 δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main s MAT 28 11 mu4l αὐτῶν 1 They Here this refers to Mary Magdalene and the other Mary. MAT 28 11 rnr3 ἰδού 1 behold This marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. It may involve different people than the previous events. Your language may have a way of doing this. MAT 28 12 ht82 συμβούλιόν τε λαβόντες 1 discussed the matter with them “decided on a plan among themselves.” The priests and elders decided to give the money to the soldiers. -MAT 28 13 kn8i writing-quotations εἴπατε ὅτι, οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ…ἐλθόντες…ἡμῶν κοιμωμένων. 1 Say, ‘His disciples came…while we were sleeping.’ If your language does not allow quotations within quotations you may translate this as a single quote. Alternate translation: “Tell others that Jesus’ disciples came…while you were sleeping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +MAT 28 13 kn8i writing-quotations εἴπατε ὅτι, οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ…ἐλθόντες…ἡμῶν κοιμωμένων. 1 Say, ‘His disciples came … while we were sleeping.’ If your language does not allow quotations within quotations you may translate this as a single quote. Alternate translation: “Tell others that Jesus’ disciples came … while you were sleeping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) MAT 28 14 n8xy καὶ ἐὰν ἀκουσθῇ τοῦτο ἐπὶ τοῦ ἡγεμόνος 1 If this report reaches the governor “If the governor hears that you were asleep when Jesus’ disciples took his body” MAT 28 14 u13q τοῦ ἡγεμόνος 1 the governor “Pilate” ([Matthew 27:2](../27/02.md)) MAT 28 14 x57k ἡμεῖς πείσομεν καὶ ὑμᾶς ἀμερίμνους ποιήσομεν 1 we will persuade him and keep you out of trouble “do not worry. We will talk to him so that he does not punish you.” @@ -2908,6 +2908,6 @@ MAT 28 18 v37p figs-activepassive ἐδόθη μοι πᾶσα ἐξουσία 1 MAT 28 18 sm35 figs-merism ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 in heaven and on earth Here, **heaven** and **earth** are used together to mean everyone and everything in heaven and earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) MAT 28 19 yz6q figs-metonymy πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 of all the nations Here, **nations** refers to the people. Alternate translation: “of all the people in every nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MAT 28 19 l5b5 figs-metonymy εἰς τὸ ὄνομα 1 into the name Here, **name** refers to authority. Alternate translation: “by the authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAT 28 19 kwa3 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς…τοῦ Υἱοῦ 1 the Father…the Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +MAT 28 19 kwa3 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς…τοῦ Υἱοῦ 1 the Father … the Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) MAT 28 20 mz6f ἰδοὺ 1 See “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you” MAT 28 20 si8z ἕως τῆς συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος 1 even to the end of the age “until the end of this age” or “until the end of the world” \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv index 20007a1c37..4c392a6c3e 100644 --- a/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv +++ b/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv @@ -641,7 +641,7 @@ MRK 8 25 td9l figs-activepassive καὶ διέβλεψεν καὶ ἀπεκα MRK 8 27 e4l3 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus and his disciples talk on their way to the villages of Caesarea Philippi about who Jesus is and what will happen to him. MRK 8 28 bh7h οἱ δὲ εἶπαν αὐτῷ λέγοντες 1 But they said to him, saying “But they answered him, saying,” MRK 8 28 ac8h figs-explicit Ἰωάννην τὸν Βαπτιστήν 1 John the Baptist The disciples answer that this was who some people said Jesus was. This can be shown more clearly. Alternate translation: “Some people say that you are John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MRK 8 28 nn1f figs-ellipsis ἄλλοι…ἄλλοι 1 other … others The tow occurrences of **others** refers to other people. This refers to their responses to Jesus’ question. Alternate translation: “other people say you are…other people say you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +MRK 8 28 nn1f figs-ellipsis ἄλλοι…ἄλλοι 1 other … others The tow occurrences of **others** refers to other people. This refers to their responses to Jesus’ question. Alternate translation: “other people say you are … other people say you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MRK 8 29 v4h4 αὐτὸς ἐπηρώτα αὐτούς 1 He asked them “Jesus asked his disciples” MRK 8 30 fk1z figs-explicit ἐπετίμησεν αὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδενὶ λέγωσιν περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 he warned them that they might tell no one about him Jesus did not want them to tell anyone that he was the Christ. This can be made more explicit. Alternate translation: “Jesus warned them not to tell anyone that he is the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MRK 8 30 rgy8 figs-quotations ἐπετίμησεν αὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδενὶ λέγωσιν περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 he warned them that they might tell no one about him This can be written as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “Jesus warned them, ‘Do not tell anyone that I am the Christ’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) @@ -1396,7 +1396,7 @@ MRK 15 19 a8a9 figs-metaphor τιθέντες τὰ γόνατα 1 They knelt do MRK 15 21 cj4l ἀγγαρεύουσιν…ἵνα ἄρῃ τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ 1 they forced him to carry his cross According to Roman law, a solider could force a man he came upon along the road to carry a load. In this case, they forced Simon to carry Jesus’ cross. MRK 15 21 s4j3 ἀπ’ ἀγροῦ 1 from the country “from outside the city” MRK 15 21 cyn6 writing-background ἀγγαρεύουσιν, παράγοντά τινα Σίμωνα Κυρηναῖον, ἐρχόμενον ἀπ’ ἀγροῦ, τὸν πατέρα Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Ῥούφου 1 they pressed into service a certain passerby, Simon of Cyrene (the father of Alexander and Rufus), coming from the country This is background information about the man whom the soldiers forced to carry Jesus’ cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -MRK 15 21 rtz2 translate-names Σίμωνα…Ἀλεξάνδρου…Ῥούφου 1 Simon…Alexander…Rufus These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +MRK 15 21 rtz2 translate-names Σίμωνα…Ἀλεξάνδρου…Ῥούφου 1 Simon … Alexander … Rufus These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 15 21 py16 translate-names Κυρηναῖον 1 Cyrene This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MRK 15 22 w6c7 0 Connecting Statement: The soldiers bring Jesus to Golgotha, where they crucify him with two others. Many people mock him. MRK 15 22 e49p translate-names Κρανίου Τόπος 1 Place of a Skull “Skull Place” or “Place of the Skull.” This the name of a place. It does not mean that there are lots of skulls there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv index 88a89fc5a9..16c6581a23 100644 --- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv +++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv @@ -29,12 +29,12 @@ JHN 1 15 lrd7 ὅτι πρῶτός μου ἦν 1 for he was before me Be care JHN 1 16 p3zg τοῦ πληρώματος 1 fullness This word refers to God’s grace that has no end. JHN 1 16 b9r1 χάριν ἀντὶ χάριτος 1 grace after grace “blessing after blessing” JHN 1 18 h5cq guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρὸς 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 1 19 e1dz figs-synecdoche ἀπέστειλαν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἐξ Ἱεροσολύμων 1 the Jews sent…to him from Jerusalem The word **Jews** here represents the “Jewish leaders.” Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders sent…to him from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +JHN 1 19 e1dz figs-synecdoche ἀπέστειλαν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἐξ Ἱεροσολύμων 1 the Jews sent … to him from Jerusalem The word **Jews** here represents the “Jewish leaders.” Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders sent … to him from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) JHN 1 20 b7zz ὡμολόγησεν καὶ οὐκ ἠρνήσατο, καὶ ὡμολόγησεν 1 He confessed—he did not deny, but confessed The phrase **he did not deny** says in negative terms the same thing that “He confessed” says in positive terms. This emphasizes that John was telling the truth and was strongly stating that he was not the Christ. Your language may have a different way of doing this. JHN 1 21 iv9d τί οὖν? σὺ 1 What are you then? “What then is the case, if you are not the Messiah?” or “What then is going on?” or “What then are you doing?” JHN 1 22 t8ib 0 Connecting Statement: John continues to speak with the priests and Levites. JHN 1 22 sa3t εἶπαν…αὐτῷ 1 they said to him “the priests and Levites said to John” -JHN 1 22 x8wz figs-exclusive δῶμεν…ἡμᾶς 1 we may give…us the priests and Levites, not John (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +JHN 1 22 x8wz figs-exclusive δῶμεν…ἡμᾶς 1 we may give … us the priests and Levites, not John (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) JHN 1 23 a732 ἔφη 1 He said “John said” JHN 1 23 baa5 figs-metonymy ἐγὼ φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 1 I am a voice, crying in the wilderness John is saying that Isaiah’s prophecy is about himself. The word **voice** here refers to the person who is crying out in the wilderness. Alternate translation: “I am the one calling out in the wilderness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JHN 1 23 iry1 figs-metaphor εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου 1 Make the way of the Lord straight Here the word **way** is used as a metaphor. Alternate translation: “Prepare yourselves for the Lord’s arrival the same way that people prepare the road for an important person to use” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ JHN 1 46 s2kg εἶπεν αὐτῷ Ναθαναήλ 1 Nathaniel said to him JHN 1 46 i4wp figs-rquestion ἐκ Ναζαρὲτ δύναταί τι ἀγαθὸν εἶναι 1 Can any good thing come out of Nazareth? This remark appears in the form of a question in order to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “No good thing can come out of Nazareth!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JHN 1 47 ys8d figs-litotes ἐν ᾧ δόλος οὐκ ἔστιν 1 in whom is no deceit This can be stated in a positive way. Alternate translation: “a completely truthful man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) JHN 1 49 l666 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 1 50 p3ma figs-rquestion ὅτι εἶπόν σοι, ὅτι εἶδόν σε ὑποκάτω τῆς συκῆς, πιστεύεις 1 Because I said to you…do you believe? This remark appears in the form of a question to provide emphasis. Alternate translation: “You believe because I said, ‘I saw you underneath the fig tree’! (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 1 50 p3ma figs-rquestion ὅτι εἶπόν σοι, ὅτι εἶδόν σε ὑποκάτω τῆς συκῆς, πιστεύεις 1 Because I said to you … do you believe? This remark appears in the form of a question to provide emphasis. Alternate translation: “You believe because I said, ‘I saw you underneath the fig tree’! (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JHN 1 51 ga44 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. JHN 2 intro jav2 0 # John 02 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Wine

The Jews drank wine at many meals and especially when they were celebrating special events. They did not believe that it was a sin to drink wine.

### Driving out the money changers

Jesus drove the money changers out of the temple to show that he had authority over the temple and over all of Israel.

### “He knew what was in man”

Jesus knew what other people were thinking only because he was and is the Son of Man and the Son of God.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “His disciples remembered”

John used this phrase to stop telling the main history and to tell about something that happened much later. It was right after he scolded the pigeon sellers ([John 2:16](../../jhn/02/16.md)) that the Jewish authorities spoke to him. It was after Jesus became alive again that his disciples remembered what the prophet had written long before and that Jesus was talking about the temple of his body ([John 2:17](../../jhn/02/17.md) and [John 2:22](../../jhn/02/22.md)). JHN 2 1 rl16 writing-background 0 General Information: Jesus and his disciples are invited to a wedding. These verse give background information about the setting of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ JHN 2 18 r5rw ταῦτα 1 these things This refers to Jesus’ actions agains JHN 2 19 mp6i figs-hypo λύσατε τὸν ναὸν τοῦτον, καὶ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερῶ αὐτόν 1 Destroy this temple,…I will raise it up Jesus is stating a hypothetical situation in which something would certainly happen if something else that is not true were true. In this case, he would certainly raise the temple up if the Jewish authorities were to destroy it. He is not commanding the Jewish authorities to tear down the actual temple building. You can translate the words **destroy** and **raise** using the usual words for tearing down and rebuilding a building. Alternate translation: “If you destroy this temple, I will certainly raise it up” or “You can be certain that if you were to destroy this temple, I would raise it up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JHN 2 19 k2pz ἐγερῶ αὐτόν 1 raise it up “cause it to stand” JHN 2 20 g6jx writing-endofstory 0 General Information: Verses 21 and 22 are not part of the main story line, but instead they comment on the story and tell about something that happens later. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) -JHN 2 20 rn6x translate-numbers τεσσεράκοντα…ἓξ ἔτεσιν…τρισὶν ἡμέραις 1 forty-six years…three days “46 years…3 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +JHN 2 20 rn6x translate-numbers τεσσεράκοντα…ἓξ ἔτεσιν…τρισὶν ἡμέραις 1 forty-six years … three days “46 years…3 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) JHN 2 20 xbx3 figs-rquestion σὺ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερεῖς αὐτόν 1 you will raise it up in three days? This remark appears in the form of a question to show that the Jewish authorities understand that Jesus wants to tear down the temple and build it again in three days. “Raise” is an idiom for “establish.” Alternate translation: “you will establish it in three days?” or “you cannot possibly rebuild it in three days!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JHN 2 22 gq2w ἐπίστευσαν 1 believed Here, **believe** means to accept something or trust that it is true. JHN 2 22 ewi1 τῷ λόγῳ 1 this statement This refers back to Jesus’ statement in [John 2:19](../02/19.md). @@ -124,12 +124,12 @@ JHN 3 7 lpj4 δεῖ ὑμᾶς γεννηθῆναι ἄνωθεν 1 You must JHN 3 8 p87y figs-personification τὸ πνεῦμα ὅπου θέλει, πνεῖ 1 The wind blows wherever it wishes In the source language, wind and Spirit are the same word. The speaker here refers to the **wind** as if it were a person. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit is like a wind that blows wherever it wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) JHN 3 9 g4ji figs-rquestion πῶς δύναται ταῦτα γενέσθαι 1 How can these things be? This question adds emphasis to the statement. Alternate translation: “This cannot be!” or “This is not able to happen!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JHN 3 10 gw2h figs-rquestion σὺ εἶ ὁ διδάσκαλος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ, καὶ ταῦτα οὐ γινώσκεις 1 Are you a teacher of Israel, and yet you do not understand these things? Jesus knows that Nicodemus is a teacher. He is not looking for information. Alternate translation: “You are a teacher of Israel, so I am surprised you do not understand these things!” or “You are a teacher of Israel, so you should understand these things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -JHN 3 10 gbu5 σὺ εἶ ὁ διδάσκαλος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ, καὶ…οὐ γινώσκεις 1 Are you a teacher…yet you do not understand The word **you** is singular and refers to Nicodemus. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you) +JHN 3 10 gbu5 σὺ εἶ ὁ διδάσκαλος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ, καὶ…οὐ γινώσκεις 1 Are you a teacher … yet you do not understand The word **you** is singular and refers to Nicodemus. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you) JHN 3 11 j1k1 οὐ λαμβάνετε 1 you do not accept The word **you** is plural and refers to Jews in general. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you) JHN 3 11 jt1f ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). JHN 3 11 upi7 figs-exclusive λαλοῦμεν 1 we speak When Jesus said “we,” he was not including Nicodemus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) JHN 3 12 y4e9 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues responding to Nicodemus. -JHN 3 12 pt4x figs-you εἶπον ὑμῖν…οὐ πιστεύετε, πῶς ἐὰν εἴπω ὑμῖν…πιστεύσετε 1 I told you…you do not believe…how will you believe if I tell you In all three places “you” is plural and refers to Jews in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +JHN 3 12 pt4x figs-you εἶπον ὑμῖν…οὐ πιστεύετε, πῶς ἐὰν εἴπω ὑμῖν…πιστεύσετε 1 I told you … you do not believe … how will you believe if I tell you In all three places “you” is plural and refers to Jews in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) JHN 3 12 c6ia figs-rquestion πῶς ἐὰν εἴπω ὑμῖν τὰ ἐπουράνια, πιστεύσετε 1 how will you believe if I tell you about heavenly things? This question emphasizes the disbelief of Nicodemus and the Jews. Alternate translation: “you certainly will not believe if I tell you about heavenly things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JHN 3 12 lbv3 εἶπον ὑμῖν…οὐ πιστεύετε, πῶς ἐὰν εἴπω ὑμῖν…πιστεύσετε 1 heavenly things spiritual things JHN 3 14 tb3s figs-simile καθὼς Μωϋσῆς ὕψωσεν τὸν ὄφιν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, οὕτως ὑψωθῆναι δεῖ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Just as Moses lifted up the serpent in the wilderness, so must the Son of Man be lifted up This figure of speech is called a simile. Some people will “lift up” Jesus just as Moses “lifted up” the bronze serpent in the wilderness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) @@ -171,8 +171,8 @@ JHN 3 33 g5x4 ἐσφράγισεν 1 has confirmed “proves” or “agrees JHN 3 34 db8m 0 Connecting Statement: John the Baptist finishes speaking. JHN 3 34 rr83 ὃν γὰρ ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Θεὸς 1 For the one whom God has sent “This Jesus, whom God has sent to represent him” JHN 3 34 bnx8 οὐ γὰρ ἐκ μέτρου δίδωσιν τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 For he does not give the Spirit by measure “For he is the one to whom God gave all the power of his Spirit” -JHN 3 35 hmk4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ…Υἱόν 1 Father…Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 3 35 ha4e figs-idiom δέδωκεν ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ 1 given…into his hand This means to be put in his power or control. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +JHN 3 35 hmk4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ…Υἱόν 1 Father … Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 3 35 ha4e figs-idiom δέδωκεν ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ 1 given … into his hand This means to be put in his power or control. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JHN 3 36 u1ks ὁ πιστεύων 1 He who believes “A person who believes” or “Anyone who believes” JHN 3 36 zy7u ἡ ὀργὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ μένει ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 the wrath of God stays on him The abstract noun “wrath” can be translated with the verb “punish.” Alternate translation: “God will continue to punish him” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns) JHN 4 intro j1hv 0 # John 04 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

John 4:4-38 forms one story centered on the teaching of Jesus as the “living water” who gives eternal life to all who believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “It was necessary for him to pass through Samaria”

Jews avoided traveling through the region of Samaria because the Samaritans were descendants of ungodly people. So Jesus had to do what most Jews did not want to do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/kingdomofisrael]])

### “The hour is coming”

Jesus used these words to begin prophecies about times that could be shorter or longer than sixty minutes. “The hour” in which true worshipers will worship in spirit and truth is longer than sixty minutes.

### The proper place of worship

Long before Jesus lived, the Samaritan people had broken the law of Moses by setting up a false temple in their land ([John 4:20](../../jhn/04/20.md)). Jesus explained to the woman that it was no longer important where people worshiped ([John 4:21-24](./21.md)).

### Harvest

Harvest is when people go out to get the food they have planted so they can bring it to their houses and eat it. Jesus used this as a metaphor to teach his followers that they need to go and tell other people about Jesus so those people can be part of God’s kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

### “The Samaritan woman”

John probably told this story to show the difference between the Samaritan woman, who believed, and the Jews, who did not believe and later killed Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “In spirit and truth”

The people who truly know who God is and enjoy worshiping him and love him for who he is are the ones who truly please him. Where they worship is not important. @@ -185,10 +185,10 @@ JHN 4 3 dm2t ἀφῆκεν τὴν Ἰουδαίαν καὶ ἀπῆλθεν JHN 4 7 g82d δός μοι πεῖν 1 Give me some water This is a polite request, not a command. JHN 4 8 u29c οἱ γὰρ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ἀπεληλύθεισαν 1 For his disciples had gone He did not ask his disciples to draw water for him because they had gone. JHN 4 9 l2qh λέγει οὖν αὐτῷ ἡ γυνὴ ἡ Σαμαρεῖτις 1 Then the Samaritan woman said to him The word **him** refers to Jesus. -JHN 4 9 xdw7 figs-rquestion πῶς σὺ Ἰουδαῖος ὢν, παρ’ ἐμοῦ πεῖν αἰτεῖς 1 How is it that you, being a Jew, are asking…for something to drink? This remark appears in the form of a question to express the Samaritan woman’s surprise that Jesus asked her for a drink. Alternate translation: “I cannot believe that you, being a Jew, are asking a Samaritan for a drink!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 4 9 xdw7 figs-rquestion πῶς σὺ Ἰουδαῖος ὢν, παρ’ ἐμοῦ πεῖν αἰτεῖς 1 How is it that you, being a Jew, are asking … for something to drink? This remark appears in the form of a question to express the Samaritan woman’s surprise that Jesus asked her for a drink. Alternate translation: “I cannot believe that you, being a Jew, are asking a Samaritan for a drink!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JHN 4 9 px8w οὐ…συνχρῶνται 1 have no dealings with “do not associate with” JHN 4 10 zub5 figs-metaphor ὕδωρ ζῶν 1 living water Jesus uses the metaphor “living water” to refer to the Holy Spirit who works in a person to transform and bring new life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 4 12 di9q figs-rquestion μὴ σὺ μείζων εἶ τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἰακώβ, ὃς ἔδωκεν ἡμῖν τὸ φρέαρ, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἔπιεν, καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὰ θρέμματα αὐτοῦ 1 You are not greater, are you, than our father Jacob…cattle? This remark occurs in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “You are not greater than our father Jacob…cattle!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 4 12 di9q figs-rquestion μὴ σὺ μείζων εἶ τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἰακώβ, ὃς ἔδωκεν ἡμῖν τὸ φρέαρ, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἔπιεν, καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὰ θρέμματα αὐτοῦ 1 You are not greater, are you, than our father Jacob … cattle? This remark occurs in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “You are not greater than our father Jacob … cattle!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JHN 4 12 knw5 τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἰακώβ 1 our father Jacob “our ancestor Jacob” JHN 4 12 sj7n ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἔπιεν 1 drank from it “drank water that came from it” JHN 4 13 leu7 διψήσει πάλιν 1 will be thirsty again “will need to drink water again” @@ -210,12 +210,12 @@ JHN 4 23 bs1p 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the Samarita JHN 4 23 atm4 ἀλλὰ ἔρχεται ὥρα καὶ νῦν ἐστιν, ὅτε οἱ ἀληθινοὶ προσκυνηταὶ προσκυνήσουσιν 1 However, the hour is coming, and is now here, when true worshipers will “However, it is now the right time for true worshipers to” JHN 4 23 k1gf guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τῷ Πατρὶ 1 the Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) JHN 4 23 fb51 ἐν πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ 1 in spirit and truth Here, **spirit** could mean: (1) the inner person, the mind and heart, what a person thinks and what he loves, different from where he goes to worship and what ceremonies he performs, or (2) the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “in the Spirit and in truth” or “with the Spirit’s help and in truth” -JHN 4 23 utt7 ἐν…ἀληθείᾳ 1 in…truth thinking correctly of what is true about God -JHN 4 25 lp44 οἶδα ὅτι Μεσσίας ἔρχεται, ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός 1 I know that the Messiah…Christ Both of these words mean “God’s promised king.” +JHN 4 23 utt7 ἐν…ἀληθείᾳ 1 in … truth thinking correctly of what is true about God +JHN 4 25 lp44 οἶδα ὅτι Μεσσίας ἔρχεται, ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός 1 I know that the Messiah … Christ Both of these words mean “God’s promised king.” JHN 4 25 u8nb figs-explicit ἐκεῖνος, ἀναγγελεῖ ἡμῖν ἅπαντα 1 he will explain everything to us The words **explain everything** imply all that the people need to know. Alternate translation: “he will tell us everything we need to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 4 27 vk5j ἐπὶ τούτῳ ἦλθον οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 At that moment his disciples returned “Just as Jesus was saying this, his disciples returned from town” JHN 4 27 p39j καὶ ἐθαύμαζον ὅτι μετὰ γυναικὸς ἐλάλει 1 Now they were wondering why he was speaking with a woman It was very unusual for a Jew to speak with a woman he did not know, especially if that woman was a Samaritan. -JHN 4 27 cbc9 οὐδεὶς μέντοι εἶπεν, τί ζητεῖς? ἢ, τί λαλεῖς μετ’ αὐτῆς? 1 no one said, “What…want?” or “Why…her?” This could mean: (1) the disciples asked both questions to Jesus or (2) “no one asked the woman, ‘What…want?’ or asked Jesus, ‘Why…her?’” +JHN 4 27 cbc9 οὐδεὶς μέντοι εἶπεν, τί ζητεῖς? ἢ, τί λαλεῖς μετ’ αὐτῆς? 1 no one said, “What … want?” or “Why … her?” This could mean: (1) the disciples asked both questions to Jesus or (2) “no one asked the woman, ‘What … want?’ or asked Jesus, ‘Why … her?’” JHN 4 29 hb5h figs-hyperbole δεῦτε, ἴδετε ἄνθρωπον ὃς εἶπέ μοι πάντα ὅσα ἐποίησα 1 Come, see a man who told me everything that I have ever done The Samaritan woman exaggerates to show that she is impressed by how much Jesus knows about her. Alternate translation: “Come see a man who knows very much about me, even though I have never met him before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) JHN 4 29 dl18 μήτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός 1 This could not be the Christ, could it? The woman is not sure that Jesus is the Christ, so she asks a question that expects “no” for an answer, but she also asks a question instead of making a statement because she wants the people to decide for themselves. JHN 4 31 t6hy ἐν τῷ μεταξὺ 1 In the meantime “While the woman was going into town” @@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ JHN 4 44 fx22 προφήτης ἐν τῇ ἰδίᾳ πατρίδι, τιμὴ JHN 4 45 v9la ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ 1 at the festival Here the festival is the Passover. JHN 4 46 ffm3 οὖν 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line and to move to a new part of the story. If you have a way of doing this in your language, you may consider using it. JHN 4 46 bp3w βασιλικὸς 1 royal official someone who is in the service of the king -JHN 4 48 u73r figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα ἴδητε, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσητε 1 Unless you see signs and wonders, you will not believe **Unless…not believe** here is a double negative. In some languages it is more natural to translate this statement in a positive form. Alternate translation: “Only if you see a miracle will you believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +JHN 4 48 u73r figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα ἴδητε, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσητε 1 Unless you see signs and wonders, you will not believe **Unless … not believe** here is a double negative. In some languages it is more natural to translate this statement in a positive form. Alternate translation: “Only if you see a miracle will you believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) JHN 4 50 uwa3 figs-metonymy ἐπίστευσεν…τῷ λόγῳ 1 believed the word Here, **word** is a metonym that refers to the message that Jesus spoke. Alternate translation: “believed the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JHN 4 51 a5gw ἤδη 1 While This word is used to mark two events that are happening at the same time. As the official was going home, his servants were coming to meet him on the road. JHN 4 53 jhg4 καὶ ἐπίστευσεν αὐτὸς καὶ ἡ οἰκία αὐτοῦ ὅλη 1 So he himself and his whole household believed The reflexive pronoun **himself** is used here to emphasize the word **he**. If you have a way of doing this in your language, you may consider using it. @@ -281,14 +281,14 @@ JHN 5 18 n8bh ἴσον ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν τῷ Θεῷ 1 making himse JHN 5 19 f2qp 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the Jewish leaders. JHN 5 19 rr9q ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). JHN 5 19 x9sl guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἃ γὰρ ἂν ἐκεῖνος ποιῇ, ταῦτα καὶ ὁ Υἱὸς…ποιεῖ 1 whatever the Father is doing, the Son does these things also. Jesus, as the Son of God, followed and obeyed his Father’s leadership on earth, because Jesus knew the Father loved him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 5 19 iuc7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς…Πατέρα 1 Son…Father These are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 5 19 iuc7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς…Πατέρα 1 Son … Father These are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) JHN 5 20 zlr7 ὑμεῖς θαυμάζητε 1 you will be amazed “you will be surprised” or “you will be shocked” JHN 5 20 t3b4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ γὰρ Πατὴρ φιλεῖ τὸν Υἱὸν 1 For the Father loves the Son Jesus, as the Son of God, followed and obeyed his Father’s leadership on earth, because Jesus knew the Father loved him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) JHN 5 20 x8ac φιλεῖ 1 loves The kind of love that comes from God is focused on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. God himself is love and is the source of true love. -JHN 5 21 s6te guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ…Υἱὸς 1 Father…Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 5 21 s6te guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ…Υἱὸς 1 Father … Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) JHN 5 21 xzu4 ζῳοποιεῖ 1 life This refers to “spiritual life.” JHN 5 22 b2l6 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples οὐδὲ γὰρ ὁ Πατὴρ κρίνει οὐδένα, ἀλλὰ τὴν κρίσιν πᾶσαν δέδωκεν τῷ Υἱῷ 1 For the Father judges no one, but he has given all judgment to the Son The word **for** marks a comparison. The Son of God carries out judgment for God the Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 5 23 p2kj guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τιμῶσι τὸν Υἱὸν, καθὼς τιμῶσι τὸν Πατέρα. ὁ μὴ τιμῶν τὸν Υἱὸν, οὐ τιμᾷ τὸν Πατέρα 1 honor the Son just as…the Father. The one who does not honor the Son does not honor the Father God the Son must be honored and worshiped just like God the Father. If we fail to honor God the Son, then we also fail to honor God the Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 5 23 p2kj guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τιμῶσι τὸν Υἱὸν, καθὼς τιμῶσι τὸν Πατέρα. ὁ μὴ τιμῶν τὸν Υἱὸν, οὐ τιμᾷ τὸν Πατέρα 1 honor the Son just as … the Father. The one who does not honor the Son does not honor the Father God the Son must be honored and worshiped just like God the Father. If we fail to honor God the Son, then we also fail to honor God the Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) JHN 5 24 w6wu ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). JHN 5 24 eg5h figs-metonymy ὁ τὸν λόγον μου ἀκούων 1 he who hears my word Here, **word** is a metonym that represents the message of Jesus. Alternate translation: “anyone who hears my message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JHN 5 24 ql7q figs-doublenegatives εἰς κρίσιν οὐκ ἔρχεται 1 will not be condemned This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: “will be judged to be innocent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) @@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ JHN 5 25 gtu6 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly Translate this the way your JHN 5 25 s23d guidelines-sonofgodprinciples οἱ νεκροὶ ἀκούσουσιν τῆς φωνῆς τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ οἱ ἀκούσαντες ζήσουσιν 1 the dead will hear the voice of the Son of God, and those who hear will live The voice of Jesus, the Son of God, will raise dead people from the grave. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) JHN 5 25 d81y guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) JHN 5 26 p6ub guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὥσπερ γὰρ ὁ Πατὴρ ἔχει ζωὴν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, οὕτως καὶ τῷ Υἱῷ ἔδωκεν ζωὴν, ἔχειν ἐν ἑαυτῷ 1 For just as the Father has life in himself, so he has also given to the Son so that he has life in himself The word **For** marks a comparison. The Son of God has the power to give life, just as the Father does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 5 26 x136 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ…Υἱῷ 1 Father…Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 5 26 x136 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ…Υἱῷ 1 Father … Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) JHN 5 26 f5vq ζωὴν 1 life This means spiritual life. JHN 5 27 g58f guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς Ἀνθρώπου 1 Son of Man These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) JHN 5 27 pr1c ἐξουσίαν ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ κρίσιν ποιεῖν 1 the Father has given the Son authority to carry out judgment The Son of God has the authority of God the Father to judge. @@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ JHN 5 32 uxh5 ἀληθής ἐστιν ἡ μαρτυρία ἣν μαρτυρ JHN 5 34 rvc5 ἐγὼ…οὐ παρὰ ἀνθρώπου τὴν μαρτυρίαν λαμβάνω 1 the testimony that I receive is not from man “I do not need people’s testimony” JHN 5 34 a4je figs-activepassive ἵνα ὑμεῖς σωθῆτε 1 that you might be saved You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so God can save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JHN 5 35 w4w3 figs-metaphor ἐκεῖνος ἦν ὁ λύχνος ὁ καιόμενος καὶ φαίνων; ὑμεῖς δὲ ἠθελήσατε ἀγαλλιαθῆναι πρὸς ὥραν ἐν τῷ φωτὶ αὐτοῦ 1 John was a lamp that was burning and shining, and you were willing to rejoice in his light for a while Here, **lamp** and “light” are metaphors. John taught the people about God and this was like a lamp shining its light into the dark. Alternate translation: “John taught you about God and this was like a lamp shining its light. And for a while what John said made you happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 5 36 rt6j τὰ…ἔργα ἃ δέδωκέν μοι ὁ Πατὴρ, ἵνα τελειώσω αὐτά, αὐτὰ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιῶ, μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ, ὅτι ὁ Πατήρ με ἀπέσταλκεν 1 the works that the Father has given me to accomplish…that the Father has sent me God the Father has sent God the Son, Jesus, to earth. Jesus completes what the Father gives him to do. +JHN 5 36 rt6j τὰ…ἔργα ἃ δέδωκέν μοι ὁ Πατὴρ, ἵνα τελειώσω αὐτά, αὐτὰ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιῶ, μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ, ὅτι ὁ Πατήρ με ἀπέσταλκεν 1 the works that the Father has given me to accomplish … that the Father has sent me God the Father has sent God the Son, Jesus, to earth. Jesus completes what the Father gives him to do. JHN 5 36 dvr9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) JHN 5 36 yz3u figs-personification αὐτὰ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιῶ, μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 the very works that I do, testify about me Here Jesus says that the miracles **testify** or “tell the people” about him. Alternate translation: “What I do shows the people that God has sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) JHN 5 37 p157 figs-rpronouns ὁ πέμψας με Πατὴρ, ἐκεῖνος μεμαρτύρηκεν 1 The Father who sent me has himself testified The reflexive pronoun “himself” emphasizes that it is the Father, not someone less important, who has testified. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) @@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ JHN 5 43 zw65 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Πατρός μ JHN 5 43 rtb9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) JHN 5 43 ue9f λαμβάνετέ 1 receive welcome as a friend JHN 5 43 p7jg figs-metonymy ἐὰν ἄλλος ἔλθῃ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τῷ ἰδίῳ 1 If another should come in his own name The word **name** is a metonym that represents authority. Alternate translation: “If another should come in his own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 5 44 e999 figs-rquestion πῶς δύνασθε ὑμεῖς πιστεῦσαι, δόξαν παρὰ ἀλλήλων λαμβάνοντες, καὶ τὴν δόξαν τὴν παρὰ τοῦ μόνου Θεοῦ 1 How can you believe, you who accept praise…God? This remark appears in the form of a question in order to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “There is no way you can believe because you accept praise…God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 5 44 e999 figs-rquestion πῶς δύνασθε ὑμεῖς πιστεῦσαι, δόξαν παρὰ ἀλλήλων λαμβάνοντες, καὶ τὴν δόξαν τὴν παρὰ τοῦ μόνου Θεοῦ 1 How can you believe, you who accept praise … God? This remark appears in the form of a question in order to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “There is no way you can believe because you accept praise … God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JHN 5 44 g7qd πιστεῦσαι 1 believe This means to trust in Jesus. JHN 5 45 kk5q figs-metonymy ἔστιν ὁ κατηγορῶν ὑμῶν Μωϋσῆς, εἰς ὃν ὑμεῖς ἠλπίκατε 1 The one who accuses you is Moses, in whom you have put your hope **Moses** here is a metonym here that stands for the law itself. Alternate translation: “Moses accuses you in the Law, the very Law in which you have put your hopes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JHN 5 45 pf98 ἠλπίκατε 1 your hope “your confidence” or “your trust” @@ -361,12 +361,12 @@ JHN 6 19 sgf4 translate-bdistance ὡς σταδίους εἴκοσι πέντ JHN 6 20 d6wv μὴ φοβεῖσθε 1 Do not be afraid “Stop being afraid!” JHN 6 21 qtw5 figs-explicit ἤθελον…λαβεῖν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον 1 they were willing to receive him into the boat It is implied that Jesus gets into the boat. Alternate translation: “they gladly received him into the boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 6 22 yy7c τῆς θαλάσσης 1 the sea “the Sea of Galilee” -JHN 6 23 z5b4 writing-background ἄλλα ἦλθεν πλοῖα ἐκ Τιβεριάδος, ἐγγὺς τοῦ τόπου ὅπου ἔφαγον τὸν ἄρτον, εὐχαριστήσαντος τοῦ Κυρίου 1 However, there were…the Lord had given thanks Use your language’s way of showing that this is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 6 23 z5b4 writing-background ἄλλα ἦλθεν πλοῖα ἐκ Τιβεριάδος, ἐγγὺς τοῦ τόπου ὅπου ἔφαγον τὸν ἄρτον, εὐχαριστήσαντος τοῦ Κυρίου 1 However, there were … the Lord had given thanks Use your language’s way of showing that this is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) JHN 6 23 w7qu writing-background ἦλθεν πλοῖα ἐκ Τιβεριάδος 1 boats that came from Tiberias Here, John provides more background information. The next day, after Jesus fed the people, some boats with people from Tiberius came to see Jesus. However, Jesus and his disciples had left the night before. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) JHN 6 24 cql6 0 General Information: The people go to Capernaum to find Jesus. When they see him, they start asking him questions. JHN 6 26 f8j4 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). JHN 6 27 czb3 ζωὴν αἰώνιον, ἣν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ὑμῖν δώσει; τοῦτον γὰρ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐσφράγισεν ὁ Θεός 1 eternal life which the Son of Man will give you, for God the Father has set his seal on him God the Father has given his approval to Jesus, the Son of Man, to give eternal life to those who believe in him. -JHN 6 27 b94w guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…ὁ Πατὴρ…ὁ Θεός 1 Son of Man…God the Father These are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 6 27 b94w guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…ὁ Πατὴρ…ὁ Θεός 1 Son of Man … God the Father These are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) JHN 6 27 gf9q figs-metaphor τοῦτον…ἐσφράγισεν 1 has set his seal on him To “set a seal” on something means to place a mark on it to show to whom it belongs. This means that the Son belongs to the Father and that the Father approves of him in every way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JHN 6 31 gye7 οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν 1 Our fathers “Our forefathers” or “Our ancestors” JHN 6 31 jz9p τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 heaven This refers to the place where God lives. @@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ JHN 6 39 j7q6 figs-idiom ἀναστήσω αὐτὸ 1 will raise them up Here JHN 6 41 t91b 0 Connecting Statement: The Jewish leaders interrupt Jesus as he is speaking to the crowd. JHN 6 41 jl8l ἐγόγγυζον 1 grumbled talked unhappily JHN 6 41 wwa5 figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος 1 I am the bread Just as bread is necessary for our physical life, Jesus is necessary for our spiritual life. See how you translated this in [John 6:35](../06/35.md). Alternate translation: “I am the one who is like true bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JHN 6 42 bm3w figs-rquestion οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν Ἰησοῦς ὁ υἱὸς Ἰωσήφ, οὗ ἡμεῖς οἴδαμεν τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα 1 Is not this Jesus…whose father and mother we know? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders believe that Jesus is no one special. Alternate translation: “This is just Jesus, the son of Joseph, whose father and mother we know! (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 6 42 bm3w figs-rquestion οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν Ἰησοῦς ὁ υἱὸς Ἰωσήφ, οὗ ἡμεῖς οἴδαμεν τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα 1 Is not this Jesus … whose father and mother we know? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders believe that Jesus is no one special. Alternate translation: “This is just Jesus, the son of Joseph, whose father and mother we know! (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JHN 6 42 i81r figs-rquestion πῶς νῦν λέγει, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβέβηκα 1 How then does he now say, ‘I have come down from heaven’? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders do not believe that Jesus came from heaven. Alternate translation: “He is lying when he says that he came from heaven!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JHN 6 43 pk4s 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the crowd and now also to the Jewish leaders. JHN 6 44 s6b5 figs-idiom ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν 1 raise him up This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “cause him to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ JHN 6 54 t3xn 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to all those li JHN 6 54 hc5d figs-metaphor ὁ τρώγων μου τὴν σάρκα, καὶ πίνων μου τὸ αἷμα, ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 Whoever eats my flesh and drinks my blood has everlasting life The phrases “eats my flesh” and “drinks my blood” are a metaphor for trusting Jesus. Just as people need food and drink in order to live, people need to trust Jesus in order to have eternal life. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JHN 6 54 ym6w figs-idiom ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν 1 raise him up Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “cause him to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JHN 6 54 qia5 τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 at the last day “on the day when God judges everyone” -JHN 6 55 cik2 figs-metaphor ἡ…σάρξ μου ἀληθής ἐστι βρῶσις, καὶ τὸ αἷμά μου ἀληθής ἐστι πόσις 1 my flesh is true food…my blood is true drink The phrases “true food” and “true drink” are a metaphor that means Jesus gives life to those who trust in him. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 6 55 cik2 figs-metaphor ἡ…σάρξ μου ἀληθής ἐστι βρῶσις, καὶ τὸ αἷμά μου ἀληθής ἐστι πόσις 1 my flesh is true food … my blood is true drink The phrases “true food” and “true drink” are a metaphor that means Jesus gives life to those who trust in him. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JHN 6 56 u3w4 ἐν ἐμοὶ μένει, κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ 1 remains in me, and I in him “has a close relationship with me” JHN 6 57 dba2 καὶ ὁ τρώγων με 1 so he who eats me The phrase **eats me** is a metaphor for trusting Jesus. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) JHN 6 57 nfz4 ζῶν Πατὴρ 1 living Father This could mean: (1) “the Father who gives life” or (2) “the Father who is alive.” @@ -425,7 +425,7 @@ JHN 6 58 kv16 figs-metaphor οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ἐξ ο JHN 6 58 j2hx ὁ τρώγων τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον 1 He who eats this bread Jesus spoke about himself as “this bread.” Alternate translation: “He who eats me, the bread” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person) JHN 6 58 jv4c ὁ τρώγων τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον 1 He who eats this bread Here, **eats this bread** is a metaphor for trusting Jesus. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) JHN 6 58 i9ih οἱ πατέρες 1 the fathers “the forefathers” or “the ancestors” -JHN 6 59 ph39 writing-background ταῦτα εἶπεν ἐν συναγωγῇ, διδάσκων ἐν Καφαρναούμ 1 Jesus said these things in the synagogue…in Capernaum Here John gives background information about when this event happened. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 6 59 ph39 writing-background ταῦτα εἶπεν ἐν συναγωγῇ, διδάσκων ἐν Καφαρναούμ 1 Jesus said these things in the synagogue … in Capernaum Here John gives background information about when this event happened. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) JHN 6 60 t1me 0 Connecting Statement: Some of the disciples ask a question and Jesus responds, as he continues speaking to the crowd. JHN 6 60 cp3k figs-rquestion τίς δύναται αὐτοῦ ἀκούειν 1 who can accept it? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the disciples have difficulty understanding what Jesus has said. Alternate translation: “no one can accept it!” or “it is too hard to understand!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JHN 6 61 rn8i τοῦτο ὑμᾶς σκανδαλίζει 1 Does this offend you? “Does this shock you?” or “Does this upset you?” @@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ JHN 6 63 fy9p figs-metonymy ῥήματα 1 words This could mean: (1) Jesus’ JHN 6 63 plw8 τὰ ῥήματα ἃ ἐγὼ λελάληκα ὑμῖν 1 The words that I have spoken to you “What I have told you” JHN 6 63 gb29 πνεῦμά ἐστιν καὶ ζωή ἐστιν 1 are spirit, and they are life This could mean: (1) “are about the Spirit and eternal life” or (2) “are from the Spirit and give eternal life” or (3) “are about spiritual things and life.” JHN 6 64 k7ir 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes speaking to the crowd. -JHN 6 64 ey1e writing-background ᾔδει γὰρ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ μὴ πιστεύοντες, καὶ τίς ἐστιν ὁ παραδώσων αὐτόν 1 For Jesus knew from the beginning who were the ones…who it was who would betray him Here John gives background information about what Jesus knew would happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 6 64 ey1e writing-background ᾔδει γὰρ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ μὴ πιστεύοντες, καὶ τίς ἐστιν ὁ παραδώσων αὐτόν 1 For Jesus knew from the beginning who were the ones … who it was who would betray him Here John gives background information about what Jesus knew would happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) JHN 6 65 c3cl οὐδεὶς δύναται ἐλθεῖν πρός με, ἐὰν μὴ ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ Πατρός 1 no one can come to me unless it is granted to him by the Father Whoever wants to believe must come to God through the Son. Only God the Father allows people to come to Jesus. JHN 6 65 g4za guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) JHN 6 65 f7l1 ἐλθεῖν πρός με 1 come to me “follow me and receive eternal life” @@ -468,7 +468,7 @@ JHN 7 10 jz6l ὡς…ἀνέβησαν οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ ε JHN 7 10 z4ym καὶ αὐτὸς ἀνέβη 1 he also went up Jerusalem is at a higher elevation than Galilee where Jesus and his brothers were previously. JHN 7 10 rw5v figs-doublet οὐ φανερῶς, ἀλλὰ ὡς ἐν κρυπτῷ 1 not publicly but in secret These two phrases mean the same thing. The idea is repeated for emphasis. Alternate translation: “very secretly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) JHN 7 11 i6cl figs-synecdoche οἱ…Ἰουδαῖοι ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν 1 The Jews were looking for him Here the word **Jews**is a synecdoche for “the Jewish leaders.” The word **him** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders were looking for Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -JHN 7 12 c27a figs-metaphor πλανᾷ τὸν ὄχλον 1 he leads the crowds astray Here, **leads…astray** is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: “he deceives the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 7 12 c27a figs-metaphor πλανᾷ τὸν ὄχλον 1 he leads the crowds astray Here, **leads … astray** is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: “he deceives the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JHN 7 13 x3xa τὸν φόβον 1 fear This refers to the unpleasant feeling a person has when there is a threat of harm to himself or others. JHN 7 13 n8bb figs-synecdoche τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 the Jews The word **Jews** is a synecdoche for the leaders of the Jews who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) JHN 7 14 yut8 0 General Information: Jesus is now teaching the Jews in the temple. @@ -536,7 +536,7 @@ JHN 7 48 e8vu figs-rquestion τις ἐκ τῶν ἀρχόντων ἐπίστ JHN 7 49 e5td τὸν νόμον 1 the law This is a reference to the law of the Pharisees and not the law of Moses. JHN 7 49 fe7d ἀλλὰ ὁ ὄχλος οὗτος, ὁ μὴ γινώσκων τὸν νόμον, ἐπάρατοί εἰσιν 1 But this crowd that does not know the law, they are cursed “As for this crowd that does not know the law, God will cause them to perish!” JHN 7 50 u5ha writing-background ὁ ἐλθὼν πρὸς αὐτὸν πρότερον, εἷς ὢν ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 one of the Pharisees, who came to him earlier John provides this information to remind us of who Nicodemus is. Your language may have a special way to mark background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 7 51 ia3j figs-rquestion μὴ ὁ νόμος ἡμῶν κρίνει τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἐὰν μὴ ἀκούσῃ πρῶτον παρ’ αὐτοῦ, καὶ γνῷ τί ποιεῖ 1 Does our law judge a man…what he does? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Our Jewish law does not allow us to judge a man…what he does!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 7 51 ia3j figs-rquestion μὴ ὁ νόμος ἡμῶν κρίνει τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἐὰν μὴ ἀκούσῃ πρῶτον παρ’ αὐτοῦ, καὶ γνῷ τί ποιεῖ 1 Does our law judge a man … what he does? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Our Jewish law does not allow us to judge a man … what he does!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JHN 7 51 y8df figs-personification ὁ νόμος ἡμῶν κρίνει τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 Does our law judge a man Here Nicodemus speaks of the **law** as if it were a person. If this is not natural in your language, you may translate it with a personal subject. Alternate translation: “Do we judge a man” or “we do not judge a man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) JHN 7 52 pt91 figs-rquestion καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας εἶ 1 Are you also from Galilee? The Jewish leaders know that Nicodemus is not from Galilee. They ask this question as a way of scoffing at him. Alternate translation: “You must also be one of those inferior persons from Galilee!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 7 52 k6pg figs-ellipsis ἐραύνησον καὶ ἴδε 1 Search and see This is an ellipsis. You may wish to include the information that does not appear. Alternate translation: “Search carefully and read what is written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) @@ -650,13 +650,13 @@ JHN 9 intro hq31 0 # John 09 General Notes

## Special concepts in this JHN 9 1 fa5a 0 General Information: As Jesus and his disciples are walking along, they come across a blind man. JHN 9 1 un4h writing-newevent καὶ 1 Now This word shows that the author is about to describe a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) JHN 9 1 z5sx figs-synecdoche παράγων 1 as Jesus passed by Here, **Jesus** is a synecdoche for Jesus and the disciples. Alternate translation: “as Jesus and his disciples passed by” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -JHN 9 2 w44c figs-explicit τίς ἥμαρτεν, οὗτος ἢ οἱ γονεῖς αὐτοῦ, ἵνα τυφλὸς γεννηθῇ 1 who sinned, this man or his parents…blind? This question reflects the ancient Jewish belief that sin caused all illnesses and other deformities. The rabbis also taught that it was possible for a baby to sin while still in the womb. Alternate translation: “Teacher, we know that sin causes a person to be blind. Whose sin caused this man to be born blind? did this man himself sin, or was it his parents who sinned?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 9 2 w44c figs-explicit τίς ἥμαρτεν, οὗτος ἢ οἱ γονεῖς αὐτοῦ, ἵνα τυφλὸς γεννηθῇ 1 who sinned, this man or his parents … blind? This question reflects the ancient Jewish belief that sin caused all illnesses and other deformities. The rabbis also taught that it was possible for a baby to sin while still in the womb. Alternate translation: “Teacher, we know that sin causes a person to be blind. Whose sin caused this man to be born blind? did this man himself sin, or was it his parents who sinned?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 9 4 h231 figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 We This “We” includes both Jesus and the disciples he is talking to. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -JHN 9 4 g92d figs-metaphor ἡμέρα…νὺξ 1 day…Night Here, **day** and “night” are metaphors. Jesus is comparing the time when people can do God’s work to daytime, the time when people normally work, and nighttime to when they cannot do God’s work. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 9 4 g92d figs-metaphor ἡμέρα…νὺξ 1 day … Night Here, **day** and “night” are metaphors. Jesus is comparing the time when people can do God’s work to daytime, the time when people normally work, and nighttime to when they cannot do God’s work. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JHN 9 5 f2xu figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ 1 in the world Here the **world** is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “living among the people of this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JHN 9 5 dd8k figs-metaphor φῶς…τοῦ κόσμου 1 light of the world Here, **light** is a metaphor for the true revelation of God. Alternate translation: “the one who shows what is true just as light allows people to see what is in the darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JHN 9 6 y3s4 figs-explicit ἐποίησεν πηλὸν ἐκ τοῦ πτύσματος 1 made mud with the saliva Jesus used his fingers to mix the dirt and saliva. Alternate translation: “and used his fingers to mix the dirt and saliva to make mud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 9 7 ily8 νίψαι…ἐνίψατο 1 wash…washed You may need to make explicit that Jesus wanted him to wash the mud off of his eyes in the pool and that that is what the man did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 9 7 ily8 νίψαι…ἐνίψατο 1 wash … washed You may need to make explicit that Jesus wanted him to wash the mud off of his eyes in the pool and that that is what the man did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 9 7 ri9h writing-background ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, ἀπεσταλμένος 1 which is translated “Sent” A brief break occurs here in the story line so John can explain to his readers what “Siloam” means. Alternate translation: “which means ‘Sent’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) JHN 9 8 r79x figs-rquestion οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ καθήμενος καὶ προσαιτῶν 1 Is not this the man that used to sit and beg? This remark appears in the form of a question to express the surprise of the people. Alternate translation: “This man is the one who used to sit and beg!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JHN 9 10 p7vj 0 Connecting Statement: The neighbors of the man who had been blind continue to speak to him. @@ -692,7 +692,7 @@ JHN 9 28 z2tn figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς δὲ τοῦ Μωϋσέως ἐσμ JHN 9 29 ye4k ἡμεῖς οἴδαμεν ὅτι Μωϋσεῖ λελάληκεν ὁ Θεός 1 We know that God has spoken to Moses “We are sure that God has spoken to Moses” JHN 9 29 vv43 figs-explicit τοῦτον…οὐκ οἴδαμεν πόθεν ἐστίν 1 we do not know where this one is from Here the Jewish leaders are referring to Jesus. They imply that he has no authority to call disciples. Alternate translation: “we do not know where he comes from or where he gets his authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 9 30 i3gm figs-explicit ὅτι ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε πόθεν ἐστίν 1 that you do not know where he is from The man is surprised that the Jewish leaders question Jesus’ authority when they know he has the power to heal. Alternate translation: “that you do not know where he gets his authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 9 31 e7ec ἁμαρτωλῶν…οὐκ ἀκούει…τούτου ἀκούει 1 does not listen to sinners…listens to him “does not answer the prayers of sinners…God answers his prayers” +JHN 9 31 e7ec ἁμαρτωλῶν…οὐκ ἀκούει…τούτου ἀκούει 1 does not listen to sinners … listens to him “does not answer the prayers of sinners … God answers his prayers” JHN 9 32 e89t 0 Connecting Statement: The man who had been blind continues speaking to the Jews. JHN 9 32 b2xt figs-activepassive οὐκ ἠκούσθη, ὅτι ἠνέῳξέν τις 1 it has never been heard that anyone opened This is a passive statement. You can translate it in an active form. Alternate translation: “no one has ever heard of anyone who healed a man who was blind from birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JHN 9 33 tt5e figs-doublenegatives εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος παρὰ Θεοῦ, οὐκ ἠδύνατο ποιεῖν οὐδέν 1 If this man were not from God, he could do nothing This sentence uses a double negative pattern. “Only a man from God could do something like that!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) @@ -770,13 +770,13 @@ JHN 10 32 t5q8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἀπεκρίθη αὐτοῖς JHN 10 32 tx8h figs-irony διὰ ποῖον αὐτῶν ἔργον, ἐμὲ λιθάζετε 1 For which of those works are you stoning me? This question uses irony. Jesus knows the Jewish leaders do not want to stone him because he has done good works. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) JHN 10 33 bq1l figs-synecdoche ἀπεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews answered him The word **Jews** is a synecdoche that represents the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Jewish opponents replied” or “The Jewish leaders answered him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) JHN 10 33 h4kp ποιεῖς σεαυτὸν Θεόν 1 making yourself God “claiming to be God” -JHN 10 34 qi82 figs-rquestion οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ὑμῶν, ὅτι ἐγὼ εἶπα, θεοί ἐστε? 1 Is it not written…gods”’? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “You should already know that it is written in your law that I said, ‘you are gods.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 10 34 qi82 figs-rquestion οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ὑμῶν, ὅτι ἐγὼ εἶπα, θεοί ἐστε? 1 Is it not written … gods”’? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “You should already know that it is written in your law that I said, ‘you are gods.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JHN 10 34 b3gp θεοί ἐστε 1 You are gods Here Jesus quotes a scripture where God calls his followers **gods**, perhaps because he has chosen them to represent him on earth. JHN 10 35 m8ji figs-metaphor ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐγένετο 1 the word of God came Jesus speaks of God’s message as though it were a person who moved toward those who heard it. Alternate translation: “God spoke his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JHN 10 35 u9j2 οὐ δύναται λυθῆναι ἡ Γραφή 1 the scripture cannot be broken This could mean: (1) “no one can change the scripture” or (2) “the scripture will always be true.” JHN 10 36 dvp5 figs-rquestion ὃν ὁ Πατὴρ ἡγίασεν καὶ ἀπέστειλεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον, ὑμεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι βλασφημεῖς, ὅτι εἶπον, Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰμι 1 do you say to him whom the Father set apart and sent into the world, ‘You are blaspheming,’ because I said, ‘I am the Son of God’? Jesus used this question to rebuke his opponents for saying that he was blaspheming when he called himself “the Son of God.” Alternate translation: “you should not say to the very one whom the Father set apart to send into the world, ‘You are blaspheming,’ when I say that I am the Son of God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JHN 10 36 fj9f βλασφημεῖς 1 You are blaspheming “You are insulting God.” Jesus’ opponents understood that when said that he is the Son of God, he was implying that he is equal with God. -JHN 10 36 rax1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ…Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Father…Son of God These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 10 36 rax1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ…Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Father … Son of God These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) JHN 10 37 wyd2 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes responding to the Jews. JHN 10 37 us7v guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) JHN 10 37 vk1v πιστεύετέ μοι 1 believe me Here the word **believe** means to accept or trust what Jesus said is true. @@ -790,7 +790,7 @@ JHN 10 41 lw9n σημεῖον 1 signs These are miracles that prove that somet JHN 10 42 ieh5 ἐπίστευσαν εἰς 1 believed in Here, **believed in** means accepted or trusted what Jesus said was true. JHN 11 intro tks5 0 # John 11 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Light and darkness

The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])

### Passover

After Jesus made Lazarus become alive again, the Jewish leaders were trying hard to kill him, so he started traveling from place to place in secret. Now the Pharisees knew that he would probably come to Jerusalem for the Passover because God had commanded all Jewish men to celebrate the Passover in Jerusalem, so they planned to catch him and kill him then. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### “One man dies for the people”

The law of Moses commanded the priests to kill animals so that God would forgive the people’s sins. The high priest Caiaphas said, “It is better for you that one man dies for the people than that the whole nation perishes” ([John 10:50](../../jhn/10/50.md)). He said this because he loved his “place” and “nation” ([John 10:48](../../jhn/10/48.md)) more than he loved the God who had made Lazarus become alive again. He wanted Jesus to die so that the Romans would not destroy the temple and Jerusalem, but God wanted Jesus to die so that he could forgive all of his people’s sins.

### Hypothetical situation

When Martha said, “If you had been here, my brother would not have died,” she was speaking of a situation that could have happened but did not happen. Jesus had not come, and her brother had died. JHN 11 1 fsf7 writing-participants 0 General Information: These verses introduce the story of Lazarus and give background information about him and his sister Mary. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -JHN 11 2 c6r9 writing-background ἦν δὲ Μαρία ἡ ἀλείψασα τὸν Κύριον μύρῳ, καὶ ἐκμάξασα τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ ταῖς θριξὶν αὐτῆς 1 It was Mary who anointed the Lord…her hair As John introduces Mary, the sister of Martha, he also shares information concerning what would later happen in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 11 2 c6r9 writing-background ἦν δὲ Μαρία ἡ ἀλείψασα τὸν Κύριον μύρῳ, καὶ ἐκμάξασα τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ ταῖς θριξὶν αὐτῆς 1 It was Mary who anointed the Lord … her hair As John introduces Mary, the sister of Martha, he also shares information concerning what would later happen in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) JHN 11 3 i2ar ἀπέστειλαν…πρὸς αὐτὸν 1 sent for Jesus “asked Jesus to come” JHN 11 3 czm1 φιλεῖς 1 love Here, **love** refers to brotherly love, a natural, human love between friends or relatives. JHN 11 4 nk3g figs-explicit αὕτη ἡ ἀσθένεια οὐκ ἔστιν πρὸς θάνατον 1 This sickness is not to death Jesus implies that he knows what will happen related to Lazarus and his sickness. Alternate translation: “Death will not be the final result of this sickness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -827,7 +827,7 @@ JHN 11 25 ef7a ζήσεται 1 will live Here, **live** refers to spiritual li JHN 11 26 a6gs πᾶς ὁ ζῶν καὶ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 whoever lives and believes in me will never die “those who live and trust in me will never be separated eternally from God” or “those who live and trust in me will be spiritually alive with God forever” JHN 11 26 fue3 οὐ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 will never die Here, **die** refers to spiritual death. JHN 11 27 mk4e λέγει αὐτῷ 1 She said to him “Martha said to Jesus” -JHN 11 27 zd3n ναί, Κύριε; ἐγὼ πεπίστευκα ὅτι σὺ εἶ ὁ Χριστὸς, ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὁ εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἐρχόμενος 1 Yes, Lord, I believe that you are the Christ, the Son of God…coming into the world Martha believes that Jesus is Lord, the Christ (the Messiah), the Son of God. +JHN 11 27 zd3n ναί, Κύριε; ἐγὼ πεπίστευκα ὅτι σὺ εἶ ὁ Χριστὸς, ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὁ εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἐρχόμενος 1 Yes, Lord, I believe that you are the Christ, the Son of God … coming into the world Martha believes that Jesus is Lord, the Christ (the Messiah), the Son of God. JHN 11 27 y83q guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) JHN 11 28 yd61 figs-explicit ἀπῆλθεν, καὶ ἐφώνησεν Μαριὰμ, τὴν ἀδελφὴν αὐτῆς 1 she went away and called her sister Mary Mary is the younger sister of Martha. Alternate translation: “she went away and called her younger sister Mary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 11 28 zs2t διδάσκαλος 1 Teacher This is a title referring to Jesus. @@ -889,7 +889,7 @@ JHN 12 4 e1xj ὁ μέλλων αὐτὸν παραδιδόναι 1 the one wh JHN 12 5 e8d7 figs-rquestion διὰ τί τοῦτο τὸ μύρον οὐκ ἐπράθη τριακοσίων δηναρίων, καὶ ἐδόθη πτωχοῖς 1 Why was this perfume not sold for three hundred denarii and given to the poor? This is a rhetorical question. You can translate it as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “This perfume could have been sold for three hundred denarii and the money could have been given to the poor!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JHN 12 5 p838 translate-numbers τριακοσίων δηναρίων 1 three hundred denarii You can translate this as a numeral. Alternate translation: “300 denarii” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) JHN 12 5 dx9e translate-bmoney δηναρίων 1 denarii A denarius was the amount of silver that a common laborer could earn in one day of work. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) -JHN 12 6 ri5l writing-background εἶπεν δὲ τοῦτο, οὐχ ὅτι περὶ τῶν πτωχῶν ἔμελεν αὐτῷ, ἀλλ’ ὅτι κλέπτης ἦν, καὶ τὸ γλωσσόκομον ἔχων τὰ βαλλόμενα ἐβάσταζεν 1 Now he said this…would steal from what was put in it John explains why Judas asked the question about the poor. If your language has a way of indicating background information, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 12 6 ri5l writing-background εἶπεν δὲ τοῦτο, οὐχ ὅτι περὶ τῶν πτωχῶν ἔμελεν αὐτῷ, ἀλλ’ ὅτι κλέπτης ἦν, καὶ τὸ γλωσσόκομον ἔχων τὰ βαλλόμενα ἐβάσταζεν 1 Now he said this … would steal from what was put in it John explains why Judas asked the question about the poor. If your language has a way of indicating background information, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) JHN 12 6 sl8u εἶπεν…τοῦτο, οὐχ ὅτι περὶ τῶν πτωχῶν ἔμελεν αὐτῷ, ἀλλ’ ὅτι κλέπτης ἦν 1 he said this, not because he cared about the poor, but because he was a thief “he said this because he was a thief. He did not care about the poor” JHN 12 7 dcn3 figs-explicit ἄφες αὐτήν, ἵνα εἰς τὴν ἡμέραν τοῦ ἐνταφιασμοῦ μου, τηρήσῃ αὐτό 1 Allow her to keep what she has for the day of my burial Jesus implies that the woman’s actions can be understood as anticipating his death and burial. Alternate translation: “Allow her to show how much she appreciates me! In this way she has prepared my body for burial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 12 8 r82p figs-explicit τοὺς πτωχοὺς…πάντοτε ἔχετε μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν 1 You will always have the poor with you Jesus implies that there will always be opportunities to help the poor people. Alternate translation: “There will always be poor people among you, and you can help them whenever you want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -923,7 +923,7 @@ JHN 12 22 b9re figs-ellipsis λέγουσιν τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 they told Jes JHN 12 23 p96d 0 General Information: Jesus begins to respond to Philip and Andrew. JHN 12 23 jl9u figs-explicit ἐλήλυθεν ἡ ὥρα ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The hour has come for the Son of Man to be glorified Jesus implies that it is now the right time for God to honor the Son of Man through his upcoming suffering, death and resurrection. Alternate translation: “God will soon honor me when I die and rise again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 12 24 m255 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly, I say to you Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated “Truly, truly” in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). -JHN 12 24 gq2y figs-metaphor ἐὰν μὴ ὁ κόκκος τοῦ σίτου πεσὼν εἰς τὴν γῆν ἀποθάνῃ, αὐτὸς μόνος μένει; ἐὰν δὲ ἀποθάνῃ, πολὺν καρπὸν φέρει 1 unless a grain of wheat falls into the earth and dies…it will bear much fruit Here, **a grain of wheat** or “seed” is a metaphor for Jesus’ death, burial and resurrection. Just as a seed is planted and grows again into a plant that will bear much fruit, so will many people trust in Jesus after he is killed, buried, and raised back to life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 12 24 gq2y figs-metaphor ἐὰν μὴ ὁ κόκκος τοῦ σίτου πεσὼν εἰς τὴν γῆν ἀποθάνῃ, αὐτὸς μόνος μένει; ἐὰν δὲ ἀποθάνῃ, πολὺν καρπὸν φέρει 1 unless a grain of wheat falls into the earth and dies … it will bear much fruit Here, **a grain of wheat** or “seed” is a metaphor for Jesus’ death, burial and resurrection. Just as a seed is planted and grows again into a plant that will bear much fruit, so will many people trust in Jesus after he is killed, buried, and raised back to life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JHN 12 25 sk6e figs-explicit ὁ φιλῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ, ἀπολλύει αὐτήν 1 He who loves his life will lose it Here, **loves his life** means to consider one’s own physical life to be more valuable than the lives of others. Alternate translation: “whoever values his own life more than others will not receive eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 12 25 mp7b figs-explicit ὁ μισῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ, εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον φυλάξει αὐτήν 1 he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life Here the one who **hates his life** refers to one who loves his own life less than he loves the lives of others. Alternate translation: “whoever considers the lives of others as more important than his own life will live with God forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 12 26 i8ky figs-explicit ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ, ἐκεῖ καὶ ὁ διάκονος ὁ ἐμὸς ἔσται 1 where I am, there will my servant also be Jesus implies that those who serve him will be with him in heaven. Alternate translation: “when I am in heaven, my servant will also be there with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -948,7 +948,7 @@ JHN 12 37 s1wh 0 General Information: This is a break in the main story line a JHN 12 38 k15e figs-activepassive ἵνα ὁ λόγος Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου πληρωθῇ 1 so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “in order to fulfill the message of Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JHN 12 38 gx5x figs-rquestion Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν? καὶ ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου τίνι ἀπεκαλύφθη 1 Lord, who has believed our report, and to whom has the arm of the Lord been revealed? This appears in the form of two rhetorical questions to express the prophet’s dismay that the people do not believe his message.They may be stated as a single rhetorical question, Alternate translation: “Lord, hardly anyone has believed our message, even though they have seen that you are powerfully able to save them!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JHN 12 38 dh6s figs-metonymy ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου 1 the arm of the Lord This is a metonym that refers to the Lord’s ability to rescue with power. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 12 40 z323 figs-metonymy ἐπώρωσεν αὐτῶν τὴν καρδίαν…νοήσωσιν τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 he has hardened their hearts…understand with their hearts Here, **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s mind. The phrase **hardened their hearts** is a metaphor for making someone become stubborn. Also, to “understand with their hearts” means to “truly understand.” Alternate translation: “he has made them stubborn…truly understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JHN 12 40 z323 figs-metonymy ἐπώρωσεν αὐτῶν τὴν καρδίαν…νοήσωσιν τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 he has hardened their hearts … understand with their hearts Here, **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s mind. The phrase **hardened their hearts** is a metaphor for making someone become stubborn. Also, to “understand with their hearts” means to “truly understand.” Alternate translation: “he has made them stubborn … truly understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JHN 12 40 h99a figs-metaphor καὶ στραφῶσιν 1 and turn Here, **turn** is a metaphor for “repent.” Alternate translation: “and they would repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JHN 12 42 hdh1 figs-activepassive ἵνα μὴ ἀποσυνάγωγοι γένωνται 1 so that they would not be banned from the synagogue You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so people would not stop them from going to the synagogue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JHN 12 43 fx72 ἠγάπησαν…τὴν δόξαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων μᾶλλον ἤπερ τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 They loved the praise that comes from people more than the praise that comes from God “They wanted people to praise them more than they wanted God to praise them” @@ -1035,7 +1035,7 @@ JHN 14 9 mr1a figs-rquestion τοσοῦτον χρόνον μεθ’ ὑμῶν JHN 14 9 l3s8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ ἑωρακὼς ἐμὲ, ἑώρακεν τὸν Πατέρα 1 Whoever has seen me has seen the Father To see Jesus, who is God the Son, is to see God the Father. The “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) JHN 14 9 x1uh figs-rquestion πῶς σὺ λέγεις, δεῖξον ἡμῖν τὸν Πατέρα 1 How can you say, ‘Show us the Father’? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize Jesus’ words to Philip. Alternate translation: “So you really should not be saying, ‘Show us the Father!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JHN 14 10 v2jb 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus asks Philip a question and then he continues to speak to all of his disciples. -JHN 14 10 hc1z figs-rquestion οὐ πιστεύεις ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρὶ, καὶ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν ἐμοί ἐστιν 1 Do you not believe…in me? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize Jesus’ words to Philip. Alternate translation: “You really should believe…in me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +JHN 14 10 hc1z figs-rquestion οὐ πιστεύεις ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρὶ, καὶ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν ἐμοί ἐστιν 1 Do you not believe … in me? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize Jesus’ words to Philip. Alternate translation: “You really should believe … in me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JHN 14 10 e4se guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρὶ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) JHN 14 10 pgk6 τὰ ῥήματα ἃ ἐγὼ λαλῶ ὑμῖν, ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ οὐ λαλῶ 1 The words that I say to you I do not speak from my own authority “What I am telling you is not from me” or “The words I tell you are not from me” JHN 14 10 wh9w τὰ ῥήματα ἃ ἐγὼ λαλῶ ὑμῖν 1 The words that I say to you Here, **you** is plural. Jesus is now speaking to all of his disciples. @@ -1045,7 +1045,7 @@ JHN 14 12 h2rh ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ 1 believes in me This mean JHN 14 12 cn14 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father This is an important title that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) JHN 14 13 n2id figs-metonymy ὅ τι ἂν αἰτήσητε ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 Whatever you ask in my name Here, **name** is a metonym that represents the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “Whatever you ask, using my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JHN 14 13 i138 figs-activepassive ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ 1 so that the Father will be glorified in the Son You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so I can show everyone how great my Father is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JHN 14 13 j6nh guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ…Υἱῷ 1 Father…Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 14 13 j6nh guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ…Υἱῷ 1 Father … Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) JHN 14 14 sgk6 figs-metonymy ἐάν τι αἰτήσητέ με ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου, ἐγὼ ποιήσω 1 If you ask me anything in my name, I will do it Here, **name** is a metonym that represents the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “If you ask me anything as one of my followers, I will do it” or “Whatever you ask of me, I will do it because you belong to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JHN 14 16 tu1e Παράκλητον 1 Comforter This refers to the Holy Spirit. JHN 14 17 sc6r Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας 1 Spirit of truth This refers to the Holy Spirit who teaches people what is true about God. @@ -1077,7 +1077,7 @@ JHN 14 28 s3t3 figs-explicit πορεύομαι πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα 1 JHN 14 28 gtk5 figs-explicit ὁ Πατὴρ μείζων μού ἐστιν 1 the Father is greater than I Here Jesus implies that the Father has greater authority than the Son while the Son is on the earth. Alternate translation: “the Father has greater authority than I have here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 14 28 ymq4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) JHN 14 30 ah3s τοῦ κόσμου ἄρχων 1 ruler of this world Here, **ruler** refers to Satan. See how you translated this in [John 12:31](../12/31.md). Alternate translation: “Satan who rules this world” -JHN 14 30 ea6m figs-explicit ἔρχεται…ἄρχων 1 ruler…is coming Here Jesus implies that Satan is coming to attack him. Alternate translation: “Satan is coming to attack me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 14 30 ea6m figs-explicit ἔρχεται…ἄρχων 1 ruler … is coming Here Jesus implies that Satan is coming to attack him. Alternate translation: “Satan is coming to attack me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 14 31 jhq1 figs-metonymy ἵνα γνῷ ὁ κόσμος 1 in order that the world will know Here the **world** is a metonym for the people who do not belong to God. Alternate translation: “in order that the ones who do not belong to God may know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JHN 14 31 r9ub guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 the Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) JHN 15 intro k9jd 0 # John 15 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Vine

Jesus used the vine as a metaphor for himself. This is because the vine of the grape plant is what takes water and minerals from the ground to the leaves and grapes. Without the vine, the grapes and leaves die. He wanted his followers to know that unless they loved and obeyed him, they would be unable to do anything that pleased God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -1130,7 +1130,7 @@ JHN 15 24 v23s ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν 1 they would have no s JHN 15 24 v6pt καὶ ἑωράκασιν καὶ μεμισήκασιν, καὶ ἐμὲ καὶ τὸν Πατέρα μου 1 they have seen and hated both me and my Father To hate God the Son is to hate God the Father. JHN 15 25 x7g9 figs-activepassive ἵνα πληρωθῇ ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ αὐτῶν γεγραμμένος 1 to fulfill the word that is written in their law You can translate this in an active form. **Word** here is a metonym for the entire message of God. Alternate translation: “to fulfill the prophecy in their law” and “to fulfill the prophecy in their law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JHN 15 25 j2m2 τῷ νόμῳ 1 law This refers generally to the entire Old Testament, which contained all of God’s instructions for his people. -JHN 15 26 mwq6 πέμψω…παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός, τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας…ἐκεῖνος μαρτυρήσει περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 will send…from the Father…the Spirit of truth…he will testify about me God the Father sent God the Spirit to show the world that Jesus is God the Son. +JHN 15 26 mwq6 πέμψω…παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός, τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας…ἐκεῖνος μαρτυρήσει περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 will send … from the Father … the Spirit of truth … he will testify about me God the Father sent God the Spirit to show the world that Jesus is God the Son. JHN 15 26 tpw6 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) JHN 15 26 tzi9 figs-explicit τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας 1 the Spirit of truth This is a title for the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “the Spirit who tells the truth about God and me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 15 27 r47f figs-explicit καὶ ὑμεῖς…μαρτυρεῖτε 1 You are also testifying Here, **testifying** means to tell others about Jesus. Alternate translation: “You also must tell everyone what you know about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -1186,8 +1186,8 @@ JHN 16 26 vf63 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου αἰτήσεσ JHN 16 26 cy76 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) JHN 16 27 scs2 αὐτὸς…ὁ Πατὴρ φιλεῖ ὑμᾶς, ὅτι ὑμεῖς ἐμὲ πεφιλήκατε 1 the Father himself loves you because you have loved me When a person loves Jesus, the Son, they also love the Father, because the Father and Son are one. JHN 16 27 b49q guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἐγὼ παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐξῆλθον 1 I came from the Father Here, **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -JHN 16 28 xn2v ἐξῆλθον παρὰ τοῦ Πατρὸς, καὶ ἐλήλυθα εἰς τὸν κόσμον; πάλιν ἀφίημι τὸν κόσμον, καὶ πορεύομαι πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα 1 I came from the Father…I am leaving the world and I am going to the Father After his death and resurrection, Jesus will return to God the Father. -JHN 16 28 wyz7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἐξῆλθον παρὰ τοῦ Πατρὸς…πορεύομαι πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα 1 I came from the Father…going to the Father Here, **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 16 28 xn2v ἐξῆλθον παρὰ τοῦ Πατρὸς, καὶ ἐλήλυθα εἰς τὸν κόσμον; πάλιν ἀφίημι τὸν κόσμον, καὶ πορεύομαι πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα 1 I came from the Father … I am leaving the world and I am going to the Father After his death and resurrection, Jesus will return to God the Father. +JHN 16 28 wyz7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἐξῆλθον παρὰ τοῦ Πατρὸς…πορεύομαι πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα 1 I came from the Father … going to the Father Here, **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) JHN 16 28 l3zb figs-metonymy κόσμον 1 world The “world” is a metonym that refers to the people who live in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JHN 16 29 h725 0 Connecting Statement: The disciples respond to Jesus. JHN 16 31 c8cu figs-rquestion ἄρτι πιστεύετε 1 Do you believe now? This remarks appears in the form of a question to show that Jesus is puzzled that his disciples are only now ready to trust him. Alternate translation: “So, now you finally place your trust in me! (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -1200,13 +1200,13 @@ JHN 17 intro nb2a 0 # John 17 General Notes

## Structure and formattin JHN 17 1 uf8z 0 Connecting Statement: The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus had been speaking to his disciples, but now he begins to pray to God. JHN 17 1 b4pj figs-idiom ἐπάρας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 he lifted up his eyes to the heavens This is an idiom that means to look upward. Alternate translation: “he looked up to the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JHN 17 1 k7tb οὐρανὸν 1 heavens This refers to the sky. -JHN 17 1 n15x Πάτερ…δόξασόν σου τὸν Υἱόν, ἵνα ὁ Υἱὸς δοξάσῃ σέ 1 Father…glorify your Son so that the Son will glorify you Jesus asks God the Father to honor him so that he can give honor to God. -JHN 17 1 l8sa guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ…Υἱὸς 1 Father…Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +JHN 17 1 n15x Πάτερ…δόξασόν σου τὸν Υἱόν, ἵνα ὁ Υἱὸς δοξάσῃ σέ 1 Father … glorify your Son so that the Son will glorify you Jesus asks God the Father to honor him so that he can give honor to God. +JHN 17 1 l8sa guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ…Υἱὸς 1 Father … Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) JHN 17 1 jup7 figs-metonymy ἐλήλυθεν ἡ ὥρα 1 the hour has come Here the word **hour** is a metonym that refers to the time for Jesus to suffer and die. Alternate translation: “it is time for me to suffer and die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JHN 17 2 vbt4 πάσης σαρκός 1 all flesh This refers to all people. -JHN 17 3 tx6m αὕτη δέ ἐστιν ἡ αἰώνιος ζωὴ, ἵνα γινώσκωσι σὲ, τὸν μόνον ἀληθινὸν Θεὸν, καὶ ὃν ἀπέστειλας, Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν 1 This is eternal life…know you, the only true God, and…Jesus Christ Eternal life is to know the only true God, God the Father and God the Son. +JHN 17 3 tx6m αὕτη δέ ἐστιν ἡ αἰώνιος ζωὴ, ἵνα γινώσκωσι σὲ, τὸν μόνον ἀληθινὸν Θεὸν, καὶ ὃν ἀπέστειλας, Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν 1 This is eternal life … know you, the only true God, and … Jesus Christ Eternal life is to know the only true God, God the Father and God the Son. JHN 17 4 h4hu figs-metonymy τὸ ἔργον…ὃ δέδωκάς μοι ἵνα ποιήσω 1 the work that you have given me to do Here, **work** is a metonym that refers to Jesus’ entire earthly ministry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 17 5 k9ra figs-explicit δόξασόν με σύ, Πάτερ…τῇ δόξῃ ᾗ εἶχον πρὸ τοῦ τὸν κόσμον, εἶναι παρὰ σοί 1 Father, glorify me…with the glory that I had with you before the world was made Jesus had glory with God the Father “before the world was made” because Jesus is God the Son. Alternate translation: “Father, give me honor by bringing me into your presence as we were before we made the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JHN 17 5 k9ra figs-explicit δόξασόν με σύ, Πάτερ…τῇ δόξῃ ᾗ εἶχον πρὸ τοῦ τὸν κόσμον, εἶναι παρὰ σοί 1 Father, glorify me … with the glory that I had with you before the world was made Jesus had glory with God the Father “before the world was made” because Jesus is God the Son. Alternate translation: “Father, give me honor by bringing me into your presence as we were before we made the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 17 5 g8at guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) JHN 17 6 s4p3 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to pray for his disciples. JHN 17 6 vbn8 figs-metonymy ἐφανέρωσά σου τὸ ὄνομα 1 I revealed your name Here, **name** is a metonym that refers to the person of God. Alternate translation: “I taught them who you really are and what you are like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -1214,7 +1214,7 @@ JHN 17 6 hn8z figs-metonymy ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου 1 from the world Here, ** JHN 17 6 u8lc figs-idiom τὸν λόγον σου τετήρηκαν 1 kept your word This is an idiom that means to obey. Alternate translation: “obeyed your teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JHN 17 9 ndb1 figs-metonymy οὐ περὶ τοῦ κόσμου ἐρωτῶ 1 I do not pray for the world Here the word **world** is a metonym that refers to the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “I am not praying for those who do not belong to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JHN 17 11 bk2h figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ 1 in the world This is a metonym that refers to being on earth and being among the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “among the people who do not belong to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 17 11 a7un Πάτερ Ἅγιε, τήρησον αὐτοὺς…ἵνα ὦσιν ἓν, καθὼς ἡμεῖς 1 Holy Father, keep them…that they will be one…as we are one Jesus asks the Father to keep those who trust in him so they can have a close relationship with God. +JHN 17 11 a7un Πάτερ Ἅγιε, τήρησον αὐτοὺς…ἵνα ὦσιν ἓν, καθὼς ἡμεῖς 1 Holy Father, keep them … that they will be one … as we are one Jesus asks the Father to keep those who trust in him so they can have a close relationship with God. JHN 17 11 kp1d guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) JHN 17 11 yq9z figs-metonymy τήρησον αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου, ᾧ δέδωκάς μοι 1 keep them in your name that you have given me Here the word **name** is a metonym for God’s power and authority. Alternate translation: “keep them safe by your power and authority, which you have given me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JHN 17 12 s5kw figs-metonymy ἐγὼ ἐτήρουν αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου 1 I kept them in your name Here, **name** is a metonym that refers to the power and protection of God. Alternate translation: “I kept them with your protection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -1224,7 +1224,7 @@ JHN 17 12 blz4 figs-activepassive ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ 1 so t JHN 17 13 p71q figs-metonymy τῷ κόσμῳ 1 the world These words are a metonym for the people who live in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JHN 17 13 jp4v figs-activepassive ἵνα ἔχωσιν τὴν χαρὰν τὴν ἐμὴν, πεπληρωμένην ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 so that they will have my joy fulfilled in themselves You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that you might give them great joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JHN 17 14 bc1y ἐγὼ δέδωκα αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον σου 1 I have given them your word “I have spoken your message to them” -JHN 17 14 qf43 figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος…ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶν ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου…ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου 1 the world…because they are not of the world…I am not of the world Here, **the “world** is a metonym that refers to the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “The people who oppose you have hated my followers because they do not belong to those who do not believe, just as I do not belong to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JHN 17 14 qf43 figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος…ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶν ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου…ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου 1 the world … because they are not of the world … I am not of the world Here, **the “world** is a metonym that refers to the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “The people who oppose you have hated my followers because they do not belong to those who do not believe, just as I do not belong to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JHN 17 15 hg22 figs-metonymy τοῦ κόσμου 1 the world In this passage, “the world” is a metonym for the people who oppose God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JHN 17 15 s3vp figs-explicit τηρήσῃς αὐτοὺς ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 keep them from the evil one This refers to Satan. Alternate translation: “protect them from Satan, the evil one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 17 17 y53e figs-explicit ἁγίασον αὐτοὺς ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ 1 Set them apart by the truth The purpose for setting them apart can be stated clearly. The phrase **by the truth** here represents by teaching the truth. Alternate translation: “Make them your own people by teaching them the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -1248,7 +1248,7 @@ JHN 17 25 cj69 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes his prayer. JHN 17 25 ur9j guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ δίκαιε 1 Righteous Father Here, **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) JHN 17 25 xpf5 figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος σε οὐκ ἔγνω 1 the world did not know you The “world” is a metonym for the people who do not belong to God. Alternate translation: “those who do not belong to you do not know what you are like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JHN 17 26 xpi3 figs-metonymy ἐγνώρισα αὐτοῖς τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 I made your name known to them The word **name** refers to God. Alternate translation: “I have revealed to them what you are like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -JHN 17 26 gk2j ἀγάπη…ἠγάπησάς 1 love…loved This kind of love comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do. +JHN 17 26 gk2j ἀγάπη…ἠγάπησάς 1 love … loved This kind of love comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do. JHN 18 intro ltl2 0 # John 18 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Verse 14 says, “Now Caiaphas was the one who had given the advice to the Jews that it would be better that one man die for the people.” The author says this to help the reader understand why it was to Caiaphas that they took Jesus. You might want to put these words in parentheses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “It is not lawful for us to put any man to death”

The Roman government did not allow the Jews to kill criminals, so the Jews needed to ask Pilate, the governor, to kill him ([John 18:31](../../jhn/18/31.md)).

### Jesus’ kingdom

No one knows for sure what Jesus meant when he told Pilate that his kingdom was not “of this world” ([John 18:36](../../jhn/18/36.md)). Some people think that Jesus means that his kingdom is only spiritual and that he has no visible kingdom on this earth, Other people think that Jesus meant that he would not build and rule his kingdom by force, the way other kings build theirs. It is possible to translate the words “is not of this world” as “is not from this place” or “comes from another place.”

### King of the Jews

When Pilate asked if Jesus were the King of the Jews ([John 18:33](../../jhn/18/33.md)), he was asking if Jesus were claiming to be like King Herod, whom the Romans were permitting to rule Judea. When he asked the crowd if he should release the King of the Jews ([John 18:39](../../jhn/18/39.md)), he is mocking the Jews, because the Romans and Jews hated each other. He was also mocking Jesus, because he did not think that Jesus was a king at all. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) JHN 18 1 sq3t writing-background 0 General Information: Verses 1-2 give background information for the events that follow. Verse 1 tells where they took place, and verse 2 gives background information about Judas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) JHN 18 1 cxz8 writing-newevent ταῦτα εἰπὼν, Ἰησοῦς 1 After Jesus spoke these words The author uses these words to mark the beginning of a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) @@ -1321,7 +1321,7 @@ JHN 19 1 u3gi 0 Connecting Statement: The part of the story from the previous JHN 19 1 yay2 figs-synecdoche τότε οὖν ἔλαβεν ὁ Πειλᾶτος τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ ἐμαστίγωσεν 1 Then Pilate took Jesus and whipped him Pilate himself did not whip Jesus. Here, **Pilate** is a synecdoche for the soldiers that Pilate ordered to whip Jesus. Alternate translation: “Then Pilate ordered his soldiers to whip Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) JHN 19 3 u4vw figs-irony χαῖρε, ὁ Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Hail, King of the Jews The greeting “Hail” with a raised hand was only used to greet Caesar. As the soldiers use the crown of thorns and the purple robe to mock Jesus, it is ironic that they do not recognize that he is indeed a king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) JHN 19 4 c6v2 figs-explicit αἰτίαν ἐν αὐτῷ οὐχ εὑρίσκω 1 I find no guilt in him Pilate states this twice to say he does not believe Jesus is not guilty of any crime. He does not want to punish him. Alternate translation: “I see no reason to punish him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JHN 19 5 t9wn τὸν ἀκάνθινον στέφανον καὶ τὸ πορφυροῦν ἱμάτιον 1 crown of thorns…purple garment The crown and the purple robe are things only kings wear. The soldiers dressed Jesus in this manner to mock him. See [John 19:2](../19/02.md). +JHN 19 5 t9wn τὸν ἀκάνθινον στέφανον καὶ τὸ πορφυροῦν ἱμάτιον 1 crown of thorns … purple garment The crown and the purple robe are things only kings wear. The soldiers dressed Jesus in this manner to mock him. See [John 19:2](../19/02.md). JHN 19 7 x7bg figs-synecdoche ἀπεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews answered him Here, **Jews** is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders answered Pilate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) JHN 19 7 vr7p ὀφείλει ἀποθανεῖν, ὅτι Υἱὸν Θεοῦ ἑαυτὸν ἐποίησεν 1 he has to die because he claimed to be the Son of God Jesus was condemned to death by crucifixion because he claimed he was “the Son of God.” JHN 19 7 xt93 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸν Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) @@ -1391,7 +1391,7 @@ JHN 19 39 mjy8 Νικόδημος 1 Nicodemus Nicodemus was one of the Pharisee JHN 19 39 d3d2 σμύρνης καὶ ἀλόης 1 myrrh and aloes These are spices that people use to prepare a body for burial. JHN 19 39 xks9 translate-bweight ὡς λίτρας ἑκατόν 1 about one hundred litras in weight You may convert this to a modern measure. A “litra” is about one third of a kilogram. Alternate translation: “about 33 kilograms in weight” or “weighing about thirty-three kilograms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) JHN 19 39 nmr8 translate-numbers ἑκατόν 1 one hundred “100” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -JHN 19 41 fb25 writing-background ἦν δὲ ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου ἐσταυρώθη κῆπος, καὶ ἐν τῷ κήπῳ μνημεῖον καινόν, ἐν ᾧ οὐδέπω οὐδεὶς ἦν τεθειμένος 1 Now in the place where he was crucified there was a garden…had yet been buried Here John marks a break in the story line in order to provide background information about the location of the tomb where they would bury Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +JHN 19 41 fb25 writing-background ἦν δὲ ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου ἐσταυρώθη κῆπος, καὶ ἐν τῷ κήπῳ μνημεῖον καινόν, ἐν ᾧ οὐδέπω οὐδεὶς ἦν τεθειμένος 1 Now in the place where he was crucified there was a garden … had yet been buried Here John marks a break in the story line in order to provide background information about the location of the tomb where they would bury Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) JHN 19 41 uib1 figs-activepassive ἦν δὲ ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου ἐσταυρώθη κῆπος 1 Now in the place where he was crucified there was a garden You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Now in the place where they crucified Jesus there was a garden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JHN 19 41 qd1a figs-activepassive ἐν ᾧ οὐδέπω οὐδεὶς ἦν τεθειμένος 1 in which no person had yet been buried You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “in which people had buried no one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JHN 19 42 nr4r figs-explicit διὰ τὴν παρασκευὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Because it was the day of preparation for the Jews According to Jewish law, no one could work after sundown on Friday. It was the beginning of the Sabbath and Passover. Alternate translation: “The Passover was about to begin that evening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -1439,8 +1439,8 @@ JHN 20 23 lb7g ἄν τινων κρατῆτε 1 whoever’s sins you keep bac JHN 20 23 mw5s figs-activepassive κεκράτηνται 1 they are kept back You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will not forgive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JHN 20 24 x8jz translate-names Δίδυμος 1 Didymus This is a male name that means “twin.” See how this name is translated in [John 11:15](../11/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JHN 20 25 n8vc ἔλεγον…αὐτῷ οἱ…μαθηταί 1 disciples later said to him The word **him** refers to Thomas. -JHN 20 25 i7ex figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ ἴδω ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω τὸν δάκτυλόν μου εἰς τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω μου τὴν χεῖρα εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσω 1 Unless I see…his side, I will not believe You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: “I will believe only if I see…his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -JHN 20 25 ss17 ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ…εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ 1 in his hands…into his side The word **his** refers to Jesus. +JHN 20 25 i7ex figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ ἴδω ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω τὸν δάκτυλόν μου εἰς τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω μου τὴν χεῖρα εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσω 1 Unless I see … his side, I will not believe You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: “I will believe only if I see … his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +JHN 20 25 ss17 ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ…εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ 1 in his hands … into his side The word **his** refers to Jesus. JHN 20 26 vzm5 οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his disciples The word **his** refers to Jesus. JHN 20 26 r3iz figs-activepassive τῶν θυρῶν κεκλεισμένων 1 while the doors were closed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “when they had locked the doors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JHN 20 26 m5tl εἰρήνη ὑμῖν 1 Peace to you This is a common greeting that means “May God give you peace” . diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index be535deeee..e21b918101 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ ROM 1 9 dx6p ἐν τῷ πνεύματί μου 1 in my spirit A person’s sp ROM 1 9 rnp6 τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 the gospel of his Son The good news (gospel) of the Bible is that the Son of God has given himself as the Savior of the world. ROM 1 9 r2l5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ 1 Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) ROM 1 9 f9p2 μνείαν ὑμῶν ποιοῦμαι 1 I make mention of you “I talk to God about you” -ROM 1 10 mdc8 πάντοτε ἐπὶ τῶν προσευχῶν μου, δεόμενος εἴ…ποτὲ εὐοδωθήσομαι…ἐλθεῖν πρὸς ὑμᾶς. 1 I always request in my prayers that…I may at last be successful…in coming to you “Every time I pray, I ask God that…I may succeed…in coming to visit you” +ROM 1 10 mdc8 πάντοτε ἐπὶ τῶν προσευχῶν μου, δεόμενος εἴ…ποτὲ εὐοδωθήσομαι…ἐλθεῖν πρὸς ὑμᾶς. 1 I always request in my prayers that … I may at last be successful … in coming to you “Every time I pray, I ask God that … I may succeed … in coming to visit you” ROM 1 10 zfp4 εἴ πως 1 by any means “in whatever way God allows” ROM 1 10 is3p ποτὲ 1 at last “eventually” or “finally” ROM 1 10 b5wy ἐν τῷ θελήματι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 by the will of God “because God desires it” @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ ROM 1 18 wzy3 figs-abstractnouns ἀποκαλύπτεται…ὀργὴ Θεο ROM 1 18 rn72 figs-explicit τὴν ἀλήθειαν…κατεχόντων 1 hold back the truth Here, **truth** refers to true information about God. Alternate translation: “hide the true information about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 1 19 tbu2 figs-activepassive τὸ γνωστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, φανερόν ἐστιν ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 that which is known about God is visible to them You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “they can know about God because of what they can plainly see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 1 19 u8z3 figs-explicit ὁ Θεὸς γὰρ αὐτοῖς ἐφανέρωσεν 1 For God has enlightened them Here, **enlightened them** means God has shown them the truth about him. Alternate translation: “Because God has shown everyone what he is like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 1 20 szu6 figs-metaphor τὰ γὰρ ἀόρατα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ κτίσεως κόσμου, τοῖς ποιήμασιν νοούμενα, καθορᾶται 1 For his invisible qualities…have been clearly seen Paul speaks of people understanding God’s invisible qualities as if people have seen those qualities. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “For people have clearly understood God’s invisible qualities, namely his eternal power and divine nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 1 20 szu6 figs-metaphor τὰ γὰρ ἀόρατα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ κτίσεως κόσμου, τοῖς ποιήμασιν νοούμενα, καθορᾶται 1 For his invisible qualities … have been clearly seen Paul speaks of people understanding God’s invisible qualities as if people have seen those qualities. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “For people have clearly understood God’s invisible qualities, namely his eternal power and divine nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 1 20 wk7u θειότης 1 divine nature “all the qualities and characteristics of God” or “the things about God that make him God” ROM 1 20 uvc1 κόσμου 1 world This refers to the heavens and the earth, as well as everything in them. ROM 1 20 c7hp figs-activepassive τοῖς ποιήμασιν 1 in the things that have been made This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “because of the things that God has made” or “because people have seen the things that God has made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -60,14 +60,14 @@ ROM 1 20 dxr6 τὸ εἶναι αὐτοὺς ἀναπολογήτους 1 th ROM 1 21 xm6i figs-activepassive ἐματαιώθησαν ἐν τοῖς διαλογισμοῖς αὐτῶν 1 became foolish in their thoughts You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “began to think foolish things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 1 21 gw8y figs-metaphor ἐσκοτίσθη ἡ ἀσύνετος αὐτῶν καρδία 1 their senseless hearts were darkened Here, **darkness** is a metaphor that represents the people’s lack of understanding. Here, **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s mind or inner being. Alternate translation: “they became unable to understand what God wanted them to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 1 22 ddr2 φάσκοντες εἶναι σοφοὶ, ἐμωράνθησαν 1 They claimed to be wise, but they became foolish “While they were claiming that they were wise, they became foolish” -ROM 1 22 ly68 φάσκοντες 1 They…they the people in [Romans 1:18](../01/18.md) +ROM 1 22 ly68 φάσκοντες 1 They … they the people in [Romans 1:18](../01/18.md) ROM 1 23 k9xu ἤλλαξαν τὴν δόξαν τοῦ ἀφθάρτου Θεοῦ 1 They exchanged the glory of the imperishable God “traded the truth that God is glorious and will never die” or “stopped believing that God is glorious and will never die” ROM 1 23 x2wl ἐν ὁμοιώματι εἰκόνος 1 for the likenesses of an image “and instead chose to worship idols that looked like” ROM 1 23 r14e φθαρτοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 of perishable man “some human being that will die” ROM 1 23 u971 πετεινῶν, καὶ τετραπόδων, καὶ ἑρπετῶν 1 of birds, of four-footed beasts, and of creeping things “or that looked like birds, four-footed beasts, or creeping things” ROM 1 24 fvv6 διὸ 1 Therefore “Because what I have just said is true” ROM 1 24 ec9q παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ Θεὸς ἐν 1 God gave them over to “God allowed them to indulge in” -ROM 1 24 tlv5 αὐτοὺς…αὐτῶν…αὐτοῖς; 1 them…their…themselves These words refer to the “mankind” of [Romans 1:18](../01/18.md). +ROM 1 24 tlv5 αὐτοὺς…αὐτῶν…αὐτοῖς; 1 them … their … themselves These words refer to the “mankind” of [Romans 1:18](../01/18.md). ROM 1 24 n8ac figs-synecdoche ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις τῶν καρδιῶν αὐτῶν εἰς ἀκαθαρσίαν 1 the lusts of their hearts for uncleanness Here, **lusts of their hearts** is a synecdoche that represents the evil things they wanted to do. Alternate translation: “the morally impure things they desired greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 1 24 a8pm figs-euphemism τοῦ ἀτιμάζεσθαι τὰ σώματα αὐτῶν ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 for their bodies to be dishonored among themselves This is a euphemism that means they committed immoral sexual acts. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “and they committed sexually immoral and degrading acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 1 25 dv6h οἵτινες 1 they This word refers to the “mankind” of [Romans 1:18](../01/18.md). @@ -84,11 +84,11 @@ ROM 1 27 gn3f τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην κατεργαζόμενοι 1 co ROM 1 27 qvi3 ἄρσεσιν…καὶ τὴν ἀντιμισθίαν ἣν ἔδει τῆς πλάνης αὐτῶν, ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἀπολαμβάνοντες 1 men and received in themselves the penalty they deserved for their error “men, and God has punished them justly for the error they committed” ROM 1 27 yvm1 πλάνης 1 error moral wrong, not a mistake about facts ROM 1 28 cx7y καὶ καθὼς οὐκ ἐδοκίμασαν, τὸν Θεὸν ἔχειν ἐν ἐπιγνώσει 1 Because they did not approve of having God in their awareness “They did not think it was necessary to know God” -ROM 1 28 bt7u αὐτοὺς 1 they…their…them These words refer to the “mankind” of [Romans 1:18](../01/18.md). +ROM 1 28 bt7u αὐτοὺς 1 they … their … them These words refer to the “mankind” of [Romans 1:18](../01/18.md). ROM 1 28 yy1c figs-explicit παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ Θεὸς εἰς ἀδόκιμον νοῦν 1 he gave them up to a depraved mind Here, **a depraved mind** means a mind that thinks only about immoral things. Alternate translation: “God allowed their minds, which they had filled with worthless and immoral thoughts, to completely control them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 1 28 p8z2 μὴ καθήκοντα 1 not proper “disgraceful” or “sinful” ROM 1 29 c2e2 figs-activepassive πεπληρωμένους 1 They have been filled with You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “They have in them a strong desire for” or “They strongly desire to do deeds of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 1 29 t4qm figs-activepassive μεστοὺς φθόνου, φόνου, ἔριδος, δόλου, κακοηθείας 1 They are full of envy, murder, strife, deceit, and evil intentions You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Many are constantly envying other people…Many constantly desire to murder people…to cause arguments and quarrels among people…to deceive others…to speak hatefully about others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 1 29 t4qm figs-activepassive μεστοὺς φθόνου, φόνου, ἔριδος, δόλου, κακοηθείας 1 They are full of envy, murder, strife, deceit, and evil intentions You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Many are constantly envying other people … Many constantly desire to murder people … to cause arguments and quarrels among people … to deceive others … to speak hatefully about others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 1 30 f4tt καταλάλους 1 slanderers A slanderer says false things about another person in order to damage that person’s reputation. ROM 1 30 th8q ἐφευρετὰς κακῶν 1 inventing ways of doing evil “thinking of new ways to do evil things to others” ROM 1 32 cxx8 οἵτινες τὸ δικαίωμα τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐπιγνόντες 1 They understand the righteous regulations of God “They know how God wants them to live” @@ -111,14 +111,14 @@ ROM 2 3 ijd6 λογίζῃ…τοῦτο 1 consider this “think about what I ROM 2 3 zwg7 ἄνθρωπε 1 person Use the general word for a human being “whoever you are” ROM 2 3 rk75 ὦ ἄνθρωπε, ὁ κρίνων τοὺς τὰ τοιαῦτα πράσσοντας, καὶ ποιῶν αὐτά 1 you who judge those who practice such things although you do the same things “you who say someone deserves God’s punishment while you do the same wicked deeds” ROM 2 3 p7mw figs-rquestion ὅτι σὺ ἐκφεύξῃ τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Will you escape from the judgment of God? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. You can also translate this question as a strong negative statement. Alternate translation: “You will certainly not escape God’s judgment!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 2 4 pex3 figs-rquestion ἢ τοῦ πλούτου τῆς χρηστότητος αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῆς ἀνοχῆς, καὶ τῆς μακροθυμίας καταφρονεῖς, ἀγνοῶν ὅτι τὸ χρηστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰς μετάνοιάν σε ἄγει? 1 Or do you think so little of the riches of his goodness, his delayed punishment, and his patience…repentance? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. You can also translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “You should not act like it does not matter that God is good and that he patiently waits a long time before he punishes people, so that his goodness will cause them to repent!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 2 4 w537 τοῦ πλούτου τῆς χρηστότητος αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῆς ἀνοχῆς, καὶ τῆς μακροθυμίας καταφρονεῖς 1 Do you think so little of the riches…patience “consider the riches…patience unimportant” or “consider…not good” +ROM 2 4 pex3 figs-rquestion ἢ τοῦ πλούτου τῆς χρηστότητος αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῆς ἀνοχῆς, καὶ τῆς μακροθυμίας καταφρονεῖς, ἀγνοῶν ὅτι τὸ χρηστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰς μετάνοιάν σε ἄγει? 1 Or do you think so little of the riches of his goodness, his delayed punishment, and his patience … repentance? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. You can also translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “You should not act like it does not matter that God is good and that he patiently waits a long time before he punishes people, so that his goodness will cause them to repent!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 2 4 w537 τοῦ πλούτου τῆς χρηστότητος αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῆς ἀνοχῆς, καὶ τῆς μακροθυμίας καταφρονεῖς 1 Do you think so little of the riches … patience “consider the riches … patience unimportant” or “consider … not good” ROM 2 4 swj9 figs-rquestion ἀγνοῶν ὅτι τὸ χρηστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰς μετάνοιάν σε ἄγει? 1 Do you not know that his goodness is meant to lead you to repentance? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. You can also translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “You must know that God shows you he is good so that you might repent!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 2 5 t8pv 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to remind the people that all people are wicked. ROM 2 5 agl8 figs-metaphor κατὰ δὲ τὴν σκληρότητά σου καὶ ἀμετανόητον καρδίαν 1 But it is to the extent of your hardness and unrepentant heart Paul uses a metaphor to compare a person who refuses to obey God to something hard, like a stone. He also uses the metonym “heart” to represent the person’s mind or inner being. Alternate translation: “It is because you refuse to listen and repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 2 5 f52g figs-doublet τὴν σκληρότητά…καὶ ἀμετανόητον καρδίαν 1 hardness and unrepentant heart This is a doublet that you can combine as “unrepentant heart.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ROM 2 5 fv4k figs-metaphor θησαυρίζεις σεαυτῷ ὀργὴν 1 you are storing up for yourself wrath The phrase **storing up** implies a metaphor that usually refers to a person gathering his treasures and putting them in a safe place. Paul says, instead of treasures, that the person is gathering God’s punishment. The longer they go without repenting, the more severe the punishment. Alternate translation: “you are making your punishment worse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 2 5 h8cp figs-doublet ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὀργῆς…ἀποκαλύψεως δικαιοκρισίας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 on the day of wrath…of the revelation of God’s righteous judgment Both of these phrases refer to the same day. Alternate translation: “when God shows everyone that he is angry and that he judges all people fairly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +ROM 2 5 h8cp figs-doublet ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὀργῆς…ἀποκαλύψεως δικαιοκρισίας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 on the day of wrath … of the revelation of God’s righteous judgment Both of these phrases refer to the same day. Alternate translation: “when God shows everyone that he is angry and that he judges all people fairly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ROM 2 6 c4dn ἀποδώσει 1 will pay back “give a fair reward or punishment” ROM 2 6 gj1q ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ 1 to every person according to his actions “each person according to what that person has done” ROM 2 7 gec6 ζητοῦσιν 1 seeking This means that they act in a way that will lead to a positive decision from God on judgment day. @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ ROM 2 13 t28w figs-explicit οὐ…οἱ ἀκροαταὶ νόμου 1 it is ROM 2 13 eg4h δίκαιοι παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ 1 who are righteous before God “whom God considers righteous” ROM 2 13 s4na ἀλλ’ οἱ ποιηταὶ νόμου 1 but it is the doers of the law “but it is those who obey the law of Moses” ROM 2 13 c1bu figs-activepassive δικαιωθήσονται 1 who will be justified You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “whom God will accept” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 2 14 tn5f figs-idiom ἔθνη τὰ μὴ νόμον ἔχοντα,…ἑαυτοῖς εἰσιν νόμος; 1 Gentiles, who do not have the law…are a law to themselves The phrase **law to themselves** is an idiom that means that these people naturally obey God’s laws. Alternate translation: “have God’s laws already inside them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 2 14 tn5f figs-idiom ἔθνη τὰ μὴ νόμον ἔχοντα,…ἑαυτοῖς εἰσιν νόμος; 1 Gentiles, who do not have the law … are a law to themselves The phrase **law to themselves** is an idiom that means that these people naturally obey God’s laws. Alternate translation: “have God’s laws already inside them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 2 14 q2id figs-explicit νόμον…μὴ ἔχοντες 1 they do not have the law Here, **the law** refers to the law of Moses. Alternate translation: “they do not actually have the laws that God gave to Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 2 15 xl6v οἵτινες ἐνδείκνυνται 1 By this they show “By naturally obeying the law they show” ROM 2 15 x35c figs-metonymy τὸ ἔργον τοῦ νόμου, γραπτὸν ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν 1 the actions required by the law are written in their hearts Here, **hearts** is a metonym for the person’s thoughts or inner person. The phrase **written in their hearts** is a metaphor for knowing something in their mind. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “that God has written on their hearts what the law requires them to do” or “that they know the actions that God wants them to do according to his law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ ROM 2 25 xq62 ἡ περιτομή σου, ἀκροβυστία γέγονεν ROM 2 26 vt7f ἡ ἀκροβυστία 1 the uncircumcised person “the person who is not circumcised” ROM 2 26 nf3j τὰ δικαιώματα τοῦ νόμου φυλάσσῃ 1 keeps the requirements of the law “obeys what God commands in the law” ROM 2 26 be71 figs-rquestion οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται 1 will not his uncircumcision be considered as circumcision? This is the first of two questions Paul asks here to emphasize that **circumcision** is not what makes one right before God. You can translate this question as a statement in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will consider him as circumcised.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 2 27 lqz2 figs-rquestion καὶ κρινεῖ ἡ ἐκ φύσεως ἀκροβυστία, τὸν νόμον τελοῦσα 1 And will not the one who is naturally uncircumcised condemn you…the law? This is the second of two questions that Paul asks here (the first is in Romans 2:26 (./26.md)) to emphasize that circumcision is not what makes one right before God. You can translate this questions as a statement in an active form. Alternate translation: “The one who is not physically circumcised will condemn you…the law.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 2 27 lqz2 figs-rquestion καὶ κρινεῖ ἡ ἐκ φύσεως ἀκροβυστία, τὸν νόμον τελοῦσα 1 And will not the one who is naturally uncircumcised condemn you … the law? This is the second of two questions that Paul asks here (the first is in Romans 2:26 (./26.md)) to emphasize that circumcision is not what makes one right before God. You can translate this questions as a statement in an active form. Alternate translation: “The one who is not physically circumcised will condemn you … the law.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 2 28 g2vh ἐν τῷ φανερῷ 1 outwardly This refers to Jewish rituals, such as circumcision, which people can see. ROM 2 28 bl6h ἐν τῷ φανερῷ ἐν σαρκὶ 1 merely outward in the flesh This refers to the physical change to a man’s body when someone circumcises him. ROM 2 28 s44m figs-synecdoche σαρκὶ 1 flesh This is a synecdoche for the whole body. Alternate translation: “body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ ROM 3 6 gd5f μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be “We must never say that G ROM 3 6 zg9s figs-rquestion ἐπεὶ πῶς κρινεῖ ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον 1 For then how would God judge the world? Paul uses this question to show that the arguments against the gospel are not valid, since the Jews believe that God will judge all people. Alternate translation: “We all know that God will in fact judge the world!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 6 lnp3 figs-metonymy τὸν κόσμον 1 the world The “world” is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “anyone in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 7 b9k1 figs-rquestion εἰ δὲ ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι ἐπερίσσευσεν εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ, τί ἔτι κἀγὼ ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς κρίνομαι 1 But if the truth of God through my lie provides abundant praise for him, why am I still being judged as a sinner? Here Paul imagines someone continuing to reject the Christian gospel. That adversary argues, because his sin shows the righteousness of God, then God should not declare that he is a sinner on judgment day if, for example, he tells lies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 3 8 tz14 figs-rquestion καὶ μὴ καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα, καὶ καθώς φασίν τινες ἡμᾶς λέγειν, ὅτι ποιήσωμεν τὰ κακὰ, ἵνα ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀγαθά 1 And not, just as we are blasphemed and just as some affirm us to say, “Let us do evil, so that good may come”? Here Paul raises a question of his own, to show how ridiculous the argument of his imaginary adversary is. Alternate translation: “I might as well be saying…come!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 3 8 tz14 figs-rquestion καὶ μὴ καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα, καὶ καθώς φασίν τινες ἡμᾶς λέγειν, ὅτι ποιήσωμεν τὰ κακὰ, ἵνα ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀγαθά 1 And not, just as we are blasphemed and just as some affirm us to say, “Let us do evil, so that good may come”? Here Paul raises a question of his own, to show how ridiculous the argument of his imaginary adversary is. Alternate translation: “I might as well be saying … come!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 8 kb9d καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα 1 as we are falsely reported to say “some lie to tell others that this is what we are saying” ROM 3 8 cn1c ὧν τὸ κρίμα ἔνδικόν ἐστιν 1 The judgment on them is just It will be only fair when God condemns these enemies of Paul, for telling lies about what Paul has been teaching. ROM 3 9 z3wu 0 Connecting Statement: Paul sums up that all are guilty of sin, none are righteous, and no one seeks God. @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ ROM 3 11 h9e9 figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ συνίων 1 There is no o ROM 3 11 y7et figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ ἐκζητῶν τὸν Θεόν 1 There is no one who seeks after God Here the phrase **seeks after God** means to have a relationship with God. Alternate translation: “No one sincerely tries to have a right relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 12 cen3 figs-idiom πάντες ἐξέκλιναν 1 They have all turned away This is an idiom that means the people do not even want to think about God. They want to avoid him. Alternate translation: “They have all turned away from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 3 12 y6qa figs-explicit ἅμα ἠχρεώθησαν 1 They together have become useless Since no one does what is good, they are useless to God. Alternate translation: “Everyone has become useless to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 3 13 zf4i αὐτῶν…αὐτῶν 1 Their…Their The word **their** refers to the “Jews and Greeks” of [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md). +ROM 3 13 zf4i αὐτῶν…αὐτῶν 1 Their … Their The word **their** refers to the “Jews and Greeks” of [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md). ROM 3 13 bbq5 figs-metonymy τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν 1 Their throat is an open grave The word **throat** is a metonym for everything that people say that is unrighteous and disgusting. Here, **open grave** is a metaphor that refers to the stench of the evil words of the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 13 sx6y figs-metonymy ταῖς γλώσσαις αὐτῶν ἐδολιοῦσαν 1 Their tongues have deceived The word **tongues** is a metonym for the false words that people speak. Alternate translation: “People speak lies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 13 qk16 figs-metaphor ἰὸς ἀσπίδων ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν 1 The poison of snakes is under their lips Here, **poison of snakes** is a metaphor that is used to represent the great harm of the evil words that the people speak. The word **lips** refers to the words of the people. Alternate translation: “Their evil words injure people just like the poison of a venomous snake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ ROM 4 4 et9x figs-activepassive ἀλλὰ κατὰ ὀφείλημα 1 but as ROM 4 5 ynp2 ἐπὶ τὸν δικαιοῦντα 1 in the one who justifies “in God, who justifies” ROM 4 5 va3e figs-activepassive λογίζεται ἡ πίστις αὐτοῦ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 his faith is counted as righteousness You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God considers that person’s faith as righteousness” or “God considers that person righteous because of his faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 6 fhq9 καθάπερ καὶ Δαυεὶδ λέγει τὸν μακαρισμὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ᾧ ὁ Θεὸς λογίζεται δικαιοσύνην χωρὶς ἔργων 1 David also pronounces blessing on the man to whom God counts righteousness without works “David also wrote about how God blesses the man whom God makes righteous without works” -ROM 4 7 dur6 figs-parallelism ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι…ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι; 1 whose lawless deeds are forgiven…whose sins are covered The same concept is stated in two different ways. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the Lord has forgiven those who have broken the law…whose sins the Lord has covered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 4 7 dur6 figs-parallelism ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι…ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι; 1 whose lawless deeds are forgiven … whose sins are covered The same concept is stated in two different ways. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the Lord has forgiven those who have broken the law … whose sins the Lord has covered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 9 sgz7 figs-rquestion ὁ μακαρισμὸς οὖν οὗτος ἐπὶ τὴν περιτομὴν, ἢ καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν ἀκροβυστίαν 1 Then is this blessing pronounced only on those of the circumcision, or also on those of the uncircumcision? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “Does God bless only those who are circumcised, or also those who are not circumcised?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 4 9 dn7v figs-metonymy τὴν περιτομὴν 1 those of the circumcision This is a metonym that refers to the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 4 9 d5qp figs-metonymy τὴν ἀκροβυστίαν 1 those of the uncircumcision This is a metonym that refers to the people who are not Jews. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -315,37 +315,37 @@ ROM 4 23 r65c δι’ αὐτὸν μόνον 1 only for his benefit “for Abr ROM 4 23 z432 figs-activepassive ὅτι ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ 1 that it was counted for him You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “that God counted righteousness to him” or “God considered him righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 24 pfc9 figs-exclusive δι’ ἡμᾶς 1 for us The word **us** refers to Paul and includes all believers in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 4 24 nh4k figs-activepassive καὶ δι’ ἡμᾶς, οἷς μέλλει λογίζεσθαι, τοῖς πιστεύουσιν 1 also for us, for whom it will be counted, we who believe You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “It was also for our benefit, because God will consider us righteous also if we believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 4 24 a6c7 figs-idiom τὸν ἐγείραντα Ἰησοῦν, τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν, ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 him who raised Jesus our Lord from the dead **Raised…from the dead** here is an idiom for “caused to live again.” Alternate translation: “him who caused Jesus our Lord to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 4 24 a6c7 figs-idiom τὸν ἐγείραντα Ἰησοῦν, τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν, ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 him who raised Jesus our Lord from the dead **Raised … from the dead** here is an idiom for “caused to live again.” Alternate translation: “him who caused Jesus our Lord to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 4 25 cca1 figs-activepassive ὃς παρεδόθη διὰ τὰ παραπτώματα ἡμῶν, καὶ ἠγέρθη διὰ τὴν δικαίωσιν ἡμῶν 1 who was delivered up for our trespasses and was raised for our justification You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “whom God gave over to enemies for our trespasses and whom God brought back to life so he could make us right with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 5 intro i1dt 0 # Romans 05 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Many scholars view verses 12-17 as some of the most important, but difficult, verses in Scripture to understand. Some of their richness and meaning has likely been lost while being translated from how the original Greek was constructed.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Results of justification

How Paul explains the results of our being justified is an important part of this chapter. These results include having peace with God, having access to God, being confident about our future, being able to rejoice when suffering, being eternally saved, and being reconciled with God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])

### “All sinned”

Scholars are divided over what Paul meant in verse 12: “And death spread to all people, because all sinned.” Some believe that all of mankind was present in the “seed of Adam.” So, as Adam is the father of all mankind, all of mankind was present when Adam sinned. Others believe that Adam served as a representative head for mankind. So when he sinned, all of mankind “fell” as a result. Whether people today played an active or passive role in Adam’s original sin is one way these views differ. Other passages will help one decide. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/seed]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

### The second Adam

Adam was the first man and the first “son” of God. He was created by God. He brought sin and death into the world by eating the forbidden fruit. Paul describes Jesus as the “second Adam” in this chapter and the true son of God. He brings life and overcame sin and death by dying on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]]) ROM 5 1 xmp3 0 Connecting Statement: Paul begins to tell many different things that happen when God makes believers right with him. ROM 5 1 age4 δικαιωθέντες οὖν 1 Since we are justified “Because we are justified” -ROM 5 1 s6xd figs-exclusive …ἡμῶν 1 we…our All occurrences of “we” and “our” refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ROM 5 1 s6xd figs-exclusive …ἡμῶν 1 we … our All occurrences of “we” and “our” refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 5 1 p11y διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 through our Lord Jesus Christ “because of our Lord Jesus Christ” ROM 5 1 me59 τοῦ Κυρίου 1 Lord Here, **Lord** means that Jesus is God. ROM 5 2 du8b δι’ οὗ καὶ τὴν προσαγωγὴν ἐσχήκαμεν, τῇ πίστει εἰς τὴν χάριν ταύτην, ἐν ᾗ ἑστήκαμεν 1 Through him we also have our access by faith into this grace in which we stand Here, **by faith** refers to our trust in Jesus, which allows us to stand before God. Alternate translation: “Because we trust in Jesus, God allows us to come into his presence” ROM 5 3 q5p7 οὐ μόνον δέ 1 Not only this The word **this** refers to the ideas described in [Romans 5:1-2](./01.md). -ROM 5 3 u14f figs-exclusive καυχώμεθα… 1 we…our…We These words refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ROM 5 3 u14f figs-exclusive καυχώμεθα… 1 we … our … We These words refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 5 4 sx5f ἐλπίδα 1 certain hope This is the certainty that God will fulfill all his promises for those who trust in Christ. -ROM 5 5 i8pd figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμῖν 1 our…us These words refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ROM 5 5 i8pd figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμῖν 1 our … us These words refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 5 5 pp1n figs-personification ἡ…ἐλπὶς οὐ καταισχύνει 1 that hope does not disappoint Paul uses personification here as he speaks of **confidence** as if it were alive. Alternate translation: “we are very confident that we will receive the things that we wait for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 5 5 qka8 figs-metonymy ὅτι ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐκκέχυται ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν 1 because the love of God has been poured into our hearts Here, **hearts** represents a person’s thoughts, feelings, or inner person. The phrase **the love of God has been poured into our hearts** is a metaphor for God showing love to his people. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “because he has loved us greatly” or “because God has shown us how much he loves us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 5 6 x5eg figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 we The word **we** here refers to all believers and so should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 5 7 xv5w μόλις γὰρ ὑπὲρ δικαίου τις ἀποθανεῖται 1 For one will hardly die for a righteous man “It is hard to find someone who is willing to die, even for a righteous man” ROM 5 7 nnj9 ὑπὲρ γὰρ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ, τάχα τις καὶ τολμᾷ ἀποθανεῖν 1 That is, perhaps someone would dare to die for a good person “But you might find someone who is willing to die for such a good person” ROM 5 8 xew8 συνίστησιν 1 proves You can translate this verb in past tense using “demonstrated” or “showed.” -ROM 5 8 bw77 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν 1 us…we All occurrences of “us” and “we” refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ROM 5 8 bw77 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν 1 us … we All occurrences of “us” and “we” refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 5 9 l35j figs-explicit πολλῷ οὖν μᾶλλον δικαιωθέντες νῦν ἐν τῷ αἵματι αὐτοῦ 1 Much more, then, now that we are justified by his blood Here, **justified** means that God puts us in a right relationship with himself. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “How much more will God do for us now that he has made us right with himself because of the death of Jesus on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 5 9 nvs3 figs-metonymy τῷ αἵματι 1 blood This is a metonym for the sacrificial death of Jesus on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 5 9 sh8f σωθησόμεθα 1 we will be saved This means that through Jesus’ sacrificial death on the cross, God has forgiven us and rescued us from being punished in hell for our sin. ROM 5 9 bev3 figs-metonymy τῆς ὀργῆς 1 his wrath Here, **wrath** is a metonym that refers to God’s punishment of those who have sinned against him. Alternate translation: “God’s punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 5 10 v8a1 figs-exclusive ὄντες 1 we were All occurrences of “we” refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ROM 5 10 u6bn Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ, πολλῷ μᾶλλον καταλλαγέντες, σωθησόμεθα ἐν τῇ ζωῇ αὐτοῦ 1 his Son…his life “God’s Son…the life of God’s Son” +ROM 5 10 u6bn Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ, πολλῷ μᾶλλον καταλλαγέντες, σωθησόμεθα ἐν τῇ ζωῇ αὐτοῦ 1 his Son … his life “God’s Son … the life of God’s Son” ROM 5 10 rnc5 figs-activepassive κατηλλάγημεν τῷ Θεῷ διὰ τοῦ θανάτου τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 we were reconciled to God through the death of his Son The death of the Son of the God has provided eternal forgiveness and made us friends with God, for all who believe in Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God allowed us to have a peaceful relationship with him because his son died for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 5 10 cu3c guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Υἱοῦ 1 Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) ROM 5 10 qe6y figs-activepassive καταλλαγέντες 1 after having been reconciled You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “now that God has made us his friends again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 5 12 hjx4 0 Connecting Statement: Paul explains why death happened even before God gave the law to Moses. -ROM 5 12 wf9f figs-personification δι’ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου ἡ ἁμαρτία εἰς τὸν κόσμον εἰσῆλθεν, καὶ διὰ τῆς ἁμαρτίας ὁ θάνατος 1 through one man sin entered…death entered through sin Paul describes sin as a dangerous thing that came into the world through the actions of **one man**, Adam. This sin then became an opening through which death, pictured here as another dangerous thing, also came into the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 5 12 wf9f figs-personification δι’ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου ἡ ἁμαρτία εἰς τὸν κόσμον εἰσῆλθεν, καὶ διὰ τῆς ἁμαρτίας ὁ θάνατος 1 through one man sin entered … death entered through sin Paul describes sin as a dangerous thing that came into the world through the actions of **one man**, Adam. This sin then became an opening through which death, pictured here as another dangerous thing, also came into the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 5 13 eqa2 figs-explicit ἄχρι γὰρ νόμου, ἁμαρτία ἦν ἐν κόσμῳ 1 For until the law, sin was in the world This means that the people sinned before God gave the law. Alternate translation: “People in the world sinned before God gave his law to Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 5 13 juq7 figs-explicit ἁμαρτία δὲ οὐκ ἐλλογεῖται, μὴ ὄντος νόμου 1 but there is no accounting for sin when there is no law This means that God did not charge the people with sinning before he gave the law. Alternate translation: “but God recorded no sin against the law before he gave the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 5 14 ev8a ἀλλὰ…ὁ θάνατος 1 Nevertheless, death “Even though what I have just said is true, death” or “There was no written law from the time of Adam to the time of Moses, but death” ([Romans 5:13](../05/13.md)). @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ ROM 5 14 hdj4 ὅς ἐστιν τύπος τοῦ μέλλοντος 1 who is ROM 5 15 kln1 figs-explicit εἰ γὰρ τῷ τοῦ ἑνὸς παραπτώματι, οἱ πολλοὶ ἀπέθανον 1 For if by the trespass of one the many died Here, **one** refers to Adam. Alternate translation: “For if by one man’s sin, many died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 5 15 p83v figs-explicit πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἡ χάρις τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ ἡ δωρεὰ ἐν χάριτι, τῇ τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, εἰς τοὺς πολλοὺς ἐπερίσσευσεν 1 how much more did the grace of God and the gift by the grace of the one man, Jesus Christ, abound for the many Here, **grace** refers to God’s free gift that he made available to everyone through Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “even more through the man Jesus Christ, who died for us all, did God kindly offer us this gift of everlasting life, although we do not deserve it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 5 16 pe38 figs-explicit καὶ οὐχ ὡς δι’ ἑνὸς ἁμαρτήσαντος, τὸ δώρημα 1 For the gift is not like the outcome of that one man’s sin Here, **the gift** refers to God’s freely erasing the record of our sins. Alternate translation: “The gift is not like the result of Adam’s sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 5 16 ci72 figs-explicit τὸ…γὰρ κρίμα ἐξ ἑνὸς, εἰς κατάκριμα, τὸ δὲ χάρισμα ἐκ πολλῶν παραπτωμάτων, εἰς δικαίωμα 1 The judgment followed one trespass and brought condemnation, but the gift…justification Here Paul gives two reasons why “the gift is not like the result of Adam’s sin.” The “judgment of condemnation” implies that we all deserve God’s punishment for our sins. Alternate translation: “Because on the one hand, God declared that all people deserve to be punished because of the sin of one man, but on the other hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 5 16 ci72 figs-explicit τὸ…γὰρ κρίμα ἐξ ἑνὸς, εἰς κατάκριμα, τὸ δὲ χάρισμα ἐκ πολλῶν παραπτωμάτων, εἰς δικαίωμα 1 The judgment followed one trespass and brought condemnation, but the gift … justification Here Paul gives two reasons why “the gift is not like the result of Adam’s sin.” The “judgment of condemnation” implies that we all deserve God’s punishment for our sins. Alternate translation: “Because on the one hand, God declared that all people deserve to be punished because of the sin of one man, but on the other hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 5 16 m63g figs-explicit τὸ…χάρισμα ἐκ πολλῶν παραπτωμάτων, εἰς δικαίωμα 1 the gift followed many trespasses and brought justification This refers to how God makes us right with him even when we do not deserve it. Alternate translation: “God’s kind gift to put us right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 5 16 uh4x ἐκ πολλῶν παραπτωμάτων 1 followed many trespasses “after the sins of many” ROM 5 17 f94r τοῦ ἑνὸς παραπτώματι 1 trespass of the one This refers to the sin of Adam. @@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ ROM 6 3 x4xs figs-rquestion ἢ ἀγνοεῖτε, ὅτι ὅσοι ἐβαπ ROM 6 4 f4va figs-metaphor συνετάφημεν οὖν αὐτῷ διὰ τοῦ βαπτίσματος εἰς τὸν θάνατον 1 We were buried, then, with him through baptism into death Here Paul speaks of a believer’s baptism in water as if it were a death and burial. Alternate translation: “When someone baptized us, it is just like that person buried us with Christ in the tomb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 6 4 t47r figs-simile ὥσπερ ἠγέρθη Χριστὸς ἐκ νεκρῶν διὰ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Πατρός, οὕτως καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐν καινότητι ζωῆς περιπατήσωμεν 1 just as Christ was raised from the dead by the glory of the Father, so also we might walk in newness of life To raise from the dead is an idiom for causing a person to live again. This compares a believer’s new spiritual life to Jesus coming back to life physically. The believer’s new spiritual life enables that person to obey God. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “just as the Father brought Jesus back to life after he died, we might have new spiritual life and obey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 6 4 ps5d ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To be raised from among them speaks of becoming alive again. -ROM 6 5 wnd4 figs-metaphor σύμφυτοι γεγόναμεν τῷ ὁμοιώματι τοῦ θανάτου αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως ἐσόμεθα 1 we have become united with him in the likeness of his death…be united with his resurrection Paul compares our union with Christ to death. Those who are joined with Christ in death will share in his resurrection. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “died with him…come back to life with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 6 5 wnd4 figs-metaphor σύμφυτοι γεγόναμεν τῷ ὁμοιώματι τοῦ θανάτου αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως ἐσόμεθα 1 we have become united with him in the likeness of his death … be united with his resurrection Paul compares our union with Christ to death. Those who are joined with Christ in death will share in his resurrection. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “died with him … come back to life with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 6 6 f13e figs-metaphor ὁ παλαιὸς ἡμῶν ἄνθρωπος συνεσταυρώθη 1 our old man was crucified with him The “old man” is a metaphor that refers to the person before he believes in Jesus. Paul describes our old sinful person as dying on the cross with Jesus when we believe in Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “our sinful person died on the cross with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 6 6 m7c2 ὁ παλαιὸς…ἄνθρωπος 1 old man This means the person who once was, but who does not exist now. ROM 6 6 l6pd figs-metonymy τὸ σῶμα τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 the body of sin This is a metonym that refers to the whole sinful person. Alternate translation: “our sinful nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -415,8 +415,8 @@ ROM 6 14 fl3e figs-explicit ἀλλὰ ὑπὸ χάριν 1 but under grace To ROM 6 15 zxb8 figs-rquestion τί οὖν? ἁμαρτήσωμεν ὅτι οὐκ ἐσμὲν ὑπὸ νόμον, ἀλλὰ ὑπὸ χάριν? μὴ γένοιτο 1 What then? Shall we sin because we are not under law, but under grace? May it never be Paul is using a question to emphasize that living under grace is not a reason to sin. Alternate translation: “However, just because we are bound to grace instead of the law of Moses certainly does not mean we are allowed to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 6 15 c77g μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be “We would never want that to happen!” or “May God help me not to do that!” This expression shows an extremely strong desire that this does not take place. You may have a similar expression in your language that you could use here. See how you translated it in [Romans 3:31](../03/31.md). ROM 6 16 jl1w figs-rquestion οὐκ οἴδατε, ὅτι ᾧ παριστάνετε ἑαυτοὺς δούλους εἰς ὑπακοήν, δοῦλοί ἐστε ᾧ ὑπακούετε 1 Do you not know that the one to whom you present yourselves as slaves is the one to which you are obedient, the one you must obey? Paul uses a question to scold anyone who may think God’s grace is a reason to keep sinning. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “You should know that you are slaves to the master you choose to obey!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 6 16 q2i4 figs-personification ἤτοι ἁμαρτίας…ἢ ὑπακοῆς 1 whether you are slaves to sin…or slaves to obedience Here, Paul speaks of “sin” and “obedience” as if they were masters that a slave would obey. Alternate translation: “whether you are like slaves to sin…or like slaves to obedience” or “You are either a slave to sin…or you are a slave to obedience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 6 16 w9wf εἰς θάνατον…εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 which leads to death…which leads to righteousness “which results in death…which results in righteousness” +ROM 6 16 q2i4 figs-personification ἤτοι ἁμαρτίας…ἢ ὑπακοῆς 1 whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience Here, Paul speaks of “sin” and “obedience” as if they were masters that a slave would obey. Alternate translation: “whether you are like slaves to sin … or like slaves to obedience” or “You are either a slave to sin … or you are a slave to obedience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 6 16 w9wf εἰς θάνατον…εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 which leads to death … which leads to righteousness “which results in death … which results in righteousness” ROM 6 17 dz5x χάρις δὲ τῷ Θεῷ 1 But thanks be to God! “But I thank God!” ROM 6 17 yxt7 figs-metaphor ὅτι ἦτε δοῦλοι τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 For you were slaves of sin Slavery of sin is a metaphor meaning having such a strong desire to sin that one is unable to stop himself from sinning. It is as if sin controls the person. Alternate translation: “you were like slaves of sin” or “you were controlled by sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 6 17 my2z figs-metonymy ὑπηκούσατε δὲ ἐκ καρδίας 1 but you have obeyed from the heart Here the word **heart** refers to having sincere or honest motives for doing something. Alternate translation: “but you truly obeyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ ROM 6 23 ze3f τὰ γὰρ ὀψώνια τῆς ἁμαρτίας θάνατ ROM 6 23 pf3s τὸ δὲ χάρισμα τοῦ Θεοῦ ζωὴ αἰώνιος ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, τῷ Κυρίῳ ἡμῶν 1 but the gift of God is eternal life in Christ Jesus our Lord “but God gives eternal life to those who belong to Christ Jesus our Lord” ROM 7 intro fl1y 0 # Romans 07 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

### “Or do you not know”

Paul uses this phrase to discuss a new topic, while connecting what follows with the previous teaching.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “We have been released from the law”

Paul explains that the law of Moses is no longer in effect. While this is true, the timeless principles behind the law reflect the character of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Marriage

Scripture commonly uses marriage as a metaphor. Here Paul uses it to describe how the church relates to the law of Moses and now to Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Flesh

This is a complex issue. “Flesh” is possibly a metaphor for our sinful nature. Paul is not teaching that our physical bodies are sinful. Paul appears to be teaching that as long as Christians are alive (“in the flesh”), we will continue to sin. But our new nature will be fighting against our old nature. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) ROM 7 1 nj1k 0 Connecting Statement: Paul explains how the law controls those who want to live under the law. -ROM 7 1 mk7w figs-rquestion ἢ ἀγνοεῖτε, ἀδελφοί (γινώσκουσιν γὰρ νόμον λαλῶ), ὅτι ὁ νόμος κυριεύει τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐφ’ ὅσον χρόνον ζῇ? 1 do you not know, brothers…that the law controls a person for as long as he lives? Paul asks this question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “So you certainly know that people have to obey laws only while they are alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 7 1 mk7w figs-rquestion ἢ ἀγνοεῖτε, ἀδελφοί (γινώσκουσιν γὰρ νόμον λαλῶ), ὅτι ὁ νόμος κυριεύει τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐφ’ ὅσον χρόνον ζῇ? 1 do you not know, brothers … that the law controls a person for as long as he lives? Paul asks this question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “So you certainly know that people have to obey laws only while they are alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 7 1 r9fl ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women. ROM 7 2 as1h 0 Connecting Statement: This verse begins a description of what Paul means by “the law controls a person for as long as he lives” ([Romans 7:1](./01.md)). ROM 7 2 l6d9 figs-metaphor ἡ…ὕπανδρος γυνὴ τῷ…ἀνδρὶ δέδεται νόμῳ 1 the married woman is bound by law to the husband Here, **bound by law to the husband** is a metaphor for a woman being united to her husband according to the law of marriage. Alternate translation: “according to the law, the married woman is united to the husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -463,7 +463,7 @@ ROM 7 7 k1jj figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν 1 What will we say the ROM 7 7 erx6 μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be “Of course that is not true!” This expression gives the strongest possible negative answer to the preceding rhetorical question. You may have a similar expression in your language that you could use here. See how you translated this in [Romans 9:14](../09/14.md). ROM 7 7 zl8m figs-personification τὴν ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ ἔγνων, εἰ μὴ διὰ νόμου 1 I would never have known sin, if it were not through the law Paul is speaking of sin as if it were a person who can act. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 7 7 n43p ἁμαρτία 1 sin “my desire to sin” -ROM 7 8 mz77 figs-personification ἀφορμὴν δὲ λαβοῦσα ἡ ἁμαρτία διὰ τῆς ἐντολῆς, κατειργάσατο ἐν ἐμοὶ πᾶσαν ἐπιθυμίαν; 1 But sin took the opportunity…brought about every lust Paul continues comparing sin to a person who can act. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 7 8 mz77 figs-personification ἀφορμὴν δὲ λαβοῦσα ἡ ἁμαρτία διὰ τῆς ἐντολῆς, κατειργάσατο ἐν ἐμοὶ πᾶσαν ἐπιθυμίαν; 1 But sin took the opportunity … brought about every lust Paul continues comparing sin to a person who can act. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 7 8 nj21 ἐπιθυμίαν 1 lust This word includes both the desire to have what belongs to other people and wrong sexual desire. ROM 7 8 r5i2 χωρὶς…νόμου, ἁμαρτία νεκρά 1 without the law, sin is dead “if there were no law, there would be no breaking of the law, so there would be no sin” ROM 7 9 q9le figs-personification ἡ ἁμαρτία ἀνέζησεν 1 sin regained life This could mean: (1) “I realized that I was sinning” or (2) “I strongly desired to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) @@ -479,7 +479,7 @@ ROM 7 13 e1bx figs-rquestion τὸ…ἀγαθὸν ἐμοὶ ἐγένετο ROM 7 13 g451 τὸ…ἀγαθὸν 1 what is good This refers to God’s law. ROM 7 13 qwe9 ἐμοὶ ἐγένετο θάνατος 1 become death to me “cause me to die” ROM 7 13 hgm6 figs-rquestion μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be This expression gives the strongest possible negative answer to the preceding rhetorical question. You may have a similar expression in your language that you could use here. Alternate translation: “Of course that is not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 7 13 m4l5 figs-personification ἡ ἁμαρτία…μοι κατεργαζομένη θάνατον; 1 sin…brought about death in me Paul is viewing sin as though it were a person who could act. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 7 13 m4l5 figs-personification ἡ ἁμαρτία…μοι κατεργαζομένη θάνατον; 1 sin … brought about death in me Paul is viewing sin as though it were a person who could act. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 7 13 pnq6 μοι κατεργαζομένη θάνατον 1 brought about death in me “separated me from God” ROM 7 13 a6zb διὰ τῆς ἐντολῆς 1 through the commandment “because I disobeyed the commandment” ROM 7 15 udc8 0 Connecting Statement: Paul talks about the struggle inside his inner man between his flesh and the law of God—between sin and good. @@ -514,7 +514,7 @@ ROM 8 2 th4n figs-metaphor ἠλευθέρωσέν σε ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμ ROM 8 2 u82e τοῦ νόμου τῆς ἁμαρτίας καὶ τοῦ θανάτου 1 the law of sin and death This could mean: (1) the law, which provokes people to sin, and their sin causes them to die. Alternate translation: “the law which causes sin and death” or (2) the principle that people sin and die. ROM 8 3 j98t figs-personification τὸ γὰρ ἀδύνατον τοῦ νόμου, ἐν ᾧ ἠσθένει διὰ τῆς σαρκός, ὁ Θεὸς 1 For what the law was unable to do because it was weak through the flesh, God did Here the law is described as a person who could not break the power of sin. Alternate translation: “For the law did not have the power to stop us from sinning, because the power of sin within us was too strong. But God did stop us from sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 8 3 etf2 διὰ τῆς σαρκός 1 through the flesh “because of people’s sinful nature” -ROM 8 3 p4qq τὸν ἑαυτοῦ Υἱὸν πέμψας, ἐν ὁμοιώματι σαρκὸς ἁμαρτίας, καὶ περὶ ἁμαρτίας, κατέκρινε τὴν ἁμαρτίαν 1 He…sent his own Son in the likeness of sinful flesh…an offering for sin…he condemned sin The Son of God forever satisfied God’s holy anger against our sin by giving his own body and human life as the eternal sacrifice for sin. +ROM 8 3 p4qq τὸν ἑαυτοῦ Υἱὸν πέμψας, ἐν ὁμοιώματι σαρκὸς ἁμαρτίας, καὶ περὶ ἁμαρτίας, κατέκρινε τὴν ἁμαρτίαν 1 He … sent his own Son in the likeness of sinful flesh … an offering for sin … he condemned sin The Son of God forever satisfied God’s holy anger against our sin by giving his own body and human life as the eternal sacrifice for sin. ROM 8 3 csl8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸν 1 Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) ROM 8 3 uf94 ἐν ὁμοιώματι σαρκὸς ἁμαρτίας 1 in the likeness of sinful flesh “who looked like any other sinful human being” ROM 8 3 hfr2 καὶ περὶ ἁμαρτίας 1 to be an offering for sin “so that he could die as a sacrifice for our sins” @@ -523,17 +523,17 @@ ROM 8 4 j9ff figs-activepassive τὸ δικαίωμα τοῦ νόμου πλη ROM 8 4 acc4 figs-metaphor τοῖς μὴ κατὰ σάρκα περιπατοῦσιν 1 we who walk not according to the flesh Walking on a path is a metaphor for how a person lives his life. The flesh is an idiom for sinful human nature. Alternate translation: “we who do not obey our sinful desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] or [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 8 4 a5t4 ἀλλὰ κατὰ Πνεῦμα 1 but according to the Spirit “but who obey the Holy Spirit” ROM 8 6 y6p7 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to contrast the flesh with the Spirit we now have. -ROM 8 6 vyw4 figs-personification τὸ…φρόνημα τῆς σαρκὸς…τὸ δὲ φρόνημα τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 the mind set on the flesh…the mind set on the Spirit Here Paul speaks of both the **flesh** and the “spirit” as if they were living persons. Alternate translation: “the way sinful people think…the way people who listen to the Holy Spirit think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 8 6 vyw4 figs-personification τὸ…φρόνημα τῆς σαρκὸς…τὸ δὲ φρόνημα τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 the mind set on the flesh … the mind set on the Spirit Here Paul speaks of both the **flesh** and the “spirit” as if they were living persons. Alternate translation: “the way sinful people think … the way people who listen to the Holy Spirit think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 8 6 ec7j θάνατος 1 death Here this means the separation of a person from God. ROM 8 8 me7u οἱ…ἐν σαρκὶ ὄντες 1 Those who are in the flesh This refers to people who do what their sinful nature tells them to do. ROM 8 9 czm9 ἐν σαρκὶ 1 in the flesh “acting according to your sinful natures.” See how “the flesh” was translated in [Romans 8:5](../08/05.md). ROM 8 9 e54u ἐν Πνεύματι 1 in the Spirit “acting according to the Holy Spirit” -ROM 8 9 p55f Πνεύματι,…Πνεῦμα Θεοῦ…Πνεῦμα Χριστοῦ 1 Spirit…God’s Spirit…Spirit of Christ These all refer to the Holy Spirit. +ROM 8 9 p55f Πνεύματι,…Πνεῦμα Θεοῦ…Πνεῦμα Χριστοῦ 1 Spirit … God’s Spirit … Spirit of Christ These all refer to the Holy Spirit. ROM 8 9 bei3 εἴπερ 1 if it is true that This phrase does not mean Paul doubts that some of them have God’s Spirit. Paul wants them to realize that they all have God’s Spirit. Alternate translation: “since” or “because” ROM 8 10 q8be figs-explicit εἰ…Χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν 1 If Christ is in you How Christ lives in a person could be made explicit. Alternate translation: “If Christ lives in you through the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 8 10 e6g9 figs-idiom τὸ μὲν σῶμα νεκρὸν διὰ ἁμαρτίαν 1 the body is dead with respect to sin This could mean: (1) a person is spiritually dead to the power of sin or (2) the physical body will still die because of sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 8 10 yb1b figs-idiom τὸ…Πνεῦμα ζωὴ διὰ δικαιοσύνην 1 the spirit is alive with respect to righteousness This could mean: (1) a person is spiritually alive because God has given him power to do what is right or (2) God will bring the person back to life after he dies because God is righteous and gives believers eternal life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 8 11 jlc9 εἰ δὲ τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ ἐγείραντος τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐκ νεκρῶν οἰκεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν, ὁ ἐγείρας ἐκ νεκρῶν Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν ζῳοποιήσει καὶ τὰ θνητὰ σώματα ὑμῶν, διὰ τοῦ ἐνοικοῦντος αὐτοῦ Πνεῦμα ἐν ὑμῖν. 1 If the Spirit…lives in you Paul assumes that the Holy Spirit lives in his readers. Alternate translation: “Since the Spirit…lives in you” +ROM 8 11 jlc9 εἰ δὲ τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ ἐγείραντος τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐκ νεκρῶν οἰκεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν, ὁ ἐγείρας ἐκ νεκρῶν Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν ζῳοποιήσει καὶ τὰ θνητὰ σώματα ὑμῶν, διὰ τοῦ ἐνοικοῦντος αὐτοῦ Πνεῦμα ἐν ὑμῖν. 1 If the Spirit … lives in you Paul assumes that the Holy Spirit lives in his readers. Alternate translation: “Since the Spirit … lives in you” ROM 8 11 b9pu τοῦ ἐγείραντος 1 of him who raised “of God, who raised” ROM 8 11 jr6p figs-idiom ἐγείραντος τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 raised Jesus Here to raise is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “caused Jesus to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 8 11 t27d τὰ θνητὰ σώματα 1 mortal bodies “physical bodies” or “bodies, which will die someday” @@ -553,7 +553,7 @@ ROM 8 17 q751 figs-metaphor συνκληρονόμοι…Χριστοῦ 1 we ar ROM 8 17 j6ia figs-activepassive ἵνα καὶ συνδοξασθῶμεν 1 that we may also be glorified with him God will honor Christian believers when he honors Christ. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “that God may glorify us along with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 8 18 phk6 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds us as believers that our bodies will be changed at the redemption of our bodies in this section which ends in [Romans 8:25](../08/25.md). ROM 8 18 i5nu γὰρ 1 For This emphasizes “I consider.” It does not mean “because.” -ROM 8 18 b3b1 figs-activepassive λογίζομαι…ὅτι οὐκ ἄξια τὰ παθήματα τοῦ νῦν καιροῦ, πρὸς 1 I consider that…are not worthy to be compared with You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “I cannot compare the sufferings of this present time with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 8 18 b3b1 figs-activepassive λογίζομαι…ὅτι οὐκ ἄξια τὰ παθήματα τοῦ νῦν καιροῦ, πρὸς 1 I consider that … are not worthy to be compared with You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “I cannot compare the sufferings of this present time with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 8 18 jjb8 figs-activepassive ἀποκαλυφθῆναι 1 will be revealed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will reveal” or “God will make known” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 8 19 d911 figs-personification ἡ…ἀποκαραδοκία τῆς κτίσεως, τὴν…ἀπεκδέχεται 1 the eager expectation of the creation waits for Paul describes everything that God created as a person who eagerly waits for something. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 8 19 dm6s figs-activepassive τὴν ἀποκάλυψιν τῶν υἱῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 for the revealing of the sons of God You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “for the time when God will reveal his children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -637,7 +637,7 @@ ROM 9 15 kq2c figs-metaphor τῷ Μωϋσεῖ γὰρ λέγει 1 For he says ROM 9 16 d4f5 οὐ τοῦ θέλοντος, οὐδὲ τοῦ τρέχοντος 1 it is not because of him who wills, nor because of him who runs “it is not because of what people want or because they try hard” ROM 9 16 ues3 figs-metaphor οὐδὲ τοῦ τρέχοντος 1 nor because of him who runs Paul speaks of a person who does good things in order to gain God’s favor as if that person were running a race. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 9 17 x1cj figs-personification λέγει γὰρ ἡ Γραφὴ 1 For the scripture says Here the **scripture** is personified as if God were talking to Pharaoh. Alternate translation: “The scripture records that God said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 9 17 xu7s ἐξήγειρά…ἐνδείξωμαι…μου 1 I…my God is referring to himself. +ROM 9 17 xu7s ἐξήγειρά…ἐνδείξωμαι…μου 1 I … my God is referring to himself. ROM 9 17 nfv5 figs-you σε 1 you singular (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) ROM 9 17 pz5x figs-idiom ἐξήγειρά σε 1 I raised you up **Raised** here is an idiom for “to cause something to be what it is.” Alternate translation: “I made you the powerful man that you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 9 17 gps5 figs-activepassive ὅπως διαγγελῇ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 so that my name might be proclaimed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “that people might proclaim my name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -646,13 +646,13 @@ ROM 9 17 jn7u figs-hyperbole ἐν πάσῃ τῇ γῇ 1 in all the earth “w ROM 9 18 a1uv ὃν δὲ θέλει, σκληρύνει 1 whom he wishes, he makes stubborn God makes stubborn whoever he wishes to make stubborn. ROM 9 19 z4j2 figs-you ἐρεῖς μοι οὖν 1 You will say then to me Paul is talking to the critics of his teaching as though he were only talking to one person. You may need to use the plural here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) ROM 9 19 bbe4 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἔτι μέμφεται? τῷ γὰρ βουλήματι αὐτοῦ, τίς ἀνθέστηκεν 1 Why does he still find fault? For who has ever withstood his will? These rhetorical questions are complaints against God. You can translate them as strong statements. Alternate translation: “He should not find fault with us. No one has ever been able to withstand his will.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 9 19 hqr7 μέμφεται…αὐτοῦ 1 he…his The words **he** and **his** here refer to God. -ROM 9 19 n1ti τῷ…βουλήματι αὐτοῦ…ἀνθέστηκεν 1 has…withstood his will “has…stopped him from doing what he wanted to do” -ROM 9 20 arw8 figs-metaphor μὴ ἐρεῖ τὸ πλάσμα, τῷ πλάσαντι, τί με ἐποίησας οὕτως 1 Will what has been molded say to the one who molds it, “Why…way?” Paul uses the potter’s right to make any kind of container he wants from the clay as a metaphor for the creator’s right to do whatever he wants with his creation. Paul asks questions to emphasize his point. This can be translated as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “What a person has molded should never say to the one who molds it, ‘Why…way?’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 9 19 hqr7 μέμφεται…αὐτοῦ 1 he … his The words **he** and **his** here refer to God. +ROM 9 19 n1ti τῷ…βουλήματι αὐτοῦ…ἀνθέστηκεν 1 has … withstood his will “has … stopped him from doing what he wanted to do” +ROM 9 20 arw8 figs-metaphor μὴ ἐρεῖ τὸ πλάσμα, τῷ πλάσαντι, τί με ἐποίησας οὕτως 1 Will what has been molded say to the one who molds it, “Why … way?” Paul uses the potter’s right to make any kind of container he wants from the clay as a metaphor for the creator’s right to do whatever he wants with his creation. Paul asks questions to emphasize his point. This can be translated as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “What a person has molded should never say to the one who molds it, ‘Why … way?’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 9 20 wcj3 figs-rquestion τί με ἐποίησας οὕτως 1 Why did you make me this way? This question is a rebuke and can be translated as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “You should not have made me this way!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 9 21 e94a figs-rquestion ἢ οὐκ ἔχει ἐξουσίαν ὁ κεραμεὺς τοῦ πηλοῦ, ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ φυράματος ποιῆσαι ὃ μὲν εἰς τιμὴν σκεῦος, ὃ δὲ εἰς ἀτιμίαν 1 Does the potter not have the right…for daily use? This rhetorical question is a rebuke. Alternate translation: “The potter certainlly has the right…for daily use.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 9 21 e94a figs-rquestion ἢ οὐκ ἔχει ἐξουσίαν ὁ κεραμεὺς τοῦ πηλοῦ, ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ φυράματος ποιῆσαι ὃ μὲν εἰς τιμὴν σκεῦος, ὃ δὲ εἰς ἀτιμίαν 1 Does the potter not have the right … for daily use? This rhetorical question is a rebuke. Alternate translation: “The potter certainlly has the right … for daily use.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 9 22 we86 figs-metaphor σκεύη ὀργῆς 1 containers of wrath Paul speaks of people as if they were containers. Alternate translation: “people who deserve wrath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 9 23 ufj7 γνωρίσῃ…αὐτοῦ 1 he…his The words **he** and **his** here refer to God. +ROM 9 23 ufj7 γνωρίσῃ…αὐτοῦ 1 he … his The words **he** and **his** here refer to God. ROM 9 23 v33r figs-metaphor σκεύη ἐλέους 1 containers of mercy Paul speaks of people as if they were containers. Alternate translation: “people who deserve mercy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 9 23 she3 figs-metaphor τὸν πλοῦτον τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ 1 the riches of his glory upon Paul compares God’s wonderful actions here to great **riches**. Alternate translation: “his glory, which is of great value, upon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 9 23 t41s figs-explicit ἃ προητοίμασεν εἰς δόξαν 1 which he had previously prepared for glory Here, **glory** refers to life in heaven with God. Alternate translation: “whom he prepared ahead of time in order that they might live with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -668,7 +668,7 @@ ROM 9 27 zqi1 κράζει 1 cries out “calls out” ROM 9 27 k9j8 figs-simile ὡς ἡ ἄμμος τῆς θαλάσσης 1 as the sand of the sea Here Paul compares the number of the people of Israel to the number of grains of **sand** in the **sea**. Alternate translation: “too many to count” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) ROM 9 27 wig1 figs-activepassive σωθήσεται 1 will be saved Paul uses the word **saved** in a spiritual sense. If God saves a person, it means that through believing in Jesus’ death on the cross, God has forgiven him and rescued him from being punished for his sin. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will save” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 9 28 cm32 λόγον…ποιήσει Κύριος ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 the Lord will carry out his sentence on the earth Here, **sentence** refers to how he has decided to punish people. Alternate translation: “the Lord will punish people on the earth according to how he has said” -ROM 9 29 dl9x figs-exclusive ἡμῖν…ν ἐγενήθημεν 1 us…we Here the words **us** and **we** refer to Isaiah and those to whom he spoke. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ROM 9 29 dl9x figs-exclusive ἡμῖν…ν ἐγενήθημεν 1 us … we Here the words **us** and **we** refer to Isaiah and those to whom he spoke. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 9 29 tk2e figs-explicit ὡς Σόδομα ἂν ἐγενήθημεν, καὶ ὡς Γόμορρα ἂν ὡμοιώθημεν 1 we would be like Sodom, and we would have become like Gomorrah God killed all of the people of Sodom and Gomorrah because of their sin. Alternate translation: “we all would have been destroyed like the people of Sodom and Gomorrah” or “God would have destroyed all of us, like he destroyed the cities of Sodom and Gommorah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 9 30 m5l2 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν 1 What will we say then? Paul uses this question to get the attention of his readers. Alternate translation: “This is what we must say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 9 30 ki4k ὅτι ἔθνη 1 That the Gentiles “We will say that the Gentiles” @@ -703,8 +703,8 @@ ROM 10 7 iw13 ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have ROM 10 7 t8dd νεκρῶν 1 dead This word speaks of physical death. ROM 10 8 gz7t figs-personification ἀλλὰ τί λέγει 1 But what does it say? The word **it** refers to “the righteousness” of [Romans 10:6](../10/06.md). Here Paul describes **righteousness** as a person who can speak. Paul uses a question to emphasize the answer he is about to give. Alternate translation: “But this is what Moses says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 8 kzb2 figs-personification ἐγγύς σου τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν 1 The word is near you Paul speaks of God’s message as if it were a person who can move. Alternate translation: “You have heard the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 10 8 y6mq figs-metonymy τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν, ἐν τῷ στόματί σου 1 The word is…in your mouth The word **mouth** is a metonym that refers to what a person says. Alternate translation: “You know how to speak…God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 10 8 zvx4 figs-metonymy τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν,…ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 The word is…in your heart The phrase **in your heart** is metonym that refers to what a person thinks and believes. Alternate translation: “You know what…God’s message means” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 10 8 y6mq figs-metonymy τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν, ἐν τῷ στόματί σου 1 The word is … in your mouth The word **mouth** is a metonym that refers to what a person says. Alternate translation: “You know how to speak … God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 10 8 zvx4 figs-metonymy τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν,…ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 The word is … in your heart The phrase **in your heart** is metonym that refers to what a person thinks and believes. Alternate translation: “You know what … God’s message means” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 8 lh5d τὸ ῥῆμα τῆς πίστεως 1 the word of faith “God’s message that tells us that we must believe in him” ROM 10 9 tz7r ἐὰν ὁμολογήσῃς ἐν τῷ στόματί σου, Κύριον Ἰησοῦν 1 if with your mouth you confess Jesus as Lord “if you confess that Jesus is Lord” ROM 10 9 ie71 figs-metonymy πιστεύσῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 believe in your heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s mind or inner person. Alternate translation: “believe in your mind” or “truly believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -730,7 +730,7 @@ ROM 10 17 nq87 ἡ…ἀκοὴ διὰ ῥήματος Χριστοῦ 1 heari ROM 10 18 f6jy figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ λέγω, μὴ οὐκ ἤκουσαν? μενοῦνγε 1 But I say, “Did they not hear?” Yes, most certainly Paul uses a question for emphasis. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “But, I say the Jews certainly have heard the message about Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) ROM 10 18 s5zh figs-parallelism εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν; καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης, τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν 1 Their sound has gone out into all the earth, and their words to the ends of the world. Both of these statements mean basically the same thing and Paul uses them for emphasis. The word **their** refers to the sun, moon, and stars. Here they are described as human messengers that tell people about God. This refers to how their existence shows God’s power and glory. You can make explicit that Paul is quoting Scripture here. Alternate translation: “As the Scriptures record, ‘The sun, moon, and the stars are proof of God’s power and glory, and everyone in the world sees them and knows the truth about God.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 19 ib4m figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ λέγω, μὴ Ἰσραὴλ οὐκ ἔγνω 1 Moreover, I say, “Did Israel not know?” Paul uses a question for emphasis. The word **Israel** is a metonym for the people who lived in the nation of Israel. Alternate translation: “Again I tell you the people of Israel did know the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 10 19 jjt3 figs-you πρῶτος Μωϋσῆς λέγει, ἐγὼ παραζηλώσω ὑμᾶς,…παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς. 1 First Moses says, “I will provoke you…I will stir you up to anger.” This means that Moses wrote down what God said. “I” refers to God, and “you” refers to the Israelites. Alternate translation: “First Moses says that God will provoke you…God will stir you up to anger.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +ROM 10 19 jjt3 figs-you πρῶτος Μωϋσῆς λέγει, ἐγὼ παραζηλώσω ὑμᾶς,…παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς. 1 First Moses says, “I will provoke you … I will stir you up to anger.” This means that Moses wrote down what God said. “I” refers to God, and “you” refers to the Israelites. Alternate translation: “First Moses says that God will provoke you … God will stir you up to anger.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) ROM 10 19 ve6t ἐπ’ οὐκ ἔθνει 1 by what is not a nation “by those you do not consider to be a real nation” or “by people who do not belong to any nation” ROM 10 19 s3nz figs-explicit ἐπ’ ἔθνει ἀσυνέτῳ 1 By means of a nation without understanding Here, **without understanding** means that the people do not know God. Alternate translation: “By a nation with people who do not know me or my commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 19 g7zt παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς 1 I will stir you up to anger “I will make you angry” or “I will cause you to become angry” @@ -771,7 +771,7 @@ ROM 11 10 c1nj figs-metonymy τὸν νῶτον αὐτῶν διὰ παντ ROM 11 11 z8tw 0 Connecting Statement: With Israel as a nation rejecting God, Paul warns the Gentiles to be careful they do not make the same mistake. ROM 11 11 r9hg figs-rquestion μὴ ἔπταισαν ἵνα πέσωσιν 1 Did they stumble so as to fall? Paul uses this question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “Has God rejected them forever because they sinned?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 11 11 qbx4 μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be “That is not possible!” or “Certainly not!” This expression strongly denies that this could happen. You may have a similar expression in your language that you could use here. See how you translated this in [Romans 9:14](../09/14.md). -ROM 11 11 f1jw παραζηλῶσαι 1 provoke…to jealousy See how you translated this phrase in [Romans 10:19](../10/19.md). +ROM 11 11 f1jw παραζηλῶσαι 1 provoke … to jealousy See how you translated this phrase in [Romans 10:19](../10/19.md). ROM 11 12 ew4i figs-doublet εἰ…τὸ παράπτωμα αὐτῶν, πλοῦτος κόσμου, καὶ τὸ ἥττημα αὐτῶν, πλοῦτος ἐθνῶν 1 if their failure is the riches of the world, and if their loss is the riches of the Gentiles Both of these phrases mean basically the same thing. If you need to, you can combine them in your translation. Alternate translation: “when the Jews failed spiritually, the result was that God abundantly blessed the non-Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ROM 11 12 dh1g πλοῦτος κόσμου 1 the riches of the world Because the Jews rejected Christ, God richly blessed the Gentiles by giving them the opportunity to receive Christ. ROM 11 12 it9k κόσμου 1 the world Here the **world** is a metonym that refers to the people who live in the world, especially the Gentiles. @@ -794,24 +794,24 @@ ROM 11 18 gqd6 figs-metaphor μὴ κατακαυχῶ τῶν κλάδων 1 do ROM 11 18 llz1 figs-metaphor οὐ σὺ τὴν ῥίζαν βαστάζεις, ἀλλὰ ἡ ῥίζα σέ 1 it is not you who supports the root, but the root that supports you Again Paul implies that the Gentile believers are branches. God saves them only because of the covenant promises that he made to the Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 11 19 mm6w figs-metaphor ἐξεκλάσθησαν κλάδοι 1 Branches were broken off Here, **branches** refers to the Jews who rejected Jesus and whom God has now rejected. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God broke branches off” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 11 19 p9ti figs-metaphor ἐγὼ ἐνκεντρισθῶ 1 I might be grafted in Paul uses this phrase to refer to the Gentile believers whom God has accepted. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “he might attach me in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 11 20 puj9 …ἐξεκλάσθησαν 1 their…they The pronouns “their” and “they” refer to the Jewish people who did not believe. +ROM 11 20 puj9 …ἐξεκλάσθησαν 1 their … they The pronouns “their” and “they” refer to the Jewish people who did not believe. ROM 11 20 v2ua figs-metaphor σὺ δὲ τῇ πίστει ἕστηκας 1 but you stand firm because of your faith Paul speaks of the Gentile believers remaining faithful as if they were standing firm and no one could move them. Alternate translation: “but you remain because of your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 11 21 f6i7 figs-metaphor εἰ γὰρ ὁ Θεὸς τῶν κατὰ φύσιν κλάδων οὐκ ἐφείσατο, οὐδὲ σοῦ φείσεται 1 For if God did not spare the natural branches, neither will he spare you Here the **natural branches** refers to the Jewish people who rejected Jesus. Alternate translation: “Since God did not spare those unbelieving Jews, who grew up like a tree’s natural branches that came from the root, then know, if you do not believe, he will not spare you either” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 11 22 xdm3 χρηστότητα καὶ ἀποτομίαν Θεοῦ 1 the kind actions and the severity of God Paul is reminding the Gentile believers that although God may act very kindly toward them, he will not hesitate to judge and punish them. -ROM 11 22 p691 figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ μὲν τοὺς πεσόντας, ἀποτομία; ἐπὶ…σὲ, χρηστότης Θεοῦ 1 severity came on the Jews who fell…God’s kindness comes on you This can be restated to remove the abstract nouns “severity” and “kindness.” Alternate translation: “God dealt harshly with the Jews who fell…but God acts kindly toward you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 11 22 p691 figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ μὲν τοὺς πεσόντας, ἀποτομία; ἐπὶ…σὲ, χρηστότης Θεοῦ 1 severity came on the Jews who fell … God’s kindness comes on you This can be restated to remove the abstract nouns “severity” and “kindness.” Alternate translation: “God dealt harshly with the Jews who fell … but God acts kindly toward you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 11 22 scf8 figs-metaphor τοὺς πεσόντας 1 those who fell Doing what is wrong is spoken of as if it is falling down. Alternate translation: “the Jews who have done wrong” or “the Jews who have refused to trust in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 11 22 z41m figs-abstractnouns ἐὰν ἐπιμένῃς τῇ χρηστότητι 1 if you continue in his kindness This can be restated to remove the abstract noun “kindness.” Alternate translation: “if you continue doing what is right so that he continues being kind to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 11 22 t4mk figs-metaphor ἐπεὶ καὶ σὺ ἐκκοπήσῃ 1 Otherwise you also will be cut off Paul again uses the metaphor of a branch, which God can **cut off** if he needs to. Here, **cut off** is a metaphor for rejecting someone. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Otherwise God will cut you off” or “Otherwise God will reject you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 11 23 lvk7 figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ ἐπιμένωσι τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ 1 if they do not continue in their unbelief The phrase **do not continue in their unbelief** is a double negative. You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “if the Jews start believing in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) ROM 11 23 zu7k figs-metaphor ἐνκεντρισθήσονται 1 will be grafted in Paul speaks of the Jews as if they were branches that could be grafted back into a tree if they start to believe in Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will graft them back in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 11 23 yjj6 ἐνκεντρίσαι 1 graft This is a common process where the end of a live branch of one tree is inserted into another tree so that the new branch will continue to grow in that tree. -ROM 11 23 r5kg κἀκεῖνοι…αὐτούς 1 they…them All occurrences of “they” or “them” refer to the Jews. +ROM 11 23 r5kg κἀκεῖνοι…αὐτούς 1 they … them All occurrences of “they” or “them” refer to the Jews. ROM 11 24 s1a4 figs-metaphor εἰ γὰρ σὺ ἐκ τῆς κατὰ φύσιν ἐξεκόπης ἀγριελαίου, καὶ παρὰ φύσιν ἐνεκεντρίσθης εἰς καλλιέλαιον, πόσῳ μᾶλλον οὗτοι, οἱ κατὰ φύσιν ἐνκεντρισθήσονται τῇ ἰδίᾳ ἐλαίᾳ 1 For if you were cut out of what is by nature a wild olive tree, and contrary to nature were grafted into a good olive tree, how much more will these Jews, who are the natural branches, be grafted back into their own olive tree? Paul continues speaking of the Gentile believers and Jews as if they were branches of a tree. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “For if God had cut you out of what is by nature a wild olive tree, and contrary to nature had grafted you into a good olive tree, how much more will he graft these Jews, who are the natural branches, into their own olive tree?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 11 24 yn21 figs-metaphor οἱ κατὰ φύσιν 1 branches Paul is speaking of the Jews and Gentiles as if they were branches. The “natural branches” represent the Jews, and the “grafted branches” represent the Gentile believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 11 25 ye5w figs-doublenegatives οὐ…θέλω ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν 1 I do not want you to be uninformed Here Paul uses a double negative. You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “I very much want you to be aware” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) ROM 11 25 w7lx ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. ROM 11 25 q3i2 θέλω 1 I The pronoun “I” refers to Paul. -ROM 11 25 sf4v ὑμᾶς…ἦτε…ἑαυτοῖς 1 you…you…your The pronouns “you” and “your” refer to the Gentile believers. +ROM 11 25 sf4v ὑμᾶς…ἦτε…ἑαυτοῖς 1 you … you … your The pronouns “you” and “your” refer to the Gentile believers. ROM 11 25 me1g figs-explicit ἵνα μὴ ἦτε παρ’ ἑαυτοῖς φρόνιμοι 1 in order that you will not be wise in your own thinking Paul does not want the Gentile believers to think they are wiser than the Jewish unbelievers. Alternate translation: “so that you will not think you are wiser than you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 11 25 ec4j figs-metaphor πώρωσις ἀπὸ μέρους τῷ Ἰσραὴλ γέγονεν 1 a partial hardening has occurred in Israel Paul speaks of “hardening” or stubbornness as if it were a hardening of physical organs in the body. Some Jews have refused to accept salvation through Jesus. Alternate translation: “many people of Israel continue to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 11 25 db1x ἄχρι οὗ τὸ πλήρωμα τῶν ἐθνῶν εἰσέλθῃ 1 until the completion of the Gentiles come in The word **until** here implies that some Jews will believe after God has finished bringing the Gentiles into the church. @@ -837,7 +837,7 @@ ROM 11 33 u322 ὡς ἀνεξεραύνητα τὰ κρίματα αὐτο ROM 11 34 r2wj figs-rquestion τίς γὰρ ἔγνω νοῦν Κυρίου, ἢ τίς σύμβουλος αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο 1 For who has known the mind of the Lord or who has become his advisor? Paul uses this question to emphasize that no one is as wise as the Lord. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one has ever known the mind of the Lord, and no one has become his advisor.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 11 34 yy52 figs-metonymy νοῦν Κυρίου 1 the mind of the Lord Here, **mind** is a metonym for knowing things or thinking about things. Alternate translation: “all that the Lord knows” or “what the Lord thinks about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 11 35 j5cn figs-rquestion ἢ τίς προέδωκεν αὐτῷ, καὶ ἀνταποδοθήσεται αὐτῷ 1 Or who has first given anything to God, that God must repay him? Paul uses this question to emphasize his point. Alternate translation: “No one has ever given anything to God that he did not first receive from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 11 36 abc1 writing-pronouns ἐξ αὐτοῦ, καὶ δι’ αὐτοῦ, καὶ εἰς αὐτὸν, τὰ πάντα. αὐτῷ 1 For from him…through him…to him Here, all occurrences of “him” refers to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 11 36 abc1 writing-pronouns ἐξ αὐτοῦ, καὶ δι’ αὐτοῦ, καὶ εἰς αὐτὸν, τὰ πάντα. αὐτῷ 1 For from him … through him … to him Here, all occurrences of “him” refers to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 11 36 rpx6 figs-explicit αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας 1 To him be the glory forever This expresses Paul’s desire for all people to honor God. You can make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “May all people honor him forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 12 intro aky9 0 # Romans 12 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the words of verse 20, which are from the Old Testament.

Many scholars believe Paul uses the word **therefore** in [Romans 12:1](../../rom/12/01.md) to refer back to all of Chapters 1-11. Having carefully explained the Christian gospel, Paul now explains how Christians should live in light of these great truths. Chapters 12-16 focus on living out one’s Christian faith. Paul uses many different commands in these chapters to give these practical instructions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Christian living

Under the law of Moses, people were required to offer temple sacrifices of animals or grain. Now Christians are required to live their lives as a type of sacrifice to God. Physical sacrifices are no longer required. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Body of Christ

The body of Christ is an important metaphor or image used in Scripture to refer to the church. Each church member plays a unique and important function. Christians need each other. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/body]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 12 1 rhs3 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells what the life of a believer should be and how believers should serve. @@ -863,7 +863,7 @@ ROM 12 8 m2as figs-explicit ὁ μεταδιδοὺς 1 giving Here, **giving** ROM 12 9 iv5h figs-activepassive ἡ ἀγάπη ἀνυπόκριτος 1 Let love be without hypocrisy You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “You must love people sincerely and truly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 12 9 eaw7 ἡ ἀγάπη 1 love The word Paul uses here refers to the kind of love that comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. ROM 12 9 mr8i ἡ ἀγάπη 1 love This is another word that means brotherly love or love for a friend or family member. This is natural human love between friends or relatives. -ROM 12 10 ng86 τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ…φιλόστοργοι 1 Concerning love of the brothers, be affectionate Here Paul begins a list of nine items, each of the form **Concerning…be** to tell the believers what kind of people they should be. You may need to translate some of the items as “Concerning…do.” The list continues to [Romans 12:13](../12/13.md). +ROM 12 10 ng86 τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ…φιλόστοργοι 1 Concerning love of the brothers, be affectionate Here Paul begins a list of nine items, each of the form **Concerning … be** to tell the believers what kind of people they should be. You may need to translate some of the items as “Concerning … do.” The list continues to [Romans 12:13](../12/13.md). ROM 12 10 ux2y τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ 1 Concerning love of the brothers “As for how you love your fellow believers” ROM 12 10 lcg8 figs-activepassive φιλόστοργοι 1 be affectionate You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “show affection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 12 10 tj57 τῇ τιμῇ ἀλλήλους προηγούμενοι 1 Concerning honor, respect one another “Honor and respect one another” or “Honor your fellow believers by respecting them” @@ -881,8 +881,8 @@ ROM 12 18 pgt7 τὸ ἐξ ὑμῶν, μετὰ πάντων ἀνθρώπων ROM 12 19 ew6x figs-metonymy δότε τόπον τῇ ὀργῇ 1 give way to his wrath Here, **wrath** is a metonym for God’s punishment. Alternate translation: “allow God to punish them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 12 19 ns3b figs-activepassive γέγραπται γάρ 1 For it is written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “For someone has written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 12 19 l2i8 figs-parallelism ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις; ἐγὼ ἀνταποδώσω 1 Vengeance belongs to me; I will repay These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that God will avenge his people. Alternate translation: “I will certainly avenge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -ROM 12 20 c4ig figs-you ὁ ἐχθρός σου, ψώμιζε αὐτόν;…πότιζε αὐτόν; τοῦτο γὰρ ποιῶν,…σωρεύσεις 1 your enemy…feed him…give him a drink…if you do this, you will heap All forms of “you” and “your” are addressed as to one person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -ROM 12 20 q7dq ἀλλὰ ἐὰν πεινᾷ ὁ ἐχθρός σου, ψώμιζε αὐτόν; ἐὰν διψᾷ, πότιζε αὐτόν; τοῦτο γὰρ ποιῶν, ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύσεις ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ. 1 But if your enemy is hungry…his head In 12:20 Paul quotes another part of Scripture. Alternate translation: “But the Scripture also says, ‘If your enemy is hungry…his head’” +ROM 12 20 c4ig figs-you ὁ ἐχθρός σου, ψώμιζε αὐτόν;…πότιζε αὐτόν; τοῦτο γὰρ ποιῶν,…σωρεύσεις 1 your enemy … feed him … give him a drink … if you do this, you will heap All forms of “you” and “your” are addressed as to one person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +ROM 12 20 q7dq ἀλλὰ ἐὰν πεινᾷ ὁ ἐχθρός σου, ψώμιζε αὐτόν; ἐὰν διψᾷ, πότιζε αὐτόν; τοῦτο γὰρ ποιῶν, ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύσεις ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ. 1 But if your enemy is hungry … his head In 12:20 Paul quotes another part of Scripture. Alternate translation: “But the Scripture also says, ‘If your enemy is hungry … his head’” ROM 12 20 e49j ψώμιζε αὐτόν 1 feed him “give him some food” ROM 12 20 wce6 figs-metaphor ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύσεις ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ 1 You will heap coals of fire on his head Paul speaks of the blessings that the enemies will receive as if someone were pouring hot coals on their heads. This could mean: (1) “make the person who harmed you feel badly about how he has mistreated you” or (2) “give God a reason to judge your enemy more harshly.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 12 21 q761 figs-personification μὴ νικῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ, ἀλλὰ νίκα ἐν τῷ ἀγαθῷ τὸ κακόν 1 Do not be overcome by evil, but overcome evil with good Paul describes “evil” as though it were a person. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Do not let those who are evil defeat you, but defeat those who are evil by doing what is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -898,7 +898,7 @@ ROM 13 2 ui8y τῇ ἐξουσίᾳ 1 that authority “that government author ROM 13 2 dsa3 figs-activepassive οἱ…ἀνθεστηκότες, ἑαυτοῖς κρίμα λήμψονται 1 those who oppose it will receive judgment on themselves You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will judge those who oppose government authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 13 3 m3yf γὰρ 1 For Paul uses this word to begin his explanation of [Romans 13:2](../13/02.md) and to tell about what will result if the government condemns a person. ROM 13 3 c2xa οἱ…ἄρχοντες οὐκ εἰσὶν φόβος 1 rulers are not a terror Rulers do not make good people afraid. -ROM 13 3 jt2z τῷ ἀγαθῷ ἔργῳ,…τῷ κακῷ 1 to good deeds…to evil deeds People are identified with their “good deeds” or “evil deeds.” +ROM 13 3 jt2z τῷ ἀγαθῷ ἔργῳ,…τῷ κακῷ 1 to good deeds … to evil deeds People are identified with their “good deeds” or “evil deeds.” ROM 13 3 z4sq figs-rquestion θέλεις δὲ μὴ φοβεῖσθαι τὴν ἐξουσίαν 1 Do you desire to be unafraid of the one in authority? Paul uses this question to get people to think about what they need to do in order not to be afraid of rulers. Alternate translation: “Let me tell you how you can be unafraid of the ruler.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 13 3 ahl9 ἕξεις ἔπαινον ἐξ αὐτῆς 1 you will receive his approval The government will say good things about people who do what is good. ROM 13 4 ink8 figs-litotes οὐ…εἰκῇ τὴν μάχαιραν φορεῖ 1 he does not carry the sword for no reason You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “he carries the sword for a very good reason” or “he has the power to punish people, and he will punish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) @@ -908,7 +908,7 @@ ROM 13 5 q81v οὐ μόνον διὰ τὴν ὀργὴν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ROM 13 6 r1jy διὰ τοῦτο 1 Because of this “Because the government punishes evildoers” ROM 13 6 r4b3 figs-you τελεῖτε 1 you pay Paul is addressing the believers here, so this is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) ROM 13 6 hy4f γὰρ…εἰσιν 1 For they are “This is why you should pay taxes: authorities” -ROM 13 6 j1jm προσκαρτεροῦντες 1 who attend to…continually “administer” or “work on” +ROM 13 6 j1jm προσκαρτεροῦντες 1 who attend to … continually “administer” or “work on” ROM 13 7 z9cn figs-you ἀπόδοτε πᾶσι 1 Pay to everyone Paul is addressing the believers here, so this is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) ROM 13 7 wg2l figs-ellipsis τῷ τὸν φόρον, τὸν φόρον; τῷ τὸ τέλος, τὸ τέλος; τῷ τὸν φόβον, τὸν φόβον; τῷ τὴν τιμὴν, τὴν τιμήν 1 Tax to whom tax is due, toll to whom toll is due; fear to whom fear is due, honor to whom honor is due. The word “pay” is understood from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “Pay tax to whom tax is due and toll to whom toll is due. Pay fear to whom fear is due and honor to him to whom honor is due” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 13 7 nwi2 figs-metaphor τῷ τὸν…φόβον, τὸν φόβον; τῷ τὴν τιμὴν, τὴν τιμήν 1 fear to whom fear is due, honor to whom honor is due Here paying **fear** and **honor** is a metaphor for fearing and honoring those who deserve to be feared and honored. Alternate translation: “Fear those who deserve to be feared, and honor those who deserved to be honored” or “Respect those whom you ought to respect, and honor those whom you ought to honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -979,7 +979,7 @@ ROM 14 21 mrr4 καλὸν τὸ μὴ φαγεῖν κρέα, μηδὲ πιε ROM 14 21 iq9g ὁ ἀδελφός 1 brother Here this means a fellow Christian, male or female. ROM 14 21 e1du σου 1 your This refers to the strong in faith and “brother” refers to the weak in faith. ROM 14 22 hjk9 σὺ πίστιν ἣν ἔχεις 1 The faith you have This refers back to the beliefs about food and drink. -ROM 14 22 b3hi figs-you σὺ…σεαυτὸν 1 you…yourself singular. Because Paul is addressing the believers, you may have to translate this using plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +ROM 14 22 b3hi figs-you σὺ…σεαυτὸν 1 you … yourself singular. Because Paul is addressing the believers, you may have to translate this using plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) ROM 14 22 r53r μακάριος ὁ μὴ κρίνων ἑαυτὸν ἐν ᾧ δοκιμάζει 1 Blessed is the one who does not condemn himself by what he approves “Blessed are those who do not feel guilty for what they decide to do” ROM 14 23 s1ph figs-activepassive ὁ δὲ διακρινόμενος, ἐὰν φάγῃ, κατακέκριται 1 He who doubts is condemned if he eats You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will say that the person does wrong if he is not sure if it is right to eat a certain food, but he eats it anyway” or “The person who is not sure if it is right to eat a certain food, but then eats it anyway will have a troubled conscience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 14 23 yr44 figs-explicit ὅτι οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως 1 because it is not from faith Anything that is **not from faith** is something that God does not want you to do. You can make explicit the full meaning here. Alternate translation: “God will say that he is wrong because he is eating something he believes God does not want him to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -994,10 +994,10 @@ ROM 15 2 z2k8 figs-explicit πρὸς οἰκοδομήν 1 in order to build hi ROM 15 3 bcz1 figs-explicit καθὼς γέγραπται 1 it was just as it is written Here Paul refers to a scripture where Christ (the Messiah) speaks to God. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the Messiah said to God in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 3 qni7 οἱ ὀνειδισμοὶ τῶν ὀνειδιζόντων σε, ἐπέπεσαν ἐπ’ ἐμέ 1 The insults of those who insulted you fell on me The insults of those who insulted God fell on Christ. ROM 15 4 txd4 figs-activepassive ὅσα γὰρ προεγράφη, εἰς τὴν ἡμετέραν διδασκαλίαν ἐγράφη 1 For whatever was previously written was written for our instruction You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “For in times past, the prophets wrote everything in the Scriptures to teach us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 15 4 m7yy figs-exclusive ἡμετέραν…ἔχωμεν 1 our…we have Paul includes his readers and other believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ROM 15 4 m7yy figs-exclusive ἡμετέραν…ἔχωμεν 1 our … we have Paul includes his readers and other believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 15 4 g6r1 figs-explicit ἵνα διὰ τῆς ὑπομονῆς καὶ διὰ τῆς παρακλήσεως τῶν Γραφῶν, τὴν ἐλπίδα ἔχωμεν 1 in order that through patience and through encouragement of the scriptures we would have certain hope Here, **have confidence** means that the believers will know that God will fulfill his promises. You can make explicit the full meaning in your translation. Alternate translation: “In this way the scriptures will encourage us to expect that God will do for us everything that he has promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 5 u2zm 0 Connecting Statement: Paul encourages the believers to remember that both Gentile believers and Jews that believe are made one in Christ. -ROM 15 5 g5xm Θεὸς…δῴη 1 may…God…grant “I pray that…God…will grant” +ROM 15 5 g5xm Θεὸς…δῴη 1 may … God … grant “I pray that … God … will grant” ROM 15 5 ws7q figs-metonymy τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν ἐν ἀλλήλοις 1 to be of the same mind with each other Here to be of the **same mind** is a metonym that means to be in agreement with each other. Alternate translation: “to be in agreement with each other” or “to be united” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 15 6 uz1z figs-metonymy ἐν ἑνὶ στόματι, δοξάζητε 1 praise with one mouth This means to be united in praising God. Alternate translation: “praise God together in unity as if only one mouth were speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 15 7 z941 προσλαμβάνεσθε ἀλλήλους 1 receive one another “accept one another” @@ -1071,18 +1071,18 @@ ROM 16 7 z9uk translate-names Ἰουνίαν 1 Junias This could mean: (1) Juni ROM 16 7 gce3 figs-activepassive οἵτινές εἰσιν ἐπίσημοι ἐν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις 1 They are prominent among the apostles You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “The apostles know them very well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 16 8 h976 translate-names Ἀμπλιᾶτον 1 Ampliatus This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 8 alh2 τὸν ἀγαπητόν μου ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 my beloved in the Lord “my dear friend and fellow believer” -ROM 16 9 bd5l translate-names Οὐρβανὸν…Στάχυν 1 Urbanus…Stachys These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ROM 16 10 k55t translate-names Ἀπελλῆν…Ἀριστοβούλου 1 Apelles…Aristobulus These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ROM 16 9 bd5l translate-names Οὐρβανὸν…Στάχυν 1 Urbanus … Stachys These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ROM 16 10 k55t translate-names Ἀπελλῆν…Ἀριστοβούλου 1 Apelles … Aristobulus These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 10 q96n τὸν δόκιμον ἐν Χριστῷ 1 the approved in Christ The word **approved** refers to someone who has been tested and proved to be genuine. Alternate translation: “whom Christ has approved” -ROM 16 11 gt6r translate-names Ἡρῳδίωνα…Ναρκίσσου 1 Herodion…Narcissus These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ROM 16 11 gt6r translate-names Ἡρῳδίωνα…Ναρκίσσου 1 Herodion … Narcissus These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 11 ket9 figs-explicit τοὺς ὄντας ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 who are in the Lord This refers to those who trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “who are believers” or “who belong to the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 16 12 sq9n translate-names Τρύφαιναν…Τρυφῶσαν…Περσίδα 1 Tryphaena…Tryphosa…Persis These are women’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +ROM 16 12 sq9n translate-names Τρύφαιναν…Τρυφῶσαν…Περσίδα 1 Tryphaena … Tryphosa … Persis These are women’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ROM 16 13 zmf4 translate-names Ῥοῦφον 1 Rufus This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ROM 16 13 zy3x figs-activepassive τὸν ἐκλεκτὸν ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 chosen in the Lord You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “whom the Lord has chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 16 13 hqf6 figs-metaphor τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐμοῦ 1 his mother and mine Paul speaks of the mother of Rufus as if she were his own mother. Alternate translation: “his mother, whom I also think of as my mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 16 14 dwh9 translate-names Ἀσύγκριτον, Φλέγοντα, Ἑρμῆν, Πατροβᾶν, Ἑρμᾶν 1 Asyncritus…Phlegon…Hermes…Patrobas…Hermas These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +ROM 16 14 dwh9 translate-names Ἀσύγκριτον, Φλέγοντα, Ἑρμῆν, Πατροβᾶν, Ἑρμᾶν 1 Asyncritus … Phlegon … Hermes … Patrobas … Hermas These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ROM 16 14 ck2w ἀδελφούς 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women. -ROM 16 15 ye9j translate-names Φιλόλογον…Νηρέα…Ὀλυμπᾶν 1 Philologus…Nereus…Olympas These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +ROM 16 15 ye9j translate-names Φιλόλογον…Νηρέα…Ὀλυμπᾶν 1 Philologus … Nereus … Olympas These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ROM 16 15 n2rx translate-names Ἰουλίαν 1 Julia The name of a woman. Julia was probably the wife of Philologus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ROM 16 16 g2z1 φιλήματι ἁγίῳ 1 a holy kiss an expression of affection for fellow believers ROM 16 16 t1q4 figs-hyperbole ἀσπάζονται ὑμᾶς αἱ ἐκκλησίαι πᾶσαι τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 All the churches of Christ greet you Here Paul speaks in a general manner concerning the **churches** of Christ. Alternate translation: “The believers in all the churches in this area send their greetings to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) @@ -1104,7 +1104,7 @@ ROM 16 21 z4g3 0 Connecting Statement: Paul gives greetings from the believers ROM 16 21 ku15 translate-names Λούκιος, καὶ Ἰάσων, καὶ Σωσίπατρος 1 Lucius, Jason, and Sosipater These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 22 xu3q translate-names ἐγὼ, Τέρτιος, ὁ γράψας τὴν ἐπιστολὴν 1 Tertius, who write this epistle Tertius is the man who wrote down what Paul spoke. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 22 nx4g ἀσπάζομαι ὑμᾶς…ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 greet you in the Lord “greet you as a fellow believer” -ROM 16 23 sw7r translate-names Γάϊος…Ἔραστος…Κούαρτος 1 Gaius…Erastus…Quartus These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ROM 16 23 sw7r translate-names Γάϊος…Ἔραστος…Κούαρτος 1 Gaius … Erastus … Quartus These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 23 j9u7 ὁ ξένος 1 the host This refers to Gaius, the person in whose house Paul and his fellow believers gathered for worship. ROM 16 23 m5hg ὁ οἰκονόμος 1 the treasurer This is a person who takes care of the money for a group. ROM 16 25 psm3 0 Connecting Statement: Paul closes with a prayer of blessing. @@ -1114,4 +1114,4 @@ ROM 16 25 kmw1 κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν μου, καὶ τὸ κή ROM 16 25 s5ky figs-metaphor κατὰ ἀποκάλυψιν μυστηρίου χρόνοις αἰωνίοις σεσιγημένου 1 according to the revelation of the mystery that had been kept secret for long ages Paul says that God has revealed previously hidden truths to the believers. He speaks of these truths as if they were a secret. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “because God has revealed to us believers the secret that he was keeping for a long time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 16 26 d7r5 figs-doublet φανερωθέντος δὲ νῦν διά τε Γραφῶν προφητικῶν, κατ’ ἐπιταγὴν τοῦ αἰωνίου Θεοῦ…εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη γνωρισθέντος 1 but now has been revealed and made known through the prophetic writings to all nations, by the command of the eternal God The verbs “revealed” and “made known” mean basically the same thing. Paul uses both of them to emphasize his point. You can combine these words and translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “but now the eternal God has made it known to all the nations through the prophetic writings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 16 26 lc6d figs-abstractnouns εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως 1 to bring about the obedience of faith Here, **obedience** and **faith** are abstract nouns. You can use the verbs “obey” and “trust” in your translation. You may need to make explicit who will obey and trust. Alternate translation: “so that all nations will obey God because they trust in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 16 27 qmj7 figs-explicit μόνῳ σοφῷ Θεῷ…ᾧ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας. ἀμήν! 1 To the only wise God…be glory forever. Amen Here, **through Jesus Christ** refers to what Jesus did. To give **glory** means to praise God. Alternate translation: “Because of what Jesus Christ has done for us, we will praise forever the one who alone is God and who alone is wise. Amen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) \ No newline at end of file +ROM 16 27 qmj7 figs-explicit μόνῳ σοφῷ Θεῷ…ᾧ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας. ἀμήν! 1 To the only wise God … be glory forever. Amen Here, **through Jesus Christ** refers to what Jesus did. To give **glory** means to praise God. Alternate translation: “Because of what Jesus Christ has done for us, we will praise forever the one who alone is God and who alone is wise. Amen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/en_tn_47-1CO.tsv b/en_tn_47-1CO.tsv index 2cdb61fba9..ef1447a569 100644 --- a/en_tn_47-1CO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_47-1CO.tsv @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CO 1 15 hv3m figs-metonymy ἵνα μή τις εἴπῃ, ὅτι εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὄνομα ἐβαπτίσθητε 1 This was so that no one would say that you were baptized into my name Here, **name** represents “authority.” This means Paul did not baptize others because they may claim that they became Paul’s disciples. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “For some of you might have claimed that I baptized you to make you my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1CO 1 16 ed59 translate-names τὸν Στεφανᾶ οἶκον 1 the household of Stephanas This refers to the family members and slaves in the house where Stephanas, a man, was the head. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1CO 1 17 tg7i οὐ…ἀπέστειλέν με Χριστὸς βαπτίζειν 1 Christ did not send me to baptize This means that baptism was not the primary goal of Paul’s ministry. -1CO 1 17 zn1n figs-activepassive σοφίᾳ λόγου…μὴ κενωθῇ ὁ σταυρὸς τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 clever speech…the cross of Christ should not be emptied of its power Paul speaks of “words of human wisdom” as if they were people, the cross as a container, and of power as a physical thing that Jesus can put in that container. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “words of human wisdom…those words of human wisdom should not empty the cross of Christ of its power” or “words of human wisdom…people should not stop believing the message about Jesus and start thinking I am more important than Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1CO 1 17 zn1n figs-activepassive σοφίᾳ λόγου…μὴ κενωθῇ ὁ σταυρὸς τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 clever speech … the cross of Christ should not be emptied of its power Paul speaks of “words of human wisdom” as if they were people, the cross as a container, and of power as a physical thing that Jesus can put in that container. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “words of human wisdom … those words of human wisdom should not empty the cross of Christ of its power” or “words of human wisdom … people should not stop believing the message about Jesus and start thinking I am more important than Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1CO 1 18 j7cw 0 Connecting Statement: Paul emphasizes God’s wisdom rather than man’s wisdom. 1CO 1 18 fq4x ὁ λόγος…ὁ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 the message about the cross “the preaching about the crucifixion” or “the message of Christ’s dying on the cross” 1CO 1 18 p4wb μωρία ἐστίν 1 is foolishness “is senseless” or “is silly” @@ -59,14 +59,14 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CO 1 23 krw3 figs-metaphor σκάνδαλον 1 a stumbling block Just as a person can stumble over a block on a road, so the message of salvation through the crucifixion of the Christ keeps Jews from believing in Jesus. Alternate translation: “not acceptable” or “very offensive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1CO 1 24 h7iw αὐτοῖς…τοῖς κλητοῖς 1 to those whom God has called “to the people God calls” 1CO 1 24 hu1s Χριστὸν Θεοῦ δύναμιν, καὶ Θεοῦ σοφίαν 1 Christ as the power and the wisdom of God This could mean: (1) “God acted powerfully and wisely by sending Christ to die for us” or (2) “through Christ God has shown how strong and wise he is.” -1CO 1 24 w9vm Θεοῦ δύναμιν 1 the power…of God Another possible meaning is that Christ is powerful and it is through Christ that God saves us. +1CO 1 24 w9vm Θεοῦ δύναμιν 1 the power … of God Another possible meaning is that Christ is powerful and it is through Christ that God saves us. 1CO 1 24 p1hu Θεοῦ σοφίαν 1 the wisdom of God Another possible meaning is that God shows the content of his wisdom through Christ. 1CO 1 25 h9hh figs-irony τὸ μωρὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, σοφώτερον τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐστίν, καὶ τὸ ἀσθενὲς τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἰσχυρότερον τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 the foolishness of God is wiser than people, and the weakness of God is stronger than people This could mean: (1) Paul is speaking ironically about God’s foolishness and weakness. Paul knows God is not foolish or weak. Alternate translation: “what seems to be the foolishness of God is wiser than people’s wisdom, and what seems to be the weakness of God is stronger than the people’s strength” or (2) Paul is speaking from the point of view of the Greek people who may think God is foolish or weak. Alternate translation: “what people call God’s foolishness is really wiser than what people call wisdom, and what people call God’s weakness is really stronger than people’s strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) 1CO 1 26 ps3r 0 Connecting Statement: Paul emphasizes the believer’s position before God. 1CO 1 26 w6l1 οὐ πολλοὶ 1 Not many of you This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “Very few of you” 1CO 1 26 pws2 σοφοὶ κατὰ σάρκα 1 wise according to the flesh “what most people would call wise” 1CO 1 26 w8rv εὐγενεῖς 1 of noble birth “special because your family is important” -1CO 1 27 qv5l figs-parallelism ἐξελέξατο ὁ Θεός…τοὺς σοφούς…ἐξελέξατο ὁ Θεός…τὰ ἰσχυρά 1 God chose…wise. God chose…strong Paul repeats many of the same words in two sentences that mean almost the same thing to emphasize the difference between God’s way of doing things and how people think God should do them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +1CO 1 27 qv5l figs-parallelism ἐξελέξατο ὁ Θεός…τοὺς σοφούς…ἐξελέξατο ὁ Θεός…τὰ ἰσχυρά 1 God chose … wise. God chose … strong Paul repeats many of the same words in two sentences that mean almost the same thing to emphasize the difference between God’s way of doing things and how people think God should do them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 1CO 1 27 b5n6 τὰ μωρὰ τοῦ κόσμου ἐξελέξατο ὁ Θεός, ἵνα καταισχύνῃ τοὺς σοφούς 1 God chose the foolish things of the world to shame the wise “God chose to use those whom the world thinks are foolish to shame those whom the world thinks are wise” 1CO 1 27 tsv5 τὰ ἀσθενῆ τοῦ κόσμου ἐξελέξατο ὁ Θεός, ἵνα καταισχύνῃ τὰ ἰσχυρά 1 God chose what is weak in the world to shame what is strong “God chose to use those whom the world thinks are weak to shame those whom the world thinks are strong” 1CO 1 28 k3kd τὰ ἀγενῆ…καὶ τὰ ἐξουθενημένα 1 what is low and despised the people whom the world rejects. Alternate translation: “people who are humble and rejected” @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CO 2 intro k86p 0 # 1 Corinthians 02 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the words of verses 9 and 16, which are from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Wisdom

Paul continues the discussion from the first chapter that contrasts human wisdom and God’s wisdom. For Paul, wisdom can be simple and human ideas foolish. He said the wisdom from the Holy Spirit is the only true wisdom. Paul uses the phrase “hidden wisdom” when he refers to previously unknown truths. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]]) 1CO 2 1 kjc7 0 Connecting Statement: Paul contrasts human wisdom and God’s wisdom. He emphasizes that spiritual wisdom comes from God. 1CO 2 1 qvj7 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women. -1CO 2 2 a2g9 figs-hyperbole ἔκρινά τι εἰδέναι…εἰ μὴ Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν 1 I decided to know nothing…except Jesus Christ When Paul said that he “decided to know nothing” he exaggerated to emphasize that he decided focus on and teach about nothing other than Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “I decided to teach nothing…except Jesus Christ” or “I decided not to teach anything…except Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +1CO 2 2 a2g9 figs-hyperbole ἔκρινά τι εἰδέναι…εἰ μὴ Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν 1 I decided to know nothing … except Jesus Christ When Paul said that he “decided to know nothing” he exaggerated to emphasize that he decided focus on and teach about nothing other than Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “I decided to teach nothing … except Jesus Christ” or “I decided not to teach anything … except Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) 1CO 2 3 s9lp κἀγὼ…ἐγενόμην πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 I was with you “I was visiting with you” 1CO 2 3 e8li ἐν ἀσθενείᾳ 1 in weakness Possible meanings are: (1) “physically weak” or (2) “feeling like I could not do what I needed to do.” 1CO 2 4 z81a πειθοῖς σοφίας λόγοις 1 persuasive words of wisdom words that sound wise and with which the speaker hopes to cause people to do or believe something @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CO 2 7 k2ct πρὸ τῶν αἰώνων 1 before the ages “before God created anything” 1CO 2 7 q2z9 εἰς δόξαν ἡμῶν 1 for our glory “in order to ensure our future glory” 1CO 2 8 zc89 τὸν Κύριον τῆς δόξης 1 the Lord of glory “Jesus, the glorious Lord” -1CO 2 9 fu1y ἃ ὀφθαλμὸς οὐκ…ἀνέβη, ἃ…ἀγαπῶσιν αὐτόν 1 Things that no eye…arisen, the things…who love him This is an incomplete sentence. Some translations make it a complete sentence: “Things that no eye…imagined; these are the things…who love him.” Others leave it incomplete but show that it is incomplete by using non-final punctuation here and beginning the next verse as a continuation of this verse: “‘Things that no eye…imagined, the things…who love him’—” +1CO 2 9 fu1y ἃ ὀφθαλμὸς οὐκ…ἀνέβη, ἃ…ἀγαπῶσιν αὐτόν 1 Things that no eye … arisen, the things … who love him This is an incomplete sentence. Some translations make it a complete sentence: “Things that no eye … imagined; these are the things … who love him.” Others leave it incomplete but show that it is incomplete by using non-final punctuation here and beginning the next verse as a continuation of this verse: “‘Things that no eye … imagined, the things … who love him’—” 1CO 2 9 j9ib figs-metonymy ἃ ὀφθαλμὸς οὐκ εἶδεν, καὶ οὖς οὐκ ἤκουσεν, καὶ ἐπὶ καρδίαν ἀνθρώπου οὐκ ἀνέβη 1 Things that no eye has seen, no ear has heard, no mind has imagined This is a triplet referring to all parts of a person to emphasize that no man has ever been aware of the things that God has prepared. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1CO 2 9 t61v ἃ ἡτοίμασεν ὁ Θεὸς τοῖς ἀγαπῶσιν αὐτόν 1 the things that God has prepared for those who love him The Lord has created in heaven wonderful surprises for those who love him. 1CO 2 11 h4p8 figs-rquestion τίς γὰρ οἶδεν ἀνθρώπων τὰ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, εἰ μὴ τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τὸ ἐν αὐτῷ? 1 For who knows a person’s thoughts except the spirit of the person in him? Paul uses this question to emphasize that no one knows what a person is thinking except the person himself. Alternate translation: “No one knows what a person is thinking except that person’s spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CO 3 6 iah7 figs-metaphor ἐγὼ ἐφύτευσα 1 I planted The knowledge of God is compared to a seed which must be planted in order to grow. Alternate translation: “When I preached God’s word to you, I was like one who plants seeds in a garden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1CO 3 6 gyi5 figs-metaphor Ἀπολλῶς ἐπότισεν 1 Apollos watered As seeds need water, faith needs further teaching in order for it to grow. Alternate translation: “and when Apollos continued to teach you God’s word, he was like one who waters a garden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1CO 3 6 iq9n figs-metaphor ἀλλὰ ὁ Θεὸς ηὔξανεν 1 but God gave the growth As plants grow and develop, so faith and knowledge in God also grow and become deeper and stronger. Alternate translation: “but God caused you to grow” or “but just as God causes plants to grow, he causes you to grow spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1CO 3 7 dl3z οὔτε ὁ φυτεύων ἐστίν τι…ἀλλ’ ὁ αὐξάνων, Θεός 1 neither he who plants is anything…but God is the one who causes the growth Paul stresses that neither he nor Apollos is responsible for the believers’ spiritual growth, but it is God’s doing. +1CO 3 7 dl3z οὔτε ὁ φυτεύων ἐστίν τι…ἀλλ’ ὁ αὐξάνων, Θεός 1 neither he who plants is anything … but God is the one who causes the growth Paul stresses that neither he nor Apollos is responsible for the believers’ spiritual growth, but it is God’s doing. 1CO 3 7 c68g figs-abstractnouns ὁ αὐξάνων, Θεός 1 but God is the one who causes the growth Here to give growth means to cause growth. The abstract noun **growth** can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “it is God who causes you to grow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1CO 3 8 s16b figs-metaphor ὁ φυτεύων…καὶ ὁ ποτίζων, ἕν εἰσιν 1 he who plants and he who waters are one Paul speaks of telling people the good news and teaching those who have accepted it as if they were planting and watering plants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1CO 3 8 za43 ἕν εἰσιν 1 are one Here, **one** could mean: (1) “united in purpose” or (2) “equal in importance.” @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CO 4 5 wl3i figs-metaphor ὃς καὶ φωτίσει τὰ κρυπτὰ τοῦ σκότους, καὶ φανερώσει τὰς βουλὰς τῶν καρδιῶν 1 He will bring to light the hidden things of darkness and reveal the purposes of the heart Here, **bring to light the hidden things of darkness** is a metaphor for making known to everyone things that were done in secret. Here, **heart** is a metonym for people’s thoughts and intentions. Alternate translation: “Like a light that shines on things in darkness, God will show what people have secretly done and what they secretly planned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1CO 4 6 ijn5 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women. 1CO 4 6 ziz9 δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 for your sakes “for your welfare” -1CO 4 7 fnu3 figs-you σε…ἔχεις…ἔλαβες…ἔλαβες…καυχᾶσαι…λαβών 1 between you…do you have that you did not…you have freely…do you boast…you had not Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so all instances of **you** here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +1CO 4 7 fnu3 figs-you σε…ἔχεις…ἔλαβες…ἔλαβες…καυχᾶσαι…λαβών 1 between you … do you have that you did not … you have freely … do you boast … you had not Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so all instances of **you** here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) 1CO 4 7 gtb5 figs-rquestion τίς γάρ σε διακρίνει? 1 For who makes you superior? Paul is rebuking the Corinthians who think they are better than those who heard the gospel from someone else. Alternate translation: “For there is no difference between you and others.” or “For you are not superior to other people.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1CO 4 7 r6yw figs-rquestion τί δὲ ἔχεις ὃ οὐκ ἔλαβες? 1 What do you have that you did not freely receive? Paul uses this question to emphasize that they did not earn the things they have. Alternate translation: “Everything that you have is what you have freely received.” or “God gave to you everything that you have for free!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1CO 4 7 e8l2 figs-rquestion τί καυχᾶσαι ὡς μὴ λαβών? 1 why do you boast as if you had not done so? Paul was rebuking them for boasting in what they had. Alternate translation: “you should not boast as if you had not done so.” or “you have no right to boast!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CO 4 9 vfq3 figs-metaphor ἡμᾶς τοὺς ἀποστόλους…ἀπέδειξεν 1 has put us apostles on display God has displayed the apostles just like prisoners at the end of a Roman military parade, who are humiliated before their execution. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1CO 4 9 cs4r figs-metaphor ὡς ἐπιθανατίους 1 like men sentenced to death God put the apostles on display like men who are about to be executed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1CO 4 9 cqh4 figs-merism τῷ κόσμῳ, καὶ ἀγγέλοις καὶ ἀνθρώποις 1 to the world—to angels, and to human beings This could mean: (1) “the world” consists of both supernatural (“angels”) and natural (“human beings”) or (2) the list consists of three items: “to the world, to angels, and to human beings.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -1CO 4 10 fkw2 figs-irony ἡμεῖς μωροὶ…ἄτιμοι 1 We are fools…in dishonor Paul uses irony to shame the Corinthians so they will think about what he is saying. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) +1CO 4 10 fkw2 figs-irony ἡμεῖς μωροὶ…ἄτιμοι 1 We are fools … in dishonor Paul uses irony to shame the Corinthians so they will think about what he is saying. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) 1CO 4 10 wqh7 ὑμεῖς ἔνδοξοι 1 You are held in honor “People treat you Corinthians as though you are important people” 1CO 4 10 z22c ἡμεῖς…ἄτιμοι 1 we are held in dishonor “people shame us apostles” 1CO 4 11 i298 ἄχρι τῆς ἄρτι ὥρας 1 Up to this present hour “Until now” or “Up to now” @@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CO 6 intro s6hb 0 # 1 Corinthians 06 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Lawsuits

Paul teaches that a Christian should not take another Christian to court before a non-Christian judge. It is better to be cheated. Christians will judge the angels. So they should be able to solve problems among themselves. It is especially bad to use a court to cheat another believer. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor

The temple of the Holy Spirit is an important metaphor. It refers to the place where the Holy Spirit stays and is worshiped. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### Rhetorical questions

Paul uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. He uses them to emphasize important points as he teaches the Corinthians. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion) 1CO 6 1 hv79 0 Connecting Statement: Paul then explains how believers are to settle disagreements with other believers. 1CO 6 1 q5d3 πρᾶγμα 1 dispute disagreement or argument -1CO 6 1 gmy5 figs-rquestion τολμᾷ…κρίνεσθαι…τῶν ἁγίων? 1 does he dare to go…saints? Paul is emphasizing that Christians must resolve disagreements among themselves. Alternate translation: “he should not dare to go…saints!” or “he should be fear God and not go…saints!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +1CO 6 1 gmy5 figs-rquestion τολμᾷ…κρίνεσθαι…τῶν ἁγίων? 1 does he dare to go … saints? Paul is emphasizing that Christians must resolve disagreements among themselves. Alternate translation: “he should not dare to go … saints!” or “he should be fear God and not go … saints!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1CO 6 2 i1m5 figs-rquestion ἢ οὐκ οἴδατε ὅτι οἱ ἅγιοι τὸν κόσμον κρινοῦσιν? 1 Or do you not know that the believers will judge the world? Paul is shaming the Corinthians for acting like they do not know. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1CO 6 2 i67f figs-rquestion καὶ εἰ ἐν ὑμῖν κρίνεται ὁ κόσμος, ἀνάξιοί ἐστε κριτηρίων ἐλαχίστων? 1 If then, you will judge the world, are you not able to settle matters of little importance? Because they will be given greater responsibility later, they should be responsible for lesser things now. Alternate translation: “you will judge the world in the future, so you should be able to settle this matter now.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1CO 6 3 h374 βιωτικά 1 matters of this life “stop arguments about things that have to do with this life” @@ -270,13 +270,13 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CO 6 15 gt2x figs-metaphor οὐκ οἴδατε, ὅτι τὰ σώματα ὑμῶν μέλη Χριστοῦ ἐστιν? 1 Do you not know that your bodies are members of Christ? The word translated as “members” refers to parts of a body. Our belonging to Christ is spoken of as if we were parts of his body. We belong to him so much that even our bodies belong to him. Paul uses this question to remind the people of something they should already know. Alternate translation: “You should know that your bodies belong to Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1CO 6 15 f4vd figs-rquestion ἄρας οὖν τὰ μέλη τοῦ Χριστοῦ, ποιήσω πόρνης μέλη? μὴ γένοιτο! 1 Shall I then take away the members of Christ and join them to a prostitute? May it not be! Paul uses this question to emphasize how wrong it is for someone who belongs to Christ to go to a prostitute. Alternate translation: “I am part of Christ. I will not take my body and join myself to a prostitute!” or “We are parts of Christ’s body. We must not take our bodies and join ourselves to prostitutes!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1CO 6 15 kmt2 μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it not be! “That should never happen!” or “We must never do that!” -1CO 6 16 seg6 figs-rquestion ἢ οὐκ οἴδατε ὅτι…σῶμά ἐστιν? 1 Do you not know that…her? Paul begins to teach the Corinthians by emphasizing a truth that they already know. “I want to remind you that…her.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +1CO 6 16 seg6 figs-rquestion ἢ οὐκ οἴδατε ὅτι…σῶμά ἐστιν? 1 Do you not know that … her? Paul begins to teach the Corinthians by emphasizing a truth that they already know. “I want to remind you that … her.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1CO 6 16 z54k figs-activepassive ὁ κολλώμενος τῇ πόρνῃ, ἓν σῶμά ἐστιν 1 he who is joined to a prostitute becomes one flesh with her This can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “when a man joins his body to the body of a prostitute, it is as if their bodies become one body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1CO 6 17 c2tb figs-activepassive ὁ…κολλώμενος τῷ Κυρίῳ, ἓν πνεῦμά ἐστιν 1 he who is joined to the Lord becomes one spirit with him This can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “when the Lord joins his spirit to the spirit of a person, it is as if their spirits become one spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1CO 6 18 ex92 figs-metaphor φεύγετε 1 Flee from Paul speaks of a person rejecting sexual sin as if that person were running away from danger. Alternate translation: “Get away from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1CO 6 18 sc9d figs-explicit τὴν πορνείαν. πᾶν ἁμάρτημα ὃ ἐὰν ποιήσῃ ἄνθρωπος ἐκτὸς τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν…δὲ 1 immorality! Every other sin that a person commits is outside the body, but This could mean: (1) Paul is showing that sexual sin is especially bad because it is not only against others but against the sinner’s own body or (2) Paul is quoting what some Corinthians were thinking. Alternate translation: “immorality! Some of you are saying, ‘Every sin that a person commits is outside the body,’ but I say that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1CO 6 18 jr46 ἁμάρτημα ὃ ἐὰν ποιήσῃ ἄνθρωπος 1 sin that a person commits “evil deed that a person does” -1CO 6 19 qy5j figs-rquestion ἢ οὐκ οἴδατε ὅτι…ἀπὸ Θεοῦ? καὶ οὐκ ἐστὲ ἑαυτῶν 1 Do you not know…God?…that you are not your own? Paul is continuing to teach the Corinthians by emphasizing what they already know. Alternate translation: “I want to remind you…God and that you are not your own.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +1CO 6 19 qy5j figs-rquestion ἢ οὐκ οἴδατε ὅτι…ἀπὸ Θεοῦ? καὶ οὐκ ἐστὲ ἑαυτῶν 1 Do you not know … God?…that you are not your own? Paul is continuing to teach the Corinthians by emphasizing what they already know. Alternate translation: “I want to remind you … God and that you are not your own.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1CO 6 19 bb35 τὸ σῶμα ὑμῶν 1 your body the body of each individual Christian is a temple of the Holy Spirit 1CO 6 19 d2mc figs-metaphor ναὸς τοῦ…Ἁγίου Πνεύματός 1 temple of the Holy Spirit A temple is dedicated to divine beings, and it is also where they dwell. In the same way, each Corinthian believer’s body is like a temple because the Holy Spirit is present within them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1CO 6 20 qv47 figs-activepassive ἠγοράσθητε γὰρ τιμῆς 1 For you were bought with a price God paid for the freedom of the Corinthians from the slavery of sin. This can be stated as active. Alternate translation: “God paid for your freedom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -311,12 +311,12 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CO 7 12 k9yd συνευδοκεῖ 1 agrees willing or satisfied 1CO 7 13 mw6k ἄνδρα 1 husband This is the same Greek word as for “man.” 1CO 7 14 l84p figs-activepassive ἡγίασται γὰρ ὁ ἀνὴρ ὁ ἄπιστος ἐν τῇ γυναικί 1 For the unbelieving husband is set apart because of his wife This could mean: (1) “For God has set apart the unbelieving husband for himself because of his believing wife” or (2) “God treats the unbelieving husband as he would treat a son for the sake of his believing wife” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1CO 7 14 s3gw ὁ ἀνὴρ…τῇ γυναικί 1 husband…wife These are the same Greek words as for “man” and “woman.” +1CO 7 14 s3gw ὁ ἀνὴρ…τῇ γυναικί 1 husband … wife These are the same Greek words as for “man” and “woman.” 1CO 7 14 w5y9 figs-activepassive ἡγίασται ἡ γυνὴ ἡ ἄπιστος ἐν τῷ ἀδελφῷ 1 the unbelieving wife is set apart because of the brother This could mean: (1) “God has set apart the unbelieving wife for himself because of her husband who believes” or (2) “God treats the unbelieving wife as he would treat a daughter for the sake of her husband who believes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1CO 7 14 i1x4 τῷ ἀδελφῷ 1 the brother the believing man or husband 1CO 7 14 fmu5 figs-activepassive ἅγιά ἐστιν 1 they are set apart This could mean: (1) “God has set them apart for himself” or (2) “God treats them as he would treat his own children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1CO 7 15 jef4 figs-metaphor οὐ δεδούλωται ὁ ἀδελφὸς ἢ ἡ ἀδελφὴ ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις 1 In such cases, the brother or sister is not bound to their vows Here, **brother** and **sister** refers to a Christian husband or wife. Here, **not bound to their vows** is a metaphor that mean the person is not obligated to do what they vowed to do. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “In such cases, God does not require the believing spouse to continue to obey the marriage vow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1CO 7 16 l559 figs-you οἶδας, γύναι…τὸν ἄνδρα σώσεις…οἶδας, ἄνερ…τὴν γυναῖκα σώσεις 1 do you know, woman…you will save your husband…do you know, man…you will save your wife Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so all instances of **you** and **your** here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +1CO 7 16 l559 figs-you οἶδας, γύναι…τὸν ἄνδρα σώσεις…οἶδας, ἄνερ…τὴν γυναῖκα σώσεις 1 do you know, woman … you will save your husband … do you know, man … you will save your wife Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so all instances of **you** and **your** here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) 1CO 7 16 h5td figs-rquestion τί…οἶδας, γύναι, εἰ τὸν ἄνδρα σώσεις 1 how do you know, woman, whether you will save your husband? Paul uses a question to cause women to think deeply about what he is saying. Alternate translation: “you cannot know if you will save your unbelieving husband.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1CO 7 16 dbz6 figs-rquestion τί οἶδας, ἄνερ, εἰ τὴν γυναῖκα σώσεις 1 how do you know, man, whether you will save your wife? Paul uses a question to cause men to think deeply about what he is saying. Alternate translation: “you cannot know if you will save your unbelieving wife.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1CO 7 17 ya76 ἑκάστῳ 1 each one “each believer” @@ -324,8 +324,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CO 7 18 unc4 figs-rquestion περιτετμημένος τις ἐκλήθη? 1 Was anyone called when he was circumcised? Paul was addressing the circumcised ones (the Jews). Alternate translation: “To the circumcised ones, when God called you to believe, you had already been circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1CO 7 18 fqv6 figs-rquestion ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ κέκληταί τις? 1 Was anyone called in uncircumcision? Paul was now addressing the uncircumcised ones. Alternate translation: “To the uncircumcised ones, when God called you to believe, you were not circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1CO 7 20 yy8l figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the words **us** and **we** refer to all Christians and include Paul’s audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -1CO 7 20 hsz1 ἐν τῇ κλήσει…μενέτω 1 in the calling…he should remain Here, **calling** refers to the work or social position in which you were involved. Alternate translation: “live and work as you did” -1CO 7 21 ag5a figs-you ἐκλήθης…σοι…δύνασαι 1 Were you…called you? Do not be…you can become Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so all instances of **you** and the command **be** here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +1CO 7 20 hsz1 ἐν τῇ κλήσει…μενέτω 1 in the calling … he should remain Here, **calling** refers to the work or social position in which you were involved. Alternate translation: “live and work as you did” +1CO 7 21 ag5a figs-you ἐκλήθης…σοι…δύνασαι 1 Were you … called you? Do not be … you can become Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so all instances of **you** and the command **be** here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) 1CO 7 21 nli9 figs-rquestion δοῦλος ἐκλήθης? μή σοι μελέτω 1 Were you a slave when God called you? Do not be concerned This can be stated as a statement. Alternate translation: “To those who were slaves when God called you to believe, I say this: do not be concerned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1CO 7 22 l6vq ἀπελεύθερος Κυρίου 1 the Lord’s freeman This freeman is forgiven by God and therefore free from Satan and sin. 1CO 7 23 m53p figs-activepassive τιμῆς ἠγοράσθητε 1 You have been bought with a price This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Christ bought you by dying for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CO 7 36 wdj5 γαμείτωσαν 1 let them marry This could mean: (1) “He should marry his fiancée” or (2) “He should let his daughter get married.” 1CO 7 37 nm99 figs-metaphor ὃς δὲ ἕστηκεν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ ἑδραῖος 1 But if he is standing firm in his heart Here, **standing firm** is a metaphor for deciding something with certainty. Here, **heart** is metonym for a person’s mind or thoughts. Alternate translation: “But if he has decided firmly in his own mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1CO 7 39 d413 figs-metaphor γυνὴ δέδεται ἐφ’ ὅσον χρόνον ζῇ ὁ ἀνὴρ αὐτῆς 1 A wife is bound for as long as her husband lives Here, **bound** is a metaphor for a close relationship between people in which they support each other emotionally, spiritually, and physically. Here it means the union of marriage. Alternate translation: “A woman is married to her husband” or “A woman is united with her husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1CO 7 39 ms7z ἐφ’ ὅσον χρόνον ζῇ 1 for as long as…lives “until he dies” +1CO 7 39 ms7z ἐφ’ ὅσον χρόνον ζῇ 1 for as long as … lives “until he dies” 1CO 7 39 y6rz ᾧ θέλει 1 whomever she wishes “anyone she wants” 1CO 7 39 rr2d ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 in the Lord “if the new husband is a believer” 1CO 7 40 hwz4 τὴν ἐμὴν γνώμην 1 my judgment “my understanding of God’s word” @@ -375,16 +375,16 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CO 8 5 l7ib θεοὶ πολλοὶ καὶ κύριοι πολλοί 1 many “gods” and many “lords.” Paul does not believe that many gods and many lords exist, but he recognizes that the pagans believe they do. 1CO 8 6 y6hq ἀλλ’ ἡμῖν εἷς Θεὸς 1 Yet for us there is only one God “Yet we know that there is only one God” 1CO 8 7 th5p 0 General Information: Paul is speaking here of **weak** brothers, people who cannot separate food sacrificed to idols from the worship of those idols. If a Christian eats food that has been sacrificed to an idol, weak brothers might think that God will allow them to worship the idol by eating the food. Even if the eater has not worshiped the idol and is simply eating the food, he has still corrupted his weak brothers’ conscience. -1CO 8 7 v7lt πᾶσιν…τινὲς 1 everyone…some “all people…some people who are now Christians” +1CO 8 7 v7lt πᾶσιν…τινὲς 1 everyone … some “all people … some people who are now Christians” 1CO 8 7 ba7e μολύνεται 1 is defiled ruined or harmed 1CO 8 8 ii4m figs-personification βρῶμα…ἡμᾶς οὐ παραστήσει τῷ Θεῷ 1 food will not present us to God Paul speaks of food as though it were a person who could make God welcome us. Alternate translation: “food does not give us favor with God” or “the food we eat does not make God pleased with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) 1CO 8 8 x91v figs-doublenegatives οὔτε ἐὰν μὴ φάγωμεν, ὑστερούμεθα; οὔτε ἐὰν φάγωμεν, περισσεύομεν 1 We are not worse if we do not eat, nor better if we do eat it This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “Some people might think that if we do not eat some things, God will love us less. But they are wrong. Those who think that God will love us more if we do eat those things are also wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) 1CO 8 9 f3ds τοῖς ἀσθενέσιν 1 those who are weak believers not strong in their faith 1CO 8 10 usg7 figs-you ἴδῃ τὸν ἔχοντα 1 sees the one who has Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so these words are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -1CO 8 10 i6ej ἡ συνείδησις αὐτοῦ 1 his…conscience what he understands to be right and wrong +1CO 8 10 i6ej ἡ συνείδησις αὐτοῦ 1 his … conscience what he understands to be right and wrong 1CO 8 10 x5pa οἰκοδομηθήσεται, εἰς…ἐσθίειν 1 built up so as to eat “encouraged to eat” 1CO 8 11 ez6t figs-you τῇ σῇ γνώσει 1 your knowledge Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so the word **your** here is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -1CO 8 11 g5tn ἀπόλλυται…ὁ ἀσθενῶν 1 the one who is weak…is destroyed The brother or sister who is not strong in his or her faith will sin or lose his or her faith. +1CO 8 11 g5tn ἀπόλλυται…ὁ ἀσθενῶν 1 the one who is weak … is destroyed The brother or sister who is not strong in his or her faith will sin or lose his or her faith. 1CO 8 13 i8tb διόπερ 1 Therefore “Because what I have just said is true” 1CO 8 13 vf92 figs-metonymy εἰ βρῶμα σκανδαλίζει 1 if food causes to stumble **Food** here is a metonym for the person eating the food. Alternate translation: “if I cause by eating” or “if I, because of what I eat, cause” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1CO 9 intro z8d4 0 # 1 Corinthians 09 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Paul defends himself in this chapter. Some people claimed that he was trying to gain financially from the church.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Earning money from the church

People accused Paul of just wanting money from the church. Paul answered that he rightfully could get money from the church. The Old Testament taught that those who worked should get their living from their work. He and Barnabas purposefully never used this right and earned their own living.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor

Paul uses many metaphors in this chapter. These metaphors teach complex truths. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Contextualization

This passage is important because Paul “contextualizes” ministering the gospel to different audiences. This means that Paul makes himself and the gospel understandable without his actions hindering the gospel being received. The translator should take extra care to preserve aspects of this “contextualization” if possible. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/goodnews]])

### Rhetorical questions

Paul uses many rhetorical questions in this chapter. He uses them to emphasize various points as he teaches the Corinthians. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion) @@ -394,9 +394,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CO 9 1 re1t figs-rquestion οὐχὶ Ἰησοῦν τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν ἑόρακα 1 Have I not seen Jesus our Lord? Paul uses this rhetorical question to remind the Corinthians of who he is. Alternate translation: “I have seen Jesus our Lord.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1CO 9 1 zd7e figs-rquestion οὐ τὸ ἔργον μου ὑμεῖς ἐστε ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 Are you not my workmanship in the Lord? Paul uses this rhetorical question to remind the Corinthians of their relationship to him. Alternate translation: “You believe in Christ because I have worked the way the Lord wants me to.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1CO 9 2 j6qz figs-metonymy ἡ…σφραγίς μου τῆς ἀποστολῆς, ὑμεῖς ἐστε ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 you are the proof of my apostleship in the Lord **Proof** here is a metonym for the evidence needed to prove something. Alternate translation: “you are evidence I can use to prove that the Lord has chosen me to be an apostle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -1CO 9 3 b17x ἡ ἐμὴ ἀπολογία…ἐμὲ…αὕτη: 1 This is my defense…me: This could mean: (1) the words that follow are Paul’s defense or (2) the words in 1 Corinthians 9:1-2 are Paul’s defense. Alternate translation: “This is my defense…me.” +1CO 9 3 b17x ἡ ἐμὴ ἀπολογία…ἐμὲ…αὕτη: 1 This is my defense … me: This could mean: (1) the words that follow are Paul’s defense or (2) the words in 1 Corinthians 9:1-2 are Paul’s defense. Alternate translation: “This is my defense … me.” 1CO 9 4 mr4g figs-rquestion μὴ οὐκ ἔχομεν ἐξουσίαν φαγεῖν καὶ πεῖν 1 Do we not have the right to eat and drink? Paul uses a question to emphasize that he knows the Corinthians agree with what he is saying. Alternate translation: “We have the absolute right to receive food and drink from the churches.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -1CO 9 4 p4vq figs-exclusive ἔχομεν 1 we…have Here, **we** refers to Paul and Barnabas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +1CO 9 4 p4vq figs-exclusive ἔχομεν 1 we … have Here, **we** refers to Paul and Barnabas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) 1CO 9 5 s9k8 figs-rquestion μὴ οὐκ ἔχομεν ἐξουσίαν ἀδελφὴν, γυναῖκα περιάγειν, ὡς καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ ἀπόστολοι, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ τοῦ Κυρίου, καὶ Κηφᾶς? 1 Do we not have the right to take along with us a wife who is a believer, as do the rest of the apostles, and the brothers of the Lord, and Cephas? Paul uses a question to emphasize that he knows the Corinthians agree with what he is saying. Alternate translation: “If we have believing wives, we have a right to take them with us just as the other apostles take them, and the brothers of the Lord, and Cephas.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1CO 9 6 wx1p figs-rquestion ἢ μόνος ἐγὼ καὶ Βαρναβᾶς, οὐκ ἔχομεν ἐξουσίαν μὴ ἐργάζεσθαι? 1 Or is it only Barnabas and I who do not have the right not to work? Paul is shaming the Corinthians. Alternate translation: “You seem to think that the only people you think need to work to earn money are Barnabas and me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1CO 9 7 f3qf figs-rquestion τίς στρατεύεται ἰδίοις ὀψωνίοις ποτέ? 1 Who serves as a soldier at his own expense? Paul uses a question to emphasize that he knows the Corinthians agree with what he is saying. Alternate translation: “We all know that no soldier has to buy his own supplies.” or “We all know that every soldier receives his supplies from the government.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CO 9 10 x84t figs-rquestion ἢ δι’ ἡμᾶς πάντως λέγει? 1 Or is he speaking entirely for our sake? Paul asks a question to emphasize the statement he is making. Alternate translation: “Instead, God was certainly speaking about us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1CO 9 10 f8f4 figs-exclusive δι’ ἡμᾶς 1 for our sake Here, **us** refers to Paul and Barnabas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) 1CO 9 11 g1wh figs-rquestion μέγα εἰ ἡμεῖς ὑμῶν τὰ σαρκικὰ θερίσομεν? 1 is it too much for us to reap material things from you? Paul asks a question so that the Corinthians will think of what he is saying without him having to say it. Alternate translation: “you should know without me telling you that it is not too much for us to receive material support from you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -1CO 9 12 lld4 figs-exclusive εἰ ἄλλοι τῆς ὑμῶν ἐξουσίας μετέχουσιν, οὐ μᾶλλον ἡμεῖς? 1 If others exercised this right over you, should we not even more? Paul asks a question so that the Corinthians will think of what he is saying without him having to say it. Here, **we** refers to Paul and Barnabas. Alternate translation: “Others exercised…you, so you know without me telling you that we have this right even more.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +1CO 9 12 lld4 figs-exclusive εἰ ἄλλοι τῆς ὑμῶν ἐξουσίας μετέχουσιν, οὐ μᾶλλον ἡμεῖς? 1 If others exercised this right over you, should we not even more? Paul asks a question so that the Corinthians will think of what he is saying without him having to say it. Here, **we** refers to Paul and Barnabas. Alternate translation: “Others exercised … you, so you know without me telling you that we have this right even more.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1CO 9 12 v333 εἰ ἄλλοι τῆς…ἐξουσίας μετέχουσιν 1 If others exercised this right Paul and the Corinthians both know that others exercised the right. “Since others exercised this right” 1CO 9 12 nr6u ἄλλοι 1 others other workers of the gospel 1CO 9 12 q7vj τῆς…ἐξουσίας 1 this right the right to have the believers at Corinth provide for the living expenses of those who told them the good news @@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CO 9 24 urh5 figs-rquestion οὐκ οἴδατε, ὅτι οἱ ἐν σταδίῳ τρέχοντες, πάντες μὲν τρέχουσιν, εἷς δὲ λαμβάνει τὸ βραβεῖον? 1 Do you not know that in a race all the runners run the race, but that only one receives the prize? Paul is reminding the Corinthians of what they know so he can add new information. Alternate translation: “Let me remind you that although all runners run the race, only one runner receives the prize.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1CO 9 24 mq1d figs-metaphor τρέχουσιν 1 run Paul compares living the Christian life and working for God to running a race and being an athlete. As in a race, the Christian life and work require strict discipline on the part of the runner, and, as in a race, the Christian has a specific goal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1CO 9 24 mh8z figs-metaphor οὕτως τρέχετε, ἵνα καταλάβητε 1 So run in such a way that you might obtain it Paul is speaking of the reward God will give his faithful people as if it were a prize given for an athletic contest. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1CO 9 25 bfe4 figs-metaphor φθαρτὸν στέφανον…ἄφθαρτον 1 a wreath that is perishable…one that is imperishable A wreath is a bunch of leaves twisted together. Wreaths were given as prizes to athletes who won games and races. Paul speaks of eternal life as if it were a wreath that would never dry up. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1CO 9 25 bfe4 figs-metaphor φθαρτὸν στέφανον…ἄφθαρτον 1 a wreath that is perishable … one that is imperishable A wreath is a bunch of leaves twisted together. Wreaths were given as prizes to athletes who won games and races. Paul speaks of eternal life as if it were a wreath that would never dry up. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1CO 9 26 k64n figs-metaphor ἐγὼ…οὕτως τρέχω, ὡς οὐκ ἀδήλως; οὕτως πυκτεύω, ὡς οὐκ ἀέρα δέρων 1 I do not run without purpose or box by beating the air Here, **running** and **boxing** are both metaphors for living the Christian life and serving God. This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “I know very well why I am running, and I know what I am doing when I box” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) 1CO 9 27 blb7 figs-activepassive μή…αὐτὸς ἀδόκιμος γένωμαι 1 I myself may not be disqualified This passive sentence can be rephrased to an active form. The judge of a race or competition is a metaphor for God. Alternate translation: “the judge will not disqualify me” or “God will not say that I have failed to obey the rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1CO 10 intro abcd 0 # 1 Corinthians 10 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Chapters 8-10 together answer the question: “Is it acceptable to eat meat that has been sacrificed to an idol?”

In this chapter, Paul uses the exodus to warn people not to sin. Then, he returns to discussing meat offered to idols. He uses the Lord’s Supper as an example. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Exodus

Paul uses the experiences of Israel leaving Egypt and roaming the desert as a warning to the believers. Although the Israelites all followed Moses, they all died on the way. None of them reached the Promised Land. Some worshiped an idol, some tested God, and some grumbled. Paul warns Christians not to sin. We can resist temptation because God provides a way of escape. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])

### Eating meat sacrificed to idol

Paul discusses meat offered to idols. Christians are allowed to eat, but it may hurt others. So when buying meat or eating with a friend, do not ask if it has been offered to idols. But if someone tells you it has been offered to idols, don’t eat it for the sake of that person. Do not offend anyone. Seek to save them instead. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])

### Rhetorical questions

Paul uses many rhetorical questions in this chapter. He uses them to emphasize important points as he teaches the Corinthians. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion) @@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CO 10 1 z5s9 διὰ…διῆλθον 1 passed through “walked through” or “traveled through” 1CO 10 2 f7cq πάντες εἰς τὸν Μωϋσῆν ἐβαπτίσαντο 1 All were baptized into Moses “All followed and were committed to Moses” 1CO 10 2 y72i ἐν τῇ νεφέλῃ 1 in the cloud by the cloud that represented the presence of God and led the Israelites during the day -1CO 10 4 xut2 τὸ αὐτὸ πνευματικὸν ἔπιον πόμα…πνευματικῆς…πέτρας 1 drank the same spiritual drink…spiritual rock “drank the same water that God supernaturally brought out of the rock…supernatural rock” +1CO 10 4 xut2 τὸ αὐτὸ πνευματικὸν ἔπιον πόμα…πνευματικῆς…πέτρας 1 drank the same spiritual drink … spiritual rock “drank the same water that God supernaturally brought out of the rock … supernatural rock” 1CO 10 4 whj4 figs-metonymy ἡ…πέτρα ἦν ὁ Χριστός 1 that rock was Christ The “rock” was a literal, physical rock, so it would be best to translate this literally. If your language cannot say that a rock “was” a person’s name, treat the word **rock** as a metonym for the power of Christ that worked through the rock. Alternate translation: “it was Christ who worked through that rock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1CO 10 5 lh93 figs-litotes οὐκ…ηὐδόκησεν 1 not well pleased “displeased” or “angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) 1CO 10 5 tnu4 τοῖς πλείοσιν αὐτῶν 1 most of them the Israelite fathers @@ -490,11 +490,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CO 10 23 jm4k οὐ πάντα συμφέρει 1 not everything is beneficial “some things are not beneficial” 1CO 10 23 ex6z figs-metaphor οὐ πάντα οἰκοδομεῖ 1 not everything builds people up Building people up represents helping them become mature and strong in their faith. See how you translated “builds up” in [1 Corinthians 8:1](../08/01.md). Alternate translation: “not everything strengthens people” or “some things do not strengthen people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1CO 10 27 g31y ὑμῖν…μηδὲν ἀνακρίνοντες διὰ τὴν συνείδησιν 1 you without asking questions of conscience “you. God wants you to eat the food with a clear conscience” -1CO 10 28 q3zt figs-you ἐὰν δέ τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ…μὴ ἐσθίετε…τὸν μηνύσαντα 1 But if someone says to you…do not eat…who informed you Some translations put this verse, continuing to “and not yours” in the next verse, in parentheses because (1) the forms of **you** and **eat** here are singular, but Paul uses the plural form immediately before and after this sentence, and (2) the words “For why should my freedom be judged by another’s conscience?” in the next verse seem to build on “eat whatever is set before you without asking questions of conscience” ([1 Corinthians 10:27](../10/27.md)) rather than “the conscience of the other man.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -1CO 10 28 qi77 figs-you ὑμῖν εἴπῃ…μὴ ἐσθίετε…τὸν μηνύσαντα 1 says to you…do not eat…informed you Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so the word **you** and the command **do not eat** here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +1CO 10 28 q3zt figs-you ἐὰν δέ τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ…μὴ ἐσθίετε…τὸν μηνύσαντα 1 But if someone says to you … do not eat … who informed you Some translations put this verse, continuing to “and not yours” in the next verse, in parentheses because (1) the forms of **you** and **eat** here are singular, but Paul uses the plural form immediately before and after this sentence, and (2) the words “For why should my freedom be judged by another’s conscience?” in the next verse seem to build on “eat whatever is set before you without asking questions of conscience” ([1 Corinthians 10:27](../10/27.md)) rather than “the conscience of the other man.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +1CO 10 28 qi77 figs-you ὑμῖν εἴπῃ…μὴ ἐσθίετε…τὸν μηνύσαντα 1 says to you … do not eat … informed you Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so the word **you** and the command **do not eat** here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) 1CO 10 29 v1d9 figs-you συνείδησιν δὲ λέγω, οὐχὶ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ 1 the conscience of the other man, I mean, and not yours Some translations put these words, along with the words in the verse before this one, in parentheses because (1) the form of **yours** here is singular, but Paul uses the plural form immediately before and after this sentence, and (2) The words **For why should my freedom be judged by another’s conscience?** in this verse seem to build on “eat whatever is set before you without asking questions of conscience” ([1 Corinthians 10:27](../10/27.md)) rather than “the conscience of the other man.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) 1CO 10 29 s1wk figs-you οὐχὶ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ 1 and not yours Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so the word **yours** here is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -1CO 10 29 k8xr ἵνα τί γὰρ…συνειδήσεως? 1 For why…conscience? Possible meanings for this question, along with the question in the next verse, are (1) The word **for** refers back to [1 Corinthians 10:27](../10/27.md). Alternate translation: “I am not to ask questions of conscience, so why…conscience?” or (2) Paul is quoting what some Corinthians were thinking. Alternate translation: “As some of you might be thinking, ‘For why…conscience?’” +1CO 10 29 k8xr ἵνα τί γὰρ…συνειδήσεως? 1 For why … conscience? Possible meanings for this question, along with the question in the next verse, are (1) The word **for** refers back to [1 Corinthians 10:27](../10/27.md). Alternate translation: “I am not to ask questions of conscience, so why … conscience?” or (2) Paul is quoting what some Corinthians were thinking. Alternate translation: “As some of you might be thinking, ‘For why … conscience?’” 1CO 10 29 d4q1 figs-rquestion ἵνα τί…ἡ ἐλευθερία μου κρίνεται ὑπὸ ἄλλης συνειδήσεως? 1 why should my freedom be judged by another’s conscience? The speaker wants the hearer to answer the question in his mind. Alternate translation: “You should know without me telling you that no one should be able to say I am doing wrong just because that person has ideas about right and wrong that are different from mine.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1CO 10 30 dv5f figs-rquestion εἰ ἐγὼ χάριτι μετέχω, τί βλασφημοῦμαι ὑπὲρ οὗ ἐγὼ εὐχαριστῶ? 1 If I partake of the meal with gratitude, why am I being insulted for that for which I gave thanks? The speaker wants the hearer to answer the question in his mind. Alternate translation: “I partake of the meal with gratitude, so no one should insult me for that for which I gave thanks.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1CO 10 30 x2v5 εἰ ἐγὼ…μετέχω 1 If I partake If Paul is not quoting what some Corinthians might be thinking, the “I” represents those who eat meat with thankfulness. “If a person partakes” or “When a person eats” @@ -511,7 +511,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CO 11 3 en95 κεφαλὴ…γυναικὸς ὁ ἀνήρ 1 a man is the head of a woman This could mean: (1) “men are to have authority over women” or (2) “the husband is to have authority over the wife” 1CO 11 4 uuv2 κατὰ κεφαλῆς ἔχων 1 having something on his head “and does so after placing a cloth or veil over his head” 1CO 11 4 lit3 καταισχύνει τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ 1 dishonors his head This could mean: (1) “brings disgrace on himself” or (2) “brings disgrace on Christ, who is his head.” -1CO 11 5 b7ku γυνὴ προσευχομένη…καταισχύνει τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτῆς 1 woman who prays…dishonors her head This could mean: (1) “woman who prays…brings disgrace on herself” or (2) “wife who prays…brings disgrace on her husband.” +1CO 11 5 b7ku γυνὴ προσευχομένη…καταισχύνει τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτῆς 1 woman who prays … dishonors her head This could mean: (1) “woman who prays … brings disgrace on herself” or (2) “wife who prays … brings disgrace on her husband.” 1CO 11 5 k5yl ἀκατακαλύπτῳ τῇ κεφαλῇ 1 with her head uncovered That is, without the cloth that was worn on the top of the head and that covered the hair and shoulders. 1CO 11 5 e1pz τῇ ἐξυρημένῃ 1 as if her head were shaved as if she had removed all the hair on her head with a razor 1CO 11 6 s4r5 εἰ…αἰσχρὸν γυναικὶ 1 If it is disgraceful for a woman It was a mark of disgrace or humiliation for a woman to have her hair shaved off or cut short. @@ -519,7 +519,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CO 11 7 aa4r figs-activepassive οὐκ ὀφείλει κατακαλύπτεσθαι τὴν κεφαλήν 1 should not have his head covered This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: This could mean: (1) “must not cover his head” or (2) “does not need to cover his head” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1CO 11 7 t5jn δόξα ἀνδρός 1 glory of the man Just as man reflects God’s greatness, the woman reflects the man’s character. 1CO 11 8 s5ns figs-activepassive οὐ γάρ ἐστιν ἀνὴρ ἐκ γυναικός, ἀλλὰ γυνὴ ἐξ ἀνδρός. 1 For man was not made from woman. Instead, woman was made from man God made the woman by taking a bone from the man and making the woman from that bone. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God did not make the man from the woman. Instead, he made the woman from the man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1CO 11 9 w8jm γὰρ οὐκ…διὰ τὸν ἄνδρα 1 For neither…for man These words and all of [1 Corinthians 11:8](../11/08.md) could be put in parentheses so that the reader can see that the word **this** in **this is why…the angels** clearly refers back to the words “the woman is the glory of the man” in [1 Corinthians 11:7](../11/07.md). +1CO 11 9 w8jm γὰρ οὐκ…διὰ τὸν ἄνδρα 1 For neither … for man These words and all of [1 Corinthians 11:8](../11/08.md) could be put in parentheses so that the reader can see that the word **this** in **this is why … the angels** clearly refers back to the words “the woman is the glory of the man” in [1 Corinthians 11:7](../11/07.md). 1CO 11 10 wh4c ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς 1 have a symbol of authority on her head This could mean: (1) “to symbolize that she has man as her head” or (2) “to symbolize that she has the authority to pray or prophesy.” 1CO 11 11 pir4 πλὴν…ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 Nevertheless, in the Lord “While what I have just said is all true, the most important thing is this: in the Lord” 1CO 11 11 h9t4 ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 in the Lord This could mean: (1) “among Christians, who belong to the Lord” or (2) “in the world as created by God.” @@ -527,8 +527,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CO 11 12 i8qu τὰ…πάντα ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 all things come from God “God created everything” 1CO 11 13 eex3 ἐν ὑμῖν αὐτοῖς κρίνατε 1 Judge for yourselves “Judge this issue according to the local customs and church practices you know” 1CO 11 13 hp13 figs-activepassive πρέπον ἐστὶν γυναῖκα ἀκατακάλυπτον, τῷ Θεῷ προσεύχεσθαι? 1 Is it proper for a woman to pray to God with her head uncovered? Paul expects the Corinthians to agree with him. This can be stated in active form. “To honor God, a woman should pray to God with a covering on her head.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -1CO 11 14 v5b5 figs-rquestion οὐδὲ ἡ φύσις αὐτὴ διδάσκει ὑμᾶς…αὐτῷ ἐστιν; 1 Does not even nature itself teach you…for him? Paul expects the Corinthians to agree with him. Alternate translation: “Nature itself even teaches you…for him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -1CO 11 14 gyw9 figs-personification οὐδὲ ἡ φύσις αὐτὴ διδάσκει ὑμᾶς…αὐτῷ ἐστιν; 1 Does not even nature itself teach you…for him? He is speaking of the way people in society normally act as if it were a person who teaches. Alternate translation: “You know just from looking at the way people normally act…for him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +1CO 11 14 v5b5 figs-rquestion οὐδὲ ἡ φύσις αὐτὴ διδάσκει ὑμᾶς…αὐτῷ ἐστιν; 1 Does not even nature itself teach you … for him? Paul expects the Corinthians to agree with him. Alternate translation: “Nature itself even teaches you … for him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +1CO 11 14 gyw9 figs-personification οὐδὲ ἡ φύσις αὐτὴ διδάσκει ὑμᾶς…αὐτῷ ἐστιν; 1 Does not even nature itself teach you … for him? He is speaking of the way people in society normally act as if it were a person who teaches. Alternate translation: “You know just from looking at the way people normally act … for him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) 1CO 11 15 s7ys figs-activepassive ὅτι ἡ κόμη…δέδοται αὐτῇ 1 For her hair has been given to her This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “For God created woman with hair” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1CO 11 17 id4f 0 Connecting Statement: As Paul talks about communion, the Lord’s supper, he reminds them to have right attitudes as well as unity. He reminds them that if they fail in those things when taking communion, they will become sick and die, as has already happened to some of them. 1CO 11 17 vt5a τοῦτο δὲ παραγγέλλων, οὐκ ἐπαινῶ, ὅτι 1 in the following instructions, I do not praise you. For Another possible meaning is “as I give you these instructions, there is something for which I cannot praise you: when” @@ -579,7 +579,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CO 12 8 c9ak figs-activepassive ᾧ μὲν…διὰ τοῦ Πνεύματος δίδοται λόγος 1 to one is given by the Spirit a word This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “by means of the Spirit God gives to one person the word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1CO 12 8 us1k λόγος 1 a word “the message” 1CO 12 8 gi53 διὰ τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 by the Spirit God gives the gifts through the work of the Spirit. -1CO 12 8 a872 σοφίας…γνώσεως 1 wisdom…knowledge The difference between these two words is not as important here as the fact that God gives them both by the same Spirit. +1CO 12 8 a872 σοφίας…γνώσεως 1 wisdom … knowledge The difference between these two words is not as important here as the fact that God gives them both by the same Spirit. 1CO 12 8 p2pm figs-hendiadys λόγος σοφίας 1 a word of wisdom Paul is communicating one idea through two words. Alternate translation: “wise words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) 1CO 12 8 a9pr figs-hendiadys λόγος γνώσεως 1 a word of knowledge Paul is communicating one idea through two words. Alternate translation: “words that show knowldge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) 1CO 12 8 pe8s figs-activepassive δίδοται 1 is given This can be stated in active form. See how this is translated in [1 Corinthians 12:8](../12/08.md). Alternate translation: “God gives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -594,7 +594,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CO 12 13 g8uk figs-activepassive γὰρ ἐν ἑνὶ Πνεύματι ἡμεῖς πάντες…ἐβαπτίσθημεν 1 For by one Spirit we were all baptized This could mean: (1) the Holy Spirit is the one who baptizes us, “For one Spirit baptized us” or (2) that the Spirit, like the water of baptism, is the medium through which we are baptized into the body, “For in one Spirit we were all baptized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1CO 12 13 r9hm figs-metonymy εἴτε…δοῦλοι, εἴτε ἐλεύθεροι 1 whether bound or free **Bound** here is a metonym for “slaves.” Alternate translation: “whether slave-people or free-people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1CO 12 13 r5kw figs-activepassive πάντες ἓν Πνεῦμα ἐποτίσθημεν 1 all were made to drink of one Spirit This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God gave all of us the same Spirit, and we share the Spirit as people might share a drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1CO 12 17 rsl6 figs-rquestion ποῦ ἡ ἀκοή?…ποῦ ἡ ὄσφρησις? 1 where would the sense of hearing be?…where would the sense of smell be? This can be made a statement. Alternate translation: “you could not hear anything…you could not smell anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +1CO 12 17 rsl6 figs-rquestion ποῦ ἡ ἀκοή?…ποῦ ἡ ὄσφρησις? 1 where would the sense of hearing be?…where would the sense of smell be? This can be made a statement. Alternate translation: “you could not hear anything … you could not smell anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1CO 12 19 zw6k τὰ…ἓν μέλος 1 the same member The word **member** is a general word for the parts of the body, like the head, arm, or knee. Alternate translation: “the same part of the body” 1CO 12 19 y4vg figs-rquestion ποῦ τὸ σῶμα? 1 where would the body be? This can be made a statement. Alternate translation: “there would be no body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1CO 12 21 u9r9 χρείαν σου οὐκ ἔχω 1 I have no need of you “I do not need you” @@ -615,12 +615,12 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CO 12 31 vb1m ζηλοῦτε…τὰ χαρίσματα τὰ μείζονα 1 earnestly desire the greater gifts. This could mean: (1) “You must eagerly seek from God the gifts that best help the church.” or (2) “You are eagerly looking for gifts that you think are greater because you think they are more exciting to have.” 1CO 13 intro abcg 0 # 1 Corinthians 13 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Paul seems to interrupt his teaching about spiritual gifts. However, this chapter probably serves a larger function in his teaching.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Love

Love is the most important characteristic of the believer. This chapter fully describes love. Paul tells why love is more important than the gifts of the Spirit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/love]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor

Paul uses many different metaphors in this chapter. He uses these metaphors to instruct the Corinthians, especially on difficult topics. Readers often need spiritual discernment to understand these teachings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1CO 13 1 n8lm 0 Connecting Statement: Having just talked about the gifts that God gave to believers, Paul emphasizes what is more important. -1CO 13 1 cm2n figs-hyperbole ταῖς γλώσσαις…τῶν ἀγγέλων 1 the tongues of…angels This could mean: (1) Paul is exaggerating for the sake of effect and does not believe that people speak the language that angels use or (2) Paul thinks that some who speak in tongues actually speak the language that angels use. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +1CO 13 1 cm2n figs-hyperbole ταῖς γλώσσαις…τῶν ἀγγέλων 1 the tongues of … angels This could mean: (1) Paul is exaggerating for the sake of effect and does not believe that people speak the language that angels use or (2) Paul thinks that some who speak in tongues actually speak the language that angels use. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) 1CO 13 1 k2gk figs-metaphor γέγονα χαλκὸς ἠχῶν ἢ κύμβαλον ἀλαλάζον 1 I have become a noisy gong or a clanging cymbal I have become like instruments that make loud, annoying sounds (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1CO 13 1 krt1 translate-unknown χαλκὸς 1 gong a large, thin, round metal plate that is hit with a padded stick to make a loud sound (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) 1CO 13 1 qbx6 translate-unknown κύμβαλον ἀλαλάζον 1 a clanging cymbal two thin, round metal plates that are hit together to make a loud sound (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) 1CO 13 3 ar2q figs-activepassive παραδῶ τὸ σῶμά μου 1 I give my body The phrase **to be burned** can be made active. Alternate translation: “I allow those who persecute me to burn me to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -1CO 13 4 m671 figs-personification ἡ ἀγάπη μακροθυμεῖ…οὐ φυσιοῦται 1 Love is patient and kind…It is not arrogant Here Paul speaks about love as if it were a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +1CO 13 4 m671 figs-personification ἡ ἀγάπη μακροθυμεῖ…οὐ φυσιοῦται 1 Love is patient and kind … It is not arrogant Here Paul speaks about love as if it were a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) 1CO 13 5 cp6x figs-personification 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues speaking about love as if it were a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) 1CO 13 5 xt3v figs-activepassive οὐ παροξύνεται 1 It is not easily angered This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “No one will be able to make it angry quickly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1CO 13 6 wl5y figs-personification 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues speaking about love as if it were a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) @@ -650,9 +650,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CO 14 13 j87g διερμηνεύῃ 1 interpret This means to tell what someone has said in a language to others who do not understand that language. See how this is translated in [1 Corinthians 2:13](../02/13.md). 1CO 14 14 kjh6 figs-metaphor ὁ…νοῦς μου ἄκαρπός ἐστιν 1 my mind is unfruitful The mind not understanding what is being prayed and, therefore, receiving no benefit from the prayer is spoken of as if the “mind is unfruitful.” Alternate translation: “I do not understand it in my mind” or “my mind does not benefit from the prayer, because I do not understand the words I am saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1CO 14 15 vm6p figs-rquestion τί…ἐστιν 1 What should I do? Paul is introducing his conclusion. Alternate translation: “This is what I will do.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -1CO 14 15 r11f προσεύξομαι τῷ Πνεύματι…προσεύξομαι…τῷ νοΐ…ψαλῶ τῷ Πνεύματι…ψαλῶ…τῷ νοΐ 1 pray with my spirit…pray with my mind…sing with my spirit…sing with my mind Prayers and songs must be in a language that the people present can understand. +1CO 14 15 r11f προσεύξομαι τῷ Πνεύματι…προσεύξομαι…τῷ νοΐ…ψαλῶ τῷ Πνεύματι…ψαλῶ…τῷ νοΐ 1 pray with my spirit … pray with my mind … sing with my spirit … sing with my mind Prayers and songs must be in a language that the people present can understand. 1CO 14 15 fi2f τῷ νοΐ 1 with my mind “with words that I understand” -1CO 14 16 niu5 figs-you εὐλογῇς…τῇ σῇ εὐχαριστίᾳ…λέγεις 1 you praise God…you are giving thanks…you are saying Though **you** is singular here, Paul is addressing everyone who prays only in the spirit, but not with the mind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +1CO 14 16 niu5 figs-you εὐλογῇς…τῇ σῇ εὐχαριστίᾳ…λέγεις 1 you praise God … you are giving thanks … you are saying Though **you** is singular here, Paul is addressing everyone who prays only in the spirit, but not with the mind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) 1CO 14 16 r4w5 figs-rquestion πῶς ἐρεῖ, τὸ ἀμήν…οὐκ οἶδεν? 1 how will the outsider say “Amen”…saying? This can be a statement. Alternate translation: “the outsider will never be able to say ‘Amen’…saying.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1CO 14 16 j3e3 τοῦ ἰδιώτου 1 the ungifted This could mean: (1) “another person” or (2) “people who are new to your group.” 1CO 14 16 ev63 figs-synecdoche ἐρεῖ, τὸ ἀμήν 1 say “Amen” “be able to agree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) @@ -728,7 +728,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CO 15 24 uwh3 καταργήσῃ πᾶσαν ἀρχὴν, καὶ πᾶσαν ἐξουσίαν, καὶ δύναμιν 1 he will abolish all rule and all authority and power “he will stop those people who rule, who have authority, and who have power from doing what they are doing” 1CO 15 25 t8mk figs-idiom ἄχρι οὗ θῇ πάντας τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ 1 until he has put all his enemies under his feet Kings who won wars would put their feet on the necks of those whom they had defeated. Alternate translation: “until God has completely destroyed all of Christ’s enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1CO 15 26 x49h figs-activepassive ἔσχατος ἐχθρὸς καταργεῖται ὁ θάνατος 1 The last enemy to be destroyed is death Paul speaks of death here as if it were a person whom God will kill. Alternate translation: “The final enemy that God will destroy is death itself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -1CO 15 27 df59 figs-idiom πάντα…ὑπέταξεν ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ 1 he has put everything under his feet Kings who won wars would put their feet on the necks of those whom they had defeated. See how “put…under his feet” is translated in [1 Corinthians 15:25](../15/25.md). Alternate translation: “God has completely destroyed all of Christ’s enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +1CO 15 27 df59 figs-idiom πάντα…ὑπέταξεν ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ 1 he has put everything under his feet Kings who won wars would put their feet on the necks of those whom they had defeated. See how “put … under his feet” is translated in [1 Corinthians 15:25](../15/25.md). Alternate translation: “God has completely destroyed all of Christ’s enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1CO 15 28 xm8u figs-activepassive ὑποταγῇ αὐτῷ τὰ πάντα 1 all things are subjected to him This can stated as active. Alternate translation: “God has made all things subject to Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1CO 15 28 a1cd figs-activepassive αὐτὸς ὁ Υἱὸς, ὑποταγήσεται 1 the Son himself will be subjected This can stated as active. Alternate translation: “the Son himself will become subject” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1CO 15 28 ksj4 αὐτὸς ὁ Υἱὸς 1 the Son himself In the previous verses he was referred to as “Christ.” Alternate translation: “Christ, that is, the Son himself” @@ -743,7 +743,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CO 15 31 d51t νὴ τὴν ὑμετέραν καύχησιν 1 I swear by my boasting in you Paul uses this statement as evidence that he faces death every day. Alternate translation: “You can know that this is true, because you know about my boasting in you” or “You can know that this is true, because you know about how much I boast in you” 1CO 15 31 znl3 figs-explicit τὴν ὑμετέραν καύχησιν, ἀδελφοί, ἣν ἔχω ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, τῷ Κυρίῳ ἡμῶν 1 my boasting in you, brothers, which I have in Christ Jesus our Lord Paul boasted in them because of what Christ Jesus had done for them. Alternate translation: “my boasting in you, which I do because of what Christ Jesus our Lord has done for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1CO 15 31 p3ym τὴν ὑμετέραν καύχησιν 1 my boasting in you “the way I tell other people how good you are” -1CO 15 32 q6mb figs-rquestion εἰ…ἐθηριομάχησα ἐν Ἐφέσῳ…τί μοι τὸ ὄφελος…οὐκ ἐγείρονται 1 What do I gain…if I fought with beasts at Ephesus…not raised Paul wants the Corinthians to understand without him having to tell them. This can be a statement. Alternate translation: “I gained nothing…by fighting with beasts at Ephesus…not raised.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +1CO 15 32 q6mb figs-rquestion εἰ…ἐθηριομάχησα ἐν Ἐφέσῳ…τί μοι τὸ ὄφελος…οὐκ ἐγείρονται 1 What do I gain … if I fought with beasts at Ephesus … not raised Paul wants the Corinthians to understand without him having to tell them. This can be a statement. Alternate translation: “I gained nothing … by fighting with beasts at Ephesus … not raised.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1CO 15 32 lm3v figs-metaphor ἐθηριομάχησα ἐν Ἐφέσῳ 1 I fought with beasts at Ephesus Paul is referring to something that he actually did. This could mean: (1) Paul was speaking figuratively about his arguments with learned pagans or other conflicts with people who wanted to kill him or (2) he was actually put into the arena to fight against dangerous animals. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1CO 15 32 c36a φάγωμεν καὶ πίωμεν, αὔριον γὰρ ἀποθνῄσκομεν 1 Let us eat and drink, for tomorrow we die Paul concludes that if there is no further life after death, it is better for us to enjoy this life as we can, for tomorrow our life will end without any further hope. 1CO 15 33 q7uc φθείρουσιν ἤθη χρηστὰ ὁμιλίαι κακαί 1 Bad company corrupts good morals If you live with bad people, you will act like them. Paul is quoting a common saying. @@ -763,23 +763,23 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CO 15 40 k9pg σώματα ἐπίγεια 1 earthly bodies This refers to humans. 1CO 15 40 qg3p ἑτέρα μὲν ἡ τῶν ἐπουρανίων δόξα, ἑτέρα δὲ ἡ τῶν ἐπιγείων 1 the glory of the heavenly body is one kind and the glory of the earthly is another “the glory that heavenly bodies have is different from the glory of human bodies” 1CO 15 40 j1kb δόξα 1 glory Here, **glory** refers to the relative brightness to the human eye of objects in the sky. -1CO 15 42 s12t figs-idiom σπείρεται…ἐγείρεται 1 What is sown…what is raised The writer speaks of a person’s body being buried as if it were a seed that is planted in the ground. And he speaks of a person’s body being raised from the dead as if it were a plant growing from the seed. The passive verbs can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “What goes into the ground…what comes out of the ground” or “What people bury…what God raises” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +1CO 15 42 s12t figs-idiom σπείρεται…ἐγείρεται 1 What is sown … what is raised The writer speaks of a person’s body being buried as if it were a seed that is planted in the ground. And he speaks of a person’s body being raised from the dead as if it were a plant growing from the seed. The passive verbs can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “What goes into the ground … what comes out of the ground” or “What people bury … what God raises” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1CO 15 42 ay76 ἐγείρεται 1 is raised “is caused to live again” -1CO 15 42 rw3k ἐν φθορᾷ…ἐν ἀφθαρσίᾳ 1 in decay…in immortality “can rot…cannot rot” -1CO 15 43 h4u5 figs-idiom σπείρεται…ἐγείρεται 1 It is sown…it is raised The writer speaks of a person’s body being buried as if it were a seed that is planted in the ground. And he speaks of a person’s body being raised from the dead as if it were a plant growing from the seed. The passive verbs can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “It goes into the ground…it comes out of the ground” or “People bury it…God raises it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1CO 15 44 u856 figs-idiom σπείρεται…ἐγείρεται 1 It is sown…it is raised The writer speaks of a person’s body being buried as if it were a seed that is planted in the ground. And he speaks of a person’s body being raised from the dead as if it were a plant growing from the seed. The passive verbs can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “It goes into the ground…it comes out of the ground” or “People bury it…God raises it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +1CO 15 42 rw3k ἐν φθορᾷ…ἐν ἀφθαρσίᾳ 1 in decay … in immortality “can rot … cannot rot” +1CO 15 43 h4u5 figs-idiom σπείρεται…ἐγείρεται 1 It is sown … it is raised The writer speaks of a person’s body being buried as if it were a seed that is planted in the ground. And he speaks of a person’s body being raised from the dead as if it were a plant growing from the seed. The passive verbs can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “It goes into the ground … it comes out of the ground” or “People bury it … God raises it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +1CO 15 44 u856 figs-idiom σπείρεται…ἐγείρεται 1 It is sown … it is raised The writer speaks of a person’s body being buried as if it were a seed that is planted in the ground. And he speaks of a person’s body being raised from the dead as if it were a plant growing from the seed. The passive verbs can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “It goes into the ground … it comes out of the ground” or “People bury it … God raises it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1CO 15 46 fc51 ἀλλ’ οὐ πρῶτον τὸ πνευματικὸν, ἀλλὰ τὸ ψυχικόν, ἔπειτα τὸ πνευματικόν 1 But the spiritual did not come first but the natural, and then the spiritual “The natural being came first. The spiritual being is from God and came later.” 1CO 15 46 nd64 ψυχικόν 1 natural created by earthly processes, not yet connected to God 1CO 15 47 m2pj figs-activepassive ὁ πρῶτος ἄνθρωπος ἐκ γῆς, χοϊκός 1 The first man is of the earth, made of dust God made the first man, Adam, from the dust of the earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1CO 15 47 zmx6 χοϊκός 1 dust dirt 1CO 15 48 r9be ὁ ἐπουράνιος 1 ὁ ἐπουράνιος Jesus Christ 1CO 15 48 s9pn οἱ…ἐπουράνιοι 1 those who are of heaven “those who belong to God” -1CO 15 49 mq8z ἐφορέσαμεν τὴν εἰκόνα…φορέσωμεν καὶ τὴν εἰκόνα 1 have borne the image…will also bear the image “have been just like…will also be just like” +1CO 15 49 mq8z ἐφορέσαμεν τὴν εἰκόνα…φορέσωμεν καὶ τὴν εἰκόνα 1 have borne the image … will also bear the image “have been just like … will also be just like” 1CO 15 50 jub2 0 Connecting Statement: Paul wants them to realize that some believers will not die physically but will still get a resurrected body through Christ’s victory. 1CO 15 50 mwy3 figs-parallelism σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα Βασιλείαν Θεοῦ κληρονομῆσαι οὐ δύναται, οὐδὲ ἡ φθορὰ, τὴν ἀφθαρσίαν κληρονομεῖ 1 flesh and blood cannot inherit the kingdom of God. Neither does what is perishable inherit what is imperishable This could mean: (1) the two sentences mean the same thing. Alternate translation: “human beings who will surely die cannot inherit the permanent kingdom of God” or (2) the second sentence finishes the thought begun by the first. Alternate translation: “weak human beings cannot inherit the kingdom of God. Neither do those who will certainly die inherit a kingdom that will last forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 1CO 15 50 nz7s figs-metaphor σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα 1 flesh and blood Those who inhabit a body that is doomed to die. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1CO 15 50 e4gd figs-metaphor κληρονομῆσαι 1 inherit Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were inheriting property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1CO 15 50 b9hc ἡ φθορὰ, τὴν ἀφθαρσίαν 1 the perishable…the imperishable “can rot…cannot rot.” See how these words are translated in [1 Corinthians 15:42](../15/42.md). +1CO 15 50 b9hc ἡ φθορὰ, τὴν ἀφθαρσίαν 1 the perishable … the imperishable “can rot … cannot rot.” See how these words are translated in [1 Corinthians 15:42](../15/42.md). 1CO 15 51 k5dw figs-activepassive πάντες…ἀλλαγησόμεθα 1 we will all be changed This can be stated as active. Alternate translation: “God will change us all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1CO 15 52 p8f8 figs-activepassive ἀλλαγησόμεθα 1 We will be changed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will change us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1CO 15 52 r4ix ἐν ῥιπῇ ὀφθαλμοῦ 1 in the twinkling of an eye It will happen as fast as it takes for a person to blink his or her eye. @@ -787,12 +787,12 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1CO 15 52 l66q figs-activepassive οἱ νεκροὶ ἐγερθήσονται 1 the dead will be raised This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will raise the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1CO 15 52 ymk9 ἐγερθήσονται 1 raised “caused to live again” 1CO 15 52 bmx2 ἄφθαρτοι 1 imperishable “in a form that cannot rot.” See how a similar phrase is translated in [1 Corinthians 15:42](../15/42.md). -1CO 15 53 nua2 τὸ φθαρτὸν τοῦτο…ἀφθαρσίαν 1 this perishable body…is imperishable “this body that can rot…cannot rot.” See how similar phrases are translated in [1 Corinthians 15:42](../15/42.md). +1CO 15 53 nua2 τὸ φθαρτὸν τοῦτο…ἀφθαρσίαν 1 this perishable body … is imperishable “this body that can rot … cannot rot.” See how similar phrases are translated in [1 Corinthians 15:42](../15/42.md). 1CO 15 53 iyd2 figs-metaphor δεῖ…ἐνδύσασθαι 1 must put on Paul is speaking of God making our bodies so they will never die again as if God were putting new clothes on us. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1CO 15 54 qq5m figs-personification ὅταν…τὸ φθαρτὸν τοῦτο ἐνδύσηται ἀφθαρσίαν 1 when this perishable body has put on what is imperishable Here the body is spoken of as if it were a person, and becoming **imperishable** is spoken of as if being imperishable was clothing that a body would wear. Alternate translation: “when this perishable body has become imperishable” or “when this body that can rot can no longer rot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1CO 15 54 j9zs figs-personification τὸ θνητὸν τοῦτο ἐνδύσηται ἀθανασίαν 1 this mortal body has put on immortality Here the body is spoken of as if it were a person, and becoming immortal is spoken of as if being immortal was clothing that a body would wear. Alternate translation: “when this mortal body has become immortal” or “when this body that can die can no longer die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1CO 15 55 c9zw figs-apostrophe ποῦ σου, θάνατε, τὸ νῖκος? ποῦ σου, θάνατε, τὸ κέντρον? 1 Death, where is your victory? Death, where is your sting? Paul speaks as if death were a person, and he uses this question to mock the power of death, which Christ has defeated. Alternate translation: “Death has no victory. Death has no sting.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -1CO 15 55 gg3d figs-you σου…σου 1 your…your These are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +1CO 15 55 gg3d figs-you σου…σου 1 your … your These are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) 1CO 15 56 iyd3 τὸ…κέντρον τοῦ θανάτου ἡ ἁμαρτία 1 the sting of death is sin It is through sin that we are destined to face death, that is to die. 1CO 15 56 pf4e ἡ…δύναμις τῆς ἁμαρτίας ὁ νόμος 1 the power of sin is the law God’s law that was passed down by Moses defines sin and shows us how we sin before God. 1CO 15 57 ztj6 τῷ διδόντι ἡμῖν τὸ νῖκος 1 gives us the victory “has defeated death for us” diff --git a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv index 3e3870dd05..55b4f61a41 100644 --- a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO front intro ur4j 0 # Introduction to 2 Corinthians

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Book of 2 Corinthians

1. Paul thanks God for the Corinthian Christians (1:1-11)
1. Paul explains his conduct and his ministry (1:12-7:16)
1. Paul speaks about contributing money for the Jerusalem church (8:1-9:15)
1. Paul defends his authority as an apostle (10:1-13:10)
1. Paul gives final greetings and encouragement (13:11-14)

### Who wrote the Book of 2 Corinthians?

Paul was the author. He was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.

Paul started the church in Corinth. He was staying in the city of Ephesus when he wrote this letter.

### What is the Book of 2 Corinthians about?

In 2 Corinthians, Paul continued to write about the conflicts among the Christians in the city of Corinth. It is clear in this letter that the Corinthians had obeyed his previous instructions to them. In 2 Corinthians, Paul encouraged them to live in a way that would please God.

Paul also wrote to assure them that Jesus Christ sent him as an apostle to preach the Gospel. Paul wanted them to understand this, because a group of Jewish Christians opposed what he was doing. They claimed Paul was not sent by God and he was teaching a false message. This group of Jewish Christians wanted Gentile Christians to obey the law of Moses.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Second Corinthians.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Second Letter to the Church in Corinth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What was the city of Corinth like?

Corinth was a major city located in ancient Greece. Because it was near the Mediterranean Sea, many travelers and traders came to buy and sell goods there. This resulted in the city having people from many different cultures. The city was famous for having people who lived in immoral ways. The people worshipped Aphrodite, the Greek goddess of love. As part of the ceremonies honoring Aphrodite, her worshipers had sexual intercourse with temple prostitutes.

### What did Paul mean by “false apostles” (11:13)?

These were Jewish Christians. They taught that Gentile Christians had to obey the law of Moses in order to follow Christ. Christian leaders had met in Jerusalem and decided on the matter (See: Acts 15). However, it is clear that there were still some groups that disagreed with what the leaders in Jerusalem decided.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Singular and plural “you”

In this book, the word “I” refers to Paul. Also, the word “you” is almost always plural and refers to the believers in Corinth. There are two exceptions to this: 6:2 and 12:9. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])

### How are the ideas of “holy” and “sanctify” represented in 2 Corinthians in the ULT?

The scriptures use such words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating into English, the ULT uses the following principles:
* Sometimes the meaning in a passage implies moral holiness. Especially important for understanding the gospel is the fact that God considers Christians to be sinless because they are united to Jesus Christ. Another related fact is that God is perfect and faultless. A third fact is that Christians are to conduct themselves in a blameless, faultless manner in life. In these cases, the ULT uses “holy,” “holy God,” “holy ones,” or “holy people.”
* The meaning in most passages in 2 Corinthians is a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In these cases, the ULT uses “believer” or “believers.” (See: 1:1; 8:4; 9:1, 12; 13:13)
* Sometimes the meaning in the passage implies the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “set apart,” “dedicated to,” “reserved for,” or “sanctified.”

The UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.

### What did Paul mean by expressions like “in Christ” and “in the Lord”?

This kind of expression occurs in 1:19, 20; 2:12, 17; 3:14; 5:17, 19, 21; 10:17; 12:2, 19; and 13:4. Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. At the same time, he often intended other meanings as well. See, for example, “A door was opened for me in the Lord,” (2:12) where Paul specifically meant that a door was opened for Paul by the Lord.

Please see the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.

### What does it mean to be a “new creation” in Christ (5:17)?

Paul’s message was that God makes Christians part of a “new world” when a person believes in Christ. God gives a new world of holiness, peace, and joy. In this new world, believers have a new nature that has been given them by the Holy Spirit. Translators should try to express this idea.

### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 2 Corinthians?
* “and in your love for us” (8:7). Many versions, including the ULT and UST, read this way. However, many other versions read, “and in our love for you.” There is strong evidence that each reading is original. Translators should probably follow the reading preferred by other versions in their region.

(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) 2CO 1 intro tsh3 0 # 2 Corinthians 01 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The first paragraph reflects a common way to begin a letter in the ancient Near East.

## Special Concepts

### Paul’s integrity

People were criticizing Paul and saying he was not sincere. He refutes them by explaining his motives for what he was doing.

### Comfort

Comfort is a major theme of this chapter. The Holy Spirit comforts Christians. The Corinthians probably were afflicted and needed to be comforted.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical question

Paul uses two rhetorical questions to defend himself against a charge of not being sincere. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### We

Paul uses the pronoun “we”. This likely represents at least Timothy and himself. It may also include other people.

### Guarantee

Paul says the Holy Spirit is the guarantee, which means pledge or down-payment, of a Christian’s eternal life. Christians are securely saved. But they will not experience all of God’s given promises until after they die. The Holy Spirit is a personal guarantee that this will happen. This idea comes from a business term. A person gives some valuable item to another person as a “guarantee” that they will repay money. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]]) 2CO 1 1 epd2 0 General Information: After Paul’s greeting to the church in Corinth, he writes about suffering and comfort through Jesus Christ. Timothy is with him as well. The word “you” throughout this letter refers to the people of the church in Corinth and to the rest of the Christians in that area. Possibly Timothy writes on parchment paper the words that Paul says. -2CO 1 1 mel3 Παῦλος…τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ τῇ οὔσῃ ἐν Κορίνθῳ 1 Paul…to the church of God that is in Corinth Your language may have a particular way of introducing the author of a letter and its intended audience. Alternate translation: “I, Paul…wrote this letter to you, the church of God that is in Corinth” +2CO 1 1 mel3 Παῦλος…τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ τῇ οὔσῃ ἐν Κορίνθῳ 1 Paul … to the church of God that is in Corinth Your language may have a particular way of introducing the author of a letter and its intended audience. Alternate translation: “I, Paul … wrote this letter to you, the church of God that is in Corinth” 2CO 1 1 f59u Τιμόθεος ὁ ἀδελφὸς 1 Timothy our brother This indicates that both Paul and the Corinthians knew Timothy and considered him to be their spiritual brother. 2CO 1 1 mhg5 translate-names Ἀχαΐᾳ 1 Achaia This is the name of a Roman province in the southern part of modern-day Greece. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 2CO 1 2 f6k1 χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη 1 May grace be to you and peace This is a common greeting that Paul uses in his letters. @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO 1 9 bu2y figs-idiom τῷ ἐγείροντι τοὺς νεκρούς 1 who raises the dead Here to raise is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “who causes the dead to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2CO 1 10 x4kh figs-metaphor θανάτου 1 a deadly peril Paul compares his feeling of despair as a result of the troubles that they experienced to a deadly peril or terrible danger. Alternate translation: “despair” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2CO 1 10 mwn9 ἔτι ῥύσεται 1 he will continue to deliver us “he will continue to rescue us” -2CO 1 11 q17d συνυπουργούντων καὶ ὑμῶν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν 1 as you also join together…on our behalf “God will rescue us from danger as you, the people of the church of Corinth, also help us” +2CO 1 11 q17d συνυπουργούντων καὶ ὑμῶν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν 1 as you also join together … on our behalf “God will rescue us from danger as you, the people of the church of Corinth, also help us” 2CO 1 11 k1fl figs-activepassive τὸ εἰς ἡμᾶς χάρισμα 1 the gracious favor given to us This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the gracious favor which God has given to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2CO 1 12 kqv3 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: In these verses Paul uses the words **we**, **our**, **ourselves**, and **us** to refer to himself and Timothy and possibly others who served with them. These words do not include the people he was writing to. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) 2CO 1 12 r9p8 ἡ γὰρ καύχησις ἡμῶν αὕτη ἐστίν 1 For our proud confidence is this The word **proud** here is used in the positive sense of feeling great satisfaction and joy in something. @@ -39,12 +39,12 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO 1 15 y432 δευτέραν χάριν σχῆτε 1 you might have a second blessing “you might benefit from me visiting you twice” 2CO 1 16 mp6u ὑφ’ ὑμῶν προπεμφθῆναι εἰς τὴν Ἰουδαίαν 1 to be sent on my way to Judea by you “assist me on my way to Judea” 2CO 1 17 zms7 figs-rquestion μήτι ἄρα τῇ ἐλαφρίᾳ ἐχρησάμην? 1 I did not then take it lightly, did I? Paul uses this question to emphasize he was sure about his decision to visit the Corinthians. The expected answer to the question is no. Alternate translation: “I was not hesitating.” or “I was confident in my decision.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -2CO 1 17 chy9 figs-rquestion ἢ ἃ βουλεύομαι, κατὰ σάρκα βουλεύομαι, ἵνα ᾖ παρ’ ἐμοὶ τὸ ναὶ, ναὶ, καὶ τὸ οὒ, οὔ? 1 Do I plan things according to human standards…at the same time? Paul uses this question to emphasize that his plans to visit the Corinthians were sincere. Alternate translation: “I do not plan things according to human standards…at the same time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -2CO 1 17 y41z figs-explicit ἢ ἃ βουλεύομαι, κατὰ σάρκα βουλεύομαι, ἵνα ᾖ παρ’ ἐμοὶ τὸ ναὶ, ναὶ, καὶ τὸ οὒ, οὔ? 1 Do I plan things…so that I say “Yes, yes” and “No, no” at the same time? This means that Paul did not say both that he would visit and that he would not visit at the same time. The words **yes** and **no** are repeated for emphasis. Alternate translation: “I do not plan things…so that I say ‘Yes, I will certainly visit’ and ‘No, I will definitely not visit’ at the same time!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -2CO 1 19 z4he figs-explicit ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ γὰρ Υἱὸς, Ἰησοῦς Χριστός…οὐκ ἐγένετο ναὶ καὶ οὒ, ἀλλὰ ναὶ ἐν αὐτῷ γέγονεν. 1 For the Son of God…is not “Yes” and “No.” Instead, he is always “Yes.” Jesus says “Yes” concerning the promises of God, which means that he guarantees that they are true. Alternate translation: “For the Son of God…does not say ‘Yes’ and ‘No’ concerning God’s promises. Instead, he always says ‘Yes.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +2CO 1 17 chy9 figs-rquestion ἢ ἃ βουλεύομαι, κατὰ σάρκα βουλεύομαι, ἵνα ᾖ παρ’ ἐμοὶ τὸ ναὶ, ναὶ, καὶ τὸ οὒ, οὔ? 1 Do I plan things according to human standards … at the same time? Paul uses this question to emphasize that his plans to visit the Corinthians were sincere. Alternate translation: “I do not plan things according to human standards … at the same time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +2CO 1 17 y41z figs-explicit ἢ ἃ βουλεύομαι, κατὰ σάρκα βουλεύομαι, ἵνα ᾖ παρ’ ἐμοὶ τὸ ναὶ, ναὶ, καὶ τὸ οὒ, οὔ? 1 Do I plan things … so that I say “Yes, yes” and “No, no” at the same time? This means that Paul did not say both that he would visit and that he would not visit at the same time. The words **yes** and **no** are repeated for emphasis. Alternate translation: “I do not plan things … so that I say ‘Yes, I will certainly visit’ and ‘No, I will definitely not visit’ at the same time!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +2CO 1 19 z4he figs-explicit ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ γὰρ Υἱὸς, Ἰησοῦς Χριστός…οὐκ ἐγένετο ναὶ καὶ οὒ, ἀλλὰ ναὶ ἐν αὐτῷ γέγονεν. 1 For the Son of God … is not “Yes” and “No.” Instead, he is always “Yes.” Jesus says “Yes” concerning the promises of God, which means that he guarantees that they are true. Alternate translation: “For the Son of God … does not say ‘Yes’ and ‘No’ concerning God’s promises. Instead, he always says ‘Yes.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2CO 1 19 hd2t guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ…Υἱὸς 1 the Son of God This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 2CO 1 20 h2xc figs-explicit ὅσαι…ἐπαγγελίαι Θεοῦ, ἐν αὐτῷ τὸ ναί 1 all the promises of God are “Yes” in him This means that Jesus guarantees all of God’s promises. Alternate translation: “all the promises of God are guaranteed in Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -2CO 1 20 h4uv ἐν αὐτῷ τὸ ναί…δι’ αὐτοῦ…δι’ ἡμῶν 1 “Yes” in him…through him we say The word **him** refers to Jesus Christ. +2CO 1 20 h4uv ἐν αὐτῷ τὸ ναί…δι’ αὐτοῦ…δι’ ἡμῶν 1 “Yes” in him … through him we say The word **him** refers to Jesus Christ. 2CO 1 21 d3s3 ὁ δὲ βεβαιῶν ἡμᾶς σὺν ὑμῖν εἰς Χριστὸν καὶ χρίσας ἡμᾶς Θεός 1 Now God is the one who establishes us with you This could mean: (1) “God who confirms our relationship with each other because we are in Christ” or (2) “God who confirms both our and your relationship with Christ.” 2CO 1 21 tjc6 χρίσας ἡμᾶς 1 he anointed us This could mean: (1) “he sent us to preach the gospel” or (2) “he chose us to be his people.” 2CO 1 22 z43l figs-metaphor ὁ καὶ σφραγισάμενος ἡμᾶς 1 the one who also sealed us Paul speaks of God showing that we belong to him as if God had put a mark on us as a sign that we belong to him. Alternate translation: “he has put his mark of ownership on us” or “he has shown that we belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -76,13 +76,13 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO 2 10 cbm6 δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 forgiven for your sake This could mean: (1) “forgiven out of my love for you” or (2) “forgiven for your benefit.” 2CO 2 11 m46t figs-litotes οὐ γὰρ αὐτοῦ τὰ νοήματα ἀγνοοῦμεν 1 For we are not ignorant of his plans Paul uses a negative expression to emphasize the opposite. Alternate translation: “For we know his plans well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) 2CO 2 12 l6vd 0 Connecting Statement: Paul encourages the believers in Corinth by telling them of the opportunities he has had to preach the gospel in Troas and Macedonia. -2CO 2 12 a1ti figs-metaphor εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ θύρας μοι ἀνεῳγμένης ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 a door for the gospel of Christ was opened to me in the Lord Paul speaks of his opportunity to preach the gospel as if it were a door through which he was allowed to walk. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The Lord opened a door to me…to preach the gospel” or “The Lord gave me the opportunity…to preach the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +2CO 2 12 a1ti figs-metaphor εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ θύρας μοι ἀνεῳγμένης ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 a door for the gospel of Christ was opened to me in the Lord Paul speaks of his opportunity to preach the gospel as if it were a door through which he was allowed to walk. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The Lord opened a door to me … to preach the gospel” or “The Lord gave me the opportunity … to preach the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2CO 2 13 rjy9 οὐκ ἔσχηκα ἄνεσιν τῷ πνεύματί μου 1 I had no relief in my spirit “My mind was troubled” or “I was worried” 2CO 2 13 xd5h Τίτον τὸν ἀδελφόν μου 1 my brother Titus Paul speaks of Titus as his spiritual brother. 2CO 2 13 wq6j ἀλλὰ ἀποταξάμενος αὐτοῖς 1 So I left them “So I left the people of Troas” 2CO 2 14 gpd2 figs-metaphor τῷ…Θεῷ…τῷ πάντοτε θριαμβεύοντι ἡμᾶς ἐν τῷ Χριστῷ 1 God, who in Christ always leads us in triumph Paul speaks of God as if he were a victorious general leading a victory parade and of himself and his coworkers as those who take part in that parade. This could mean: (1) “God, who in Christ always causes us to share in his triumph” or (2) “God, who in Christ always leads us in triumph as those over whom he as gained victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2CO 2 14 l1nr figs-metaphor τὴν ὀσμὴν τῆς γνώσεως αὐτοῦ, φανεροῦντι δι’ ἡμῶν ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ 1 Through us he spreads the sweet aroma of the knowledge of him everywhere Paul speaks of the knowledge of Christ as if it were incense that has a pleasing smell. Alternate translation: “He causes the knowledge of Christ to spread to everyone who hears us, just as the sweet smell of burning incense spreads to everyone near it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -2CO 2 14 eq21 φανεροῦντι…ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ 1 he spreads…everywhere “he spreads…everywhere we go” +2CO 2 14 eq21 φανεροῦντι…ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ 1 he spreads … everywhere “he spreads … everywhere we go” 2CO 2 15 x6nn figs-metaphor Χριστοῦ εὐωδία ἐσμὲν τῷ Θεῷ 1 we are to God the sweet aroma of Christ Paul speaks of his ministry as if it were a burnt offering that someone offers to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2CO 2 15 b1k1 Χριστοῦ εὐωδία ἐσμὲν τῷ Θεῷ 1 the sweet aroma of Christ This could mean: (1) “the sweet aroma which is the knowledge of Christ” or (2) “the sweet aroma that Christ offers.” 2CO 2 15 itc8 figs-activepassive τοῖς σῳζομένοις 1 those who are saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom God has saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO 3 2 dr5k figs-activepassive γινωσκομένη καὶ ἀναγινωσκομένη ὑπὸ πάντων ἀνθρώπων 1 known and read by all people This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that all people can know and read” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2CO 3 3 s717 figs-metaphor ἐστὲ ἐπιστολὴ Χριστοῦ 1 you are a letter from Christ Paul clarifies that Christ is the one who has written the letter. Alternate translation: “you are a letter that Christ has written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2CO 3 3 wrk4 διακονηθεῖσα ὑφ’ ἡμῶν 1 cared for by us “brought by us” -2CO 3 3 q96q ἐνγεγραμμένη οὐ μέλανι…ἐν πλαξὶν καρδίαις σαρκίναις 1 It was written not with ink…on tablets of human hearts Paul clarifies that the Corinthians are like a spiritual letter, not like a letter that humans write with physical objects. +2CO 3 3 q96q ἐνγεγραμμένη οὐ μέλανι…ἐν πλαξὶν καρδίαις σαρκίναις 1 It was written not with ink … on tablets of human hearts Paul clarifies that the Corinthians are like a spiritual letter, not like a letter that humans write with physical objects. 2CO 3 3 qt5g figs-activepassive ἐνγεγραμμένη οὐ μέλανι, ἀλλὰ Πνεύματι Θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 It was written not with ink but by the Spirit of the living God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “It is not a letter that people wrote with ink but a letter that the Spirit of the living God wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 2CO 3 3 t5ah figs-activepassive οὐκ ἐν πλαξὶν λιθίναις, ἀλλ’ ἐν πλαξὶν καρδίαις σαρκίναις 1 not on tablets of stone, but on tablets of human hearts This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “It is not a letter that people engraved on stone tablets but a letter that the Spirit of the living God wrote on tablets of human hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 2CO 3 3 u959 figs-metaphor πλαξὶν καρδίαις σαρκίναις 1 tablets of human hearts Paul speaks of their hearts as if they are flat pieces of stone or clay upon which people engraved letters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO 3 6 tc4u figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ Πνεύματος 1 but of the Spirit The Holy Spirit is the one who establishes God’s covenant with people. Alternate translation: “but a covenant based on what the Spirit does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 2CO 3 6 q4at figs-personification τὸ…γράμμα ἀποκτέννει 1 the letter kills Paul speaks of the Old Testament law as a person who kills. Following that law leads to spiritual death. Alternate translation: “the written law leads to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2CO 3 7 lyf7 0 Connecting Statement: Paul contrasts the fading glory of the old covenant with the superiority and freedom of the new covenant. He contrasts the veil of Moses with the clarity of present revelation. The time of Moses was a less clear picture of what is now revealed. -2CO 3 7 ut6r figs-irony εἰ δὲ ἡ διακονία τοῦ θανάτου…ἐγενήθη ἐν δόξῃ, ὥστε 1 Now if the ministry that produced death…came in such glory Paul emphasizes that although the law leads to death, it was still very glorious. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) +2CO 3 7 ut6r figs-irony εἰ δὲ ἡ διακονία τοῦ θανάτου…ἐγενήθη ἐν δόξῃ, ὥστε 1 Now if the ministry that produced death … came in such glory Paul emphasizes that although the law leads to death, it was still very glorious. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) 2CO 3 7 du65 figs-explicit ἡ διακονία τοῦ θανάτου 1 the ministry that produced death “the ministry of death.” This refers to the Old Testament law that God gave through Moses. Alternate translation: “the ministry that causes death because it is based on the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2CO 3 7 j1hp figs-activepassive ἐν γράμμασιν ἐντετυπωμένη λίθοις 1 engraved in letters on stones “carved into stone with letters.” This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that God carved into stone with letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2CO 3 7 r5p5 ἐν δόξῃ, ὥστε 1 in such glory “in so much glory” @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO 3 9 if33 figs-exclamations πολλῷ μᾶλλον περισσεύει ἡ διακονία τῆς δικαιοσύνης δόξῃ 1 how much more does the ministry of righteousness abound in glory! Here the word **how** marks this phrase as an exclamation, not as a question. Alternate translation: “then the service of righteousness must abound in so much more glory!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) 2CO 3 9 e5zz figs-metaphor περισσεύει ἡ διακονία τῆς δικαιοσύνης δόξῃ. 1 the ministry of righteousness abound in glory Paul speaks of “the service of righteousness” as if it were an object that could produce or multiply another object. He means that “the service of righteousness” is far more glorious than the law, which also had glory. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2CO 3 9 ufq6 figs-explicit ἡ διακονία τῆς δικαιοσύνης 1 the ministry of righteousness “the ministry of righteousness.” This refers to the new covenant, of which Paul is a minister. Alternate translation: “the ministry that makes people righteous because it is based on the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -2CO 3 10 n4pe καὶ γὰρ οὐ δεδόξασται, τὸ δεδοξασμένον…εἵνεκεν τῆς ὑπερβαλλούσης δόξης 1 that which was once made glorious is no longer glorious…because of the glory that exceeds it The Old Testament law no longer appears glorious when compared with the new covenant, which is much more glorious. +2CO 3 10 n4pe καὶ γὰρ οὐ δεδόξασται, τὸ δεδοξασμένον…εἵνεκεν τῆς ὑπερβαλλούσης δόξης 1 that which was once made glorious is no longer glorious … because of the glory that exceeds it The Old Testament law no longer appears glorious when compared with the new covenant, which is much more glorious. 2CO 3 10 t2dq figs-activepassive τὸ δεδοξασμένον 1 that which was once made glorious This can be stated in active form. AT “the law which God once made glorious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2CO 3 10 d7k5 ἐν τούτῳ τῷ μέρει 1 in this respect “in this way” 2CO 3 11 zwb2 figs-metaphor τὸ καταργούμενον 1 that which was fading away This refers to “the service of condemnation,” which Paul speaks of as if it were an object capable of disappearing. Alternate translation: “that which was becoming useless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO 4 5 ddw1 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν Κύριον, ἑαυτοὺς δὲ δούλους ὑμῶν 1 but Christ Jesus as Lord, and ourselves as your servants You can supply the verb for these phrases. Alternate translation: “but we proclaim Christ Jesus as Lord, and we proclaim ourselves as your servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 2CO 4 5 t8du διὰ Ἰησοῦν 1 for Jesus’ sake “because of Jesus” 2CO 4 6 rw5z ἐκ σκότους φῶς λάμψει 1 Light will shine out of darkness With this sentence, Paul refers to God creating light, as described in the book of Genesis. -2CO 4 6 d5x7 figs-metaphor ὃς ἔλαμψεν…πρὸς φωτισμὸν τῆς γνώσεως τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 He has shone…to give the light of the knowledge of the glory of God Here the word **light** refers to the ability to understand. Just as God created light, he also creates understanding for believers. Alternate translation: “He has shone…to enable us to understand the glory of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +2CO 4 6 d5x7 figs-metaphor ὃς ἔλαμψεν…πρὸς φωτισμὸν τῆς γνώσεως τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 He has shone … to give the light of the knowledge of the glory of God Here the word **light** refers to the ability to understand. Just as God created light, he also creates understanding for believers. Alternate translation: “He has shone … to enable us to understand the glory of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2CO 4 6 bj1j figs-metonymy ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν 1 in our hearts Here the word **hearts** refers to the mind and thoughts. Alternate translation: “in our minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2CO 4 6 mpg9 πρὸς φωτισμὸν τῆς γνώσεως τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the light of the knowledge of the glory of God “the light, which is the knowledge of the glory of God” 2CO 4 6 p736 figs-metaphor τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν προσώπῳ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the glory of God in the face of Jesus Christ “the glory of God in the face of Jesus Christ.” Just as God’s glory shone upon Moses’ face ([2 Corinthians 3:7](../03/07.md)), it also shines upon Jesus face. This means that when Paul preaches the gospel, people are able to see and understand the message about God’s glory. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO 4 13 ret6 τὸ αὐτὸ πνεῦμα τῆς πίστεως 1 the same spirit of faith “the same attitude of faith.” Here the word **spirit** refers a person’s attitude and temperament. 2CO 4 13 gzf4 figs-activepassive κατὰ τὸ γεγραμμένον 1 according to that which was written This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “as the one who wrote these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2CO 4 13 il5h ἐπίστευσα, διὸ ἐλάλησα 1 I believed, and so I spoke This is a quote from the Psalms. -2CO 4 14 t2i8 figs-idiom ὅτι ὁ ἐγείρας τὸν Ἰησοῦν…ἐγερεῖ 1 that the one who raised the Lord Jesus will…raise Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “that the one who caused the Lord Jesus to live again will” or “God, who raised the Lord Jesus, will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +2CO 4 14 t2i8 figs-idiom ὅτι ὁ ἐγείρας τὸν Ἰησοῦν…ἐγερεῖ 1 that the one who raised the Lord Jesus will … raise Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “that the one who caused the Lord Jesus to live again will” or “God, who raised the Lord Jesus, will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2CO 4 15 v7sj τὰ γὰρ πάντα δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 For all these things are for your sake Here the word **everything** refers to all of the sufferings that Paul has described in previous verses. 2CO 4 15 l1mu figs-activepassive ἡ χάρις πλεονάσασα διὰ τῶν πλειόνων 1 the grace that is abounding to more and more people This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “as God spreads his grace to many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2CO 4 15 u8pp figs-metaphor τὴν εὐχαριστίαν περισσεύσῃ 1 thanksgiving may increase Paul speaks of thanksgiving as if it were an object that could become larger by itself. Alternate translation: “more and more people may give thanks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO 4 16 zct5 figs-activepassive ὁ ἔσω ἡμῶν ἀνακαινοῦται ἡμέρᾳ καὶ ἡμέρᾳ 1 inwardly we are being renewed day by day This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God is renewing our inward being more each day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2CO 4 17 pd63 figs-metaphor τὸ γὰρ παραυτίκα ἐλαφρὸν τῆς θλίψεως ἡμῶν…αἰώνιον βάρος δόξης, κατεργάζεται ἡμῖν 1 this momentary, light affliction is preparing us for an eternal weight of glory Paul speaks of his sufferings and the glory that God will give him as if they were objects that can be weighed. The glory far outweighs the suffering. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2CO 4 17 na9y figs-metaphor καθ’ ὑπερβολὴν εἰς ὑπερβολὴν 1 that exceeds all measurement The glory that Paul will experience is so heavy that no one can measure it. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that no one can measure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -2CO 4 18 t2fp figs-activepassive τὰ βλεπόμενα…τὰ μὴ βλεπόμενα 1 things that are seen…things that are unseen This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “things that we can see…things that we cannot see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +2CO 4 18 t2fp figs-activepassive τὰ βλεπόμενα…τὰ μὴ βλεπόμενα 1 things that are seen … things that are unseen This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “things that we can see … things that we cannot see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2CO 4 18 f97x figs-ellipsis τὰ δὲ μὴ βλεπόμενα 1 but for things that are unseen You can supply the verb for this phrase. AT “but we are watching for things that are unseen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 2CO 5 intro s14p 0 # 2 Corinthians 05 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### New bodies in heaven

Paul knows that when he dies he will receive a much better body. Because of this, he is not afraid of being killed for preaching the gospel. So he tells others that they too can be reconciled to God. Christ will take away their sin and give them his righteousness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/goodnews]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reconcile]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])

### New creation

The old and new creation probably refers to how Paul illustrates the old and new self. These concepts are also the same as the old and new man. The term “old” probably does not refer to the sinful nature with which a person is born. It refers to the old way of living or the Christian formerly being bound to sin. The “new creation” is the new nature or new life that God gives a person after they come to believe in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Home

The Christian’s home is no longer in the world. A Christian’s real home is in heaven. By using this metaphor, Paul emphasizes that the Christian’s circumstances in this world are temporary. It gives hope to those who are suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hope]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “The message of reconciliation”

This refers to the gospel. Paul calls for people who are hostile to God to repent and be reconciled to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reconcile]]) 2CO 5 1 p7b7 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues by contrasting believers’ earthly bodies to the heavenly ones God will give. @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO 5 4 bz6k figs-metaphor οἱ ὄντες ἐν τῷ σκήνει 1 while we are in this tent Paul speaks of the physical body as if it were a “tent.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2CO 5 4 e34b ἐν τῷ σκήνει, στενάζομεν 1 in this tent, we groan The word **tent** refers to “the earthly dwelling that we live in.” The word groan is a sound that a person makes when they eagerly desire to have something that is good. See how you translated this in [2 Corinthians 5:2](../05/02.md). 2CO 5 4 cjt4 figs-metaphor βαρούμενοι 1 being burdened Paul refers to the difficulties that the physical body experiences as if they were heavy objects that are difficult to carry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -2CO 5 4 f8rb figs-metaphor οὐ θέλομεν ἐκδύσασθαι…ἐπενδύσασθαι 1 We do not want to be unclothed…we want to be clothed Paul speaks of the body as if it were clothing. Here, **to be unclothed** refers to the death of the physical body; “to be clothed” refers to having the resurrection body that God will give. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +2CO 5 4 f8rb figs-metaphor οὐ θέλομεν ἐκδύσασθαι…ἐπενδύσασθαι 1 We do not want to be unclothed … we want to be clothed Paul speaks of the body as if it were clothing. Here, **to be unclothed** refers to the death of the physical body; “to be clothed” refers to having the resurrection body that God will give. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2CO 5 4 n78p ἐκδύσασθαι 1 to be unclothed “to be without clothes” or “to be naked” 2CO 5 4 de2b figs-metaphor ἵνα καταποθῇ τὸ θνητὸν ὑπὸ τῆς ζωῆς 1 so that what is mortal may be swallowed up by life Paul speaks of life as if it were an animal that eats “what is mortal.” The physical body that will die will be replaced by a resurrection body that will live forever. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2CO 5 4 e5zi figs-activepassive ἵνα καταποθῇ τὸ θνητὸν ὑπὸ τῆς ζωῆς 1 so that what is mortal may be swallowed up by life This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that life may swallow up what is mortal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO 5 11 y5l1 καὶ ἐν ταῖς συνειδήσεσιν ὑμῶν πεφανερῶσθαι 1 that it is also clear to your conscience “that you are also convinced of it” 2CO 5 12 mza1 ἵνα ἔχητε 1 so you may have an answer “so you may have something to say to” 2CO 5 12 it2r figs-metonymy τοὺς ἐν προσώπῳ καυχωμένους, καὶ μὴ ἐν καρδίᾳ 1 those who boast about appearances but not about what is in the heart Here the word **appearances** refers to outward expressions of things like ability and status. The word **heart** refers to the inward character of a person. Alternate translation: “those who praise their own actions, but do not care about what they really are in their inner being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -2CO 5 13 cy57 figs-idiom εἴτε…ἐξέστημεν…εἴτε σωφρονοῦμεν 1 if we are out of our minds…if we are in our right minds Paul is speaking about the way others think of him and his coworkers. Alternate translation: “if people think we are crazy…if people think we are sane” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +2CO 5 13 cy57 figs-idiom εἴτε…ἐξέστημεν…εἴτε σωφρονοῦμεν 1 if we are out of our minds … if we are in our right minds Paul is speaking about the way others think of him and his coworkers. Alternate translation: “if people think we are crazy … if people think we are sane” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 2CO 5 14 azi9 ἡ γὰρ ἀγάπη τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the love of Christ This could mean: (1) “Our love for Christ” or (2) “Christ’s love for us.” 2CO 5 14 nd9g ὑπὲρ πάντων ἀπέθανεν 1 died for all “died for all people” 2CO 5 15 h831 τῷ ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν ἀποθανόντι καὶ ἐγερθέντι 1 him who for their sake died and was raised “him who for their sake died and whom God caused to live again” or “Christ, who died for their sake and whom God raised” @@ -260,9 +260,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO 5 20 q9u9 Χριστοῦ οὖν πρεσβεύομεν 1 representatives of Christ “those who speak for Christ” 2CO 5 20 a6fx figs-activepassive καταλλάγητε τῷ Θεῷ 1 Be reconciled to God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Let God reconcile you to himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2CO 5 21 jp2a τὸν μὴ γνόντα ἁμαρτίαν, ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἁμαρτίαν ἐποίησεν 1 The one who did not know sin, he made sin for us “God made Christ become the sacrifice for our sin” -2CO 5 21 hz6z figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμεῖς 1 us…we Here the words **our** and **we** are inclusive and refer to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +2CO 5 21 hz6z figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμεῖς 1 us … we Here the words **our** and **we** are inclusive and refer to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) 2CO 5 21 ebz2 τὸν μὴ γνόντα ἁμαρτίαν 1 The one who did not know sin “Christ is the one who never sinned” -2CO 5 21 zm9e δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ 1 the righteousness of God in him “God did this…the righteousness of God in Christ” +2CO 5 21 zm9e δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ 1 the righteousness of God in him “God did this … the righteousness of God in Christ” 2CO 5 21 kmt9 figs-explicit ἵνα ἡμεῖς γενώμεθα δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ 1 so that we might become the righteousness of God in him The phrase **the righteousness of God** refers to the righteousness that God requires and which comes from God. Alternate translation: “so that we might have God’s righteousness in us through Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2CO 6 intro f5qu 0 # 2 Corinthians 06 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 2 and 16-18, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Servants

Paul refers to Christians as servants of God. God calls Christians to serve him in all circumstances. Paul describes some of the difficult circumstances in which he and his companions served God.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Contrasts

Paul uses four pairs of contrasts: righteousness versus lawlessness, light versus darkness, Christ versus Satan, and the temple of God versus idols. These contrasts show a difference between Christians and non-Christians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/light]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/darkness]])

### Light and darkness

The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])

### Rhetorical questions

Paul uses a series of rhetorical questions to teach his readers. All of these questions make essentially the same point: Christians should not intimately fellowship with those who live in sin. Paul repeats these questions for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### We

Paul likely uses the pronoun “we” to represent at least Timothy and himself. It may also include other people. 2CO 6 1 in53 0 General Information: In verse 2, Paul quotes a portion from the prophet Isaiah. @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO 6 4 p9up ἐν παντὶ συνιστάντες ἑαυτοὺς ὡς Θεοῦ διάκονοι 1 we commend ourselves in everything as God’s servants “We prove that we are God’s servants by all that we do” 2CO 6 4 xyf9 Θεοῦ διάκονοι: ἐν ὑπομονῇ πολλῇ, ἐν θλίψεσιν, ἐν ἀνάγκαις, ἐν στενοχωρίαις 1 God’s servants; in much endurance, affliction, distress, hardship Paul mentions various difficult situations in which they proved that they are God’s servants. 2CO 6 5 it8g ἐν πληγαῖς, ἐν φυλακαῖς, ἐν ἀκαταστασίαις, ἐν κόποις, ἐν ἀγρυπνίαις, ἐν νηστείαις 1 beatings, imprisonments, riots, in hard work, in sleepless nights, in hunger Paul continues to mention various difficult situations in which they proved that they are God’s servants. -2CO 6 6 w84c ἐν ἁγνότητι…ἐν ἀγάπῃ ἀνυποκρίτῳ 1 in purity…in genuine love Paul lists several moral virtues that they maintained in difficult situations that proved that they are God’s servants. +2CO 6 6 w84c ἐν ἁγνότητι…ἐν ἀγάπῃ ἀνυποκρίτῳ 1 in purity … in genuine love Paul lists several moral virtues that they maintained in difficult situations that proved that they are God’s servants. 2CO 6 7 b6am ἐν λόγῳ ἀληθείας, ἐν δυνάμει Θεοῦ 1 in the word of truth, in the power of God Their dedication to preach the gospel in the power of God proves that they are God’s servants. 2CO 6 7 dui6 ἐν λόγῳ ἀληθείας 1 in the word of truth “by speaking God’s message about truth” or “by speaking God’s true message” 2CO 6 7 p5l5 ἐν δυνάμει Θεοῦ 1 in the power of God “by showing God’s power to people” @@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO 8 1 d1mj figs-activepassive τὴν χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ τὴν δεδομένην ἐν ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις τῆς Μακεδονίας 1 the grace of God that has been given to the churches of Macedonia This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the grace that God has given to the churches of Macedonia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2CO 8 2 fsq8 figs-personification ἡ περισσεία τῆς χαρᾶς αὐτῶν καὶ ἡ κατὰ βάθους πτωχεία αὐτῶν, ἐπερίσσευσεν εἰς τὸ πλοῦτος τῆς ἁπλότητος αὐτῶν 1 the abundance of their joy and the extremity of their poverty have produced great riches of generosity Paul speaks of “joy” and “poverty” as if they were living things that can produce generosity. Alternate translation: “because of the people’s great joy and extreme poverty, they have become very generous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) 2CO 8 2 b7k5 figs-metaphor ἡ περισσεία τῆς χαρᾶς αὐτῶν 1 the abundance of their joy Paul speaks of joy as if it were a physical object that could increase in size or quantity. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -2CO 8 2 pr8c ἡ κατὰ βάθους πτωχεία αὐτῶν…τὸ πλοῦτος τῆς ἁπλότητος αὐτῶν 1 their deep poverty…the riches of their generosity Though the churches of Macedonia have suffered testings of affliction and poverty, by God’s grace, they have been able to collect money for the believers in Jerusalem. +2CO 8 2 pr8c ἡ κατὰ βάθους πτωχεία αὐτῶν…τὸ πλοῦτος τῆς ἁπλότητος αὐτῶν 1 their deep poverty … the riches of their generosity Though the churches of Macedonia have suffered testings of affliction and poverty, by God’s grace, they have been able to collect money for the believers in Jerusalem. 2CO 8 2 z6mt τὸ πλοῦτος τῆς ἁπλότητος αὐτῶν 1 the riches of their generosity “a very great generosity.” The words **great riches** emphasize the greatness of their generosity. 2CO 8 3 uad6 κατὰ 1 they gave according to This refers to the churches in Macedonia. 2CO 8 3 e6ub αὐθαίρετοι 1 voluntarily “voluntarily” @@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO 8 6 z42y figs-explicit προενήρξατο 1 he had already begun this task Paul is referring to the collection of money from the Corinthians for the believers in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “who had encouraged your giving in the first place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2CO 8 6 vn4u figs-explicit ἐπιτελέσῃ εἰς ὑμᾶς καὶ τὴν χάριν ταύτην 1 he would complete among you this act of grace Titus was to help the Corinthians to complete the collection of money. Alternate translation: “to encourage you to finish collecting and giving your generous gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2CO 8 7 fpe1 figs-metaphor ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ χάριτι περισσεύητε 1 you should abound in this act of grace Paul speaks of the Corinthian believers as if they should produce physical goods. Alternate translation: “make sure you do well in giving for the believers in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -2CO 8 8 wn2k figs-explicit διὰ τῆς ἑτέρων σπουδῆς…δοκιμάζων 1 to test…through the diligence of others Paul is encouraging the Corinthians to give generously by comparing them with the generosity of the Macedonian churches. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +2CO 8 8 wn2k figs-explicit διὰ τῆς ἑτέρων σπουδῆς…δοκιμάζων 1 to test … through the diligence of others Paul is encouraging the Corinthians to give generously by comparing them with the generosity of the Macedonian churches. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2CO 8 9 c1ch τὴν χάριν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 the grace of our Lord In this context, The word **grace** emphasizes the generosity with which Jesus had blessed the Corinthians. 2CO 8 9 iz6z figs-metaphor δι’ ὑμᾶς ἐπτώχευσεν, πλούσιος ὤν 1 though he was rich, for your sakes he became poor Paul speaks of Jesus before his incarnation as being rich, and of his becoming human as becoming poor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2CO 8 9 j5ym figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς τῇ ἐκείνου πτωχείᾳ πλουτήσητε 1 through his poverty you might become rich Paul speaks of the Corinthians becoming spiritually rich as a result of Jesus becoming human. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -391,7 +391,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO 8 19 v22x προθυμίαν ἡμῶν 1 our readiness “to demonstrate our eagerness to help” 2CO 8 20 a3ps figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ ἁδρότητι ταύτῃ τῇ διακονουμένῃ ὑφ’ ἡμῶν 1 concerning this generosity that we are carrying out This refers to taking the offering to Jerusalem. The abstract noun “generosity” can be translated with an adjective. Alternate translation: “concerning the way we are handling this generous gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2CO 8 21 n4x1 προνοοῦμεν γὰρ καλὰ 1 For we considered beforehand what is right “We are careful to handle this gift in an honorable way” -2CO 8 21 ey5n ἐνώπιον Κυρίου…ἐνώπιον ἀνθρώπω 1 before the Lord…before people “in the Lord’s opinion…in people’s opinion” +2CO 8 21 ey5n ἐνώπιον Κυρίου…ἐνώπιον ἀνθρώπω 1 before the Lord … before people “in the Lord’s opinion … in people’s opinion” 2CO 8 22 d3yj αὐτοῖς 1 with them The word **them** refers to Titus and the previously mentioned brother. 2CO 8 23 mmi2 κοινωνὸς ἐμὸς καὶ εἰς ὑμᾶς συνεργός 1 he is my partner and fellow worker for you “he is my partner who works with me to help you” 2CO 8 23 lat3 εἴτε ἀδελφοὶ ἡμῶν 1 As for our brothers This refers to the two other men who will accompany Titus. @@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO 9 4 j8ey εὕρωσιν ὑμᾶς ἀπαρασκευάστους 1 find you unprepared “find you unprepared to give” 2CO 9 5 q1up figs-go τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς, ἵνα προέλθωσιν εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 the brothers they they would come to you From Paul’s perspective, the brothers are going. Alternate translation: “the brothers to go to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) 2CO 9 5 nm2n figs-activepassive μὴ ὡς πλεονεξίαν 1 not as forced This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “not as something that we forced you to give” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -2CO 9 6 mm9w figs-metaphor ὁ σπείρων…ἐπ’ εὐλογίαις καὶ θερίσει 1 the one who sows…will also reap in blessings Paul uses the image of a farmer sowing seeds to describe the results of giving. As a farmer’s harvest is based on how much he sows, so will God’s blessings be little or much based on how generously the Corinthians give. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +2CO 9 6 mm9w figs-metaphor ὁ σπείρων…ἐπ’ εὐλογίαις καὶ θερίσει 1 the one who sows … will also reap in blessings Paul uses the image of a farmer sowing seeds to describe the results of giving. As a farmer’s harvest is based on how much he sows, so will God’s blessings be little or much based on how generously the Corinthians give. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2CO 9 7 tzt4 figs-metonymy ἕκαστος καθὼς προῄρηται τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 let each one give as he has decided in his heart Here the word **heart** refers to the thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “give as he has determined” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2CO 9 7 whg6 figs-abstractnouns μὴ ἐκ λύπης ἢ ἐξ ἀνάγκης 1 not reluctantly or under compulsion This can be translated with verbal phrases. Alternate translation: “not because he feels guilty or because someone is compelling him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2CO 9 7 t26d ἱλαρὸν γὰρ δότην ἀγαπᾷ ὁ Θεός 1 for God loves a cheerful giver God wants people to give gladly to help provide for fellow believers. @@ -425,7 +425,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO 9 12 l7kq figs-explicit ὅτι ἡ διακονία τῆς λειτουργίας ταύτης 1 For the ministry of this service Here the word **service** refers to Paul and his companions bringing the contribution to the believers in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “For our carrying out this service for the believers in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2CO 9 12 esk7 figs-metaphor ἀλλὰ καὶ περισσεύουσα διὰ πολλῶν εὐχαριστιῶν τῷ Θεῷ 1 but is also overflowing into many acts of thanksgiving to God Paul speaks of the Corinthian believers’ act of service as if it were a liquid of which there is more than a container can hold. Alternate translation: “It also causes many deeds for which people will thank God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2CO 9 13 plj4 figs-activepassive διὰ τῆς δοκιμῆς τῆς διακονίας ταύτης 1 Because of the proof of this ministry This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Because this service has tested and proven you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -2CO 9 13 ze14 δοξάζοντες τὸν Θεὸν ἐπὶ τῇ ὑποταγῇ τῆς ὁμολογίας ὑμῶν εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ ἁπλότητι τῆς κοινωνίας εἰς αὐτοὺς καὶ εἰς πάντας 1 they glorify God for your obedience…the generosity of your sharing with them and with everyone Paul says that the Corinthians will glorify God both by being faithful to Jesus and by giving generously to other believers who have need. +2CO 9 13 ze14 δοξάζοντες τὸν Θεὸν ἐπὶ τῇ ὑποταγῇ τῆς ὁμολογίας ὑμῶν εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ ἁπλότητι τῆς κοινωνίας εἰς αὐτοὺς καὶ εἰς πάντας 1 they glorify God for your obedience … the generosity of your sharing with them and with everyone Paul says that the Corinthians will glorify God both by being faithful to Jesus and by giving generously to other believers who have need. 2CO 9 15 es8c ἐπὶ τῇ ἀνεκδιηγήτῳ αὐτοῦ δωρεᾷ 1 for his inexpressible gift “for his gift, which words cannot describe.” This could mean: (1) that this gift refers to “the very great grace” that God has given to the Corinthians, which has led them to be so generous or (2) that this gift refers to Jesus Christ, whom God gave to all believers. 2CO 10 intro abcd 0 # 2 Corinthians 10 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 17.

In this chapter, Paul returns to defending his authority. He also compares the way he speaks and the way he writes.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Boasting

“Boasting” is often thought of as bragging, which is not good. But in this letter “boasting” means confidently exulting or rejoicing.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor

In verses 3-6, Paul uses many metaphors from war. He probably uses them as part of a larger metaphor about Christians being spiritually at war. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Flesh

“Flesh” is possibly a metaphor for a person’s sinful nature. Paul is not teaching that our physical bodies are sinful. Paul appears to be teaching that as long as Christians are alive (“in the flesh”), we will continue to sin. But our new nature will be fighting against our old nature. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]]) 2CO 10 1 yc1g 0 Connecting Statement: Paul shifts the subject from giving to affirming his authority to teach as he does. @@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO 10 3 cvd6 figs-metonymy ἐν σαρκὶ…περιπατοῦντες 1 we walk in the flesh Here, **walk** is an metaphor for “live” and “flesh” is a metonym for physical life. Alternate translation: “we live our lives in physical bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2CO 10 3 k7h8 figs-metaphor οὐ…στρατευόμεθα 1 we do not wage war Paul speaks of his trying to persuade the Corinthians to believe him and not the false teachers as if he were fighting a physical war. These words should be translated literally. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2CO 10 3 gpd3 figs-metonymy κατὰ σάρκα στρατευόμεθα 1 wage war according to the flesh This could mean: (1) The word **flesh** is a metonym for physical life. Alternate translation: “fight against our enemies using physical weapons” or (2) The word **flesh** is a metonym for sinful human nature. Alternate translation: “wage war in sinful ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -2CO 10 4 uf5s figs-metaphor τὰ…ὅπλα τῆς στρατείας ἡμῶν…λογισμοὺς καθαιροῦντες 1 the weapons we fight with…for pulling down arguments Paul speaks of godly wisdom showing human wisdom to be false as if it were a weapon with which he was destroying an enemy stronghold. Alternate translation: “the weapons we fight with…show people that what our enemies say is completely wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +2CO 10 4 uf5s figs-metaphor τὰ…ὅπλα τῆς στρατείας ἡμῶν…λογισμοὺς καθαιροῦντες 1 the weapons we fight with … for pulling down arguments Paul speaks of godly wisdom showing human wisdom to be false as if it were a weapon with which he was destroying an enemy stronghold. Alternate translation: “the weapons we fight with … show people that what our enemies say is completely wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2CO 10 4 d1gj figs-metonymy οὐ σαρκικὰ 1 are not fleshly This could mean: (1) The word **fleshly** is a metonym for merely physical. Alternate translation: “are not physical” or (2) The word **fleshly** is a metonym for sinful human nature. Alternate translation: “are not sinful” or “do not enable us to do wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2CO 10 5 xuz9 πᾶν ὕψωμα ἐπαιρόμενον 1 every high thing that rises up Paul is still speaking with the metaphor of a war, as if “the knowledge of God” were an army and “every high thing” were a wall that people had made to keep the army out. Alternate translation: “every false argument that proud people think of to protect themselves” 2CO 10 5 b74d πᾶν ὕψωμα 1 every high thing “everything that proud people do” @@ -469,9 +469,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO 11 intro abce 0 # 2 Corinthians 11 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

In this chapter, Paul continues defending his authority.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### False teaching

The Corinthians were quick to accept false teachers. They taught things about Jesus and the gospel that were different and not true. Unlike these false teachers, Paul sacrificially served the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/goodnews]])

### Light

Light is commonly used in the New Testament as a metaphor. Paul here uses light to indicate the revealing of God and his righteousness. Darkness describes sin. Sin seeks to remain hidden from God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/light]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/darkness]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor

Paul begins this chapter with an extended metaphor. He compares himself to the father of a bride who is giving a pure, virgin bride to her bridegroom. Wedding practices change depending on the cultural background. But the idea of helping to present someone as a grown and holy child is explicitly pictured in this passage. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### Irony

This chapter is full of irony. Paul is hoping to shame the Corinthian believers with his irony.

“You tolerate these things well enough!” Paul thinks that they should not tolerate the way the false apostles treated them. Paul does not think they are really apostles at all.

The statement, “For you gladly put up with fools. You are wise yourselves!” means that the Corinthian believers think they were very wise but Paul does not agree.

“I will say to our shame that we were too weak to do that.” Paul is speaking about behavior he thinks is very wrong in order to avoid it. He is speaking as if he thinks he is wrong for not doing it. He uses a rhetorical question also as irony. “Did I sin by humbling myself so you might be exalted?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/apostle]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

### Rhetorical questions

In refuting the false apostles claiming to be superior, Paul uses a series of rhetorical questions. Each question is coupled with an answer: “Are they Hebrews? So am I. Are they Israelites? So am I. Are they descendants of Abraham? So am I. Are they servants of Christ? (I speak as though I were out of my mind.) I am more.”

He also uses a series of rhetorical questions to empathize with his converts: “Who is weak, and I am not weak? Who has caused another to fall into sin, and I do not burn within?”

### “Are they servants of Christ?”

This is sarcasm, a special type of irony used to mock or insult. Paul does not believe these false teachers actually serve Christ, only that they pretend to do so.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Paradox

A “paradox” is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. This sentence in verse 30 is a paradox: “If I must boast, I will boast about what shows my weaknesses.” Paul does not explain why he would boast in his weakness until 2 Corinthians 12:9. ([2 Corinthians 11:30](./30.md)) 2CO 11 1 t7ks 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to affirm his apostleship. 2CO 11 1 r4q6 ἀνείχεσθέ μου μικρόν τι ἀφροσύνης 1 bear with me in a little bit of foolishness “allow me to act like a fool” -2CO 11 2 m6vl ζηλῶ…ζήλῳ 1 jealous…jealousy These words speak of a good, strong desire that the Corinthians be faithful to Christ, and that no one should persuade them to leave him. +2CO 11 2 m6vl ζηλῶ…ζήλῳ 1 jealous … jealousy These words speak of a good, strong desire that the Corinthians be faithful to Christ, and that no one should persuade them to leave him. 2CO 11 2 ee9i figs-metaphor ἡρμοσάμην γὰρ ὑμᾶς ἑνὶ ἀνδρὶ, παρθένον ἁγνὴν παραστῆσαι τῷ Χριστῷ 1 for I promised you in marriage to one husband, to present you as a pure virgin to Christ Paul speaks of his care for the Corinthian believers as if he had promised another man that he would prepare his daughter to marry him and he is most concerned that he be able to keep his promise to the man. Alternate translation: “I was like a father who promised to present his daughter to one husband. I promised to keep you as a pure virgin so I could give you to Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -2CO 11 3 l2hr φοβοῦμαι δὲ, μή πως…τῆς ἁγνότητος τῆς εἰς τὸν Χριστόν 1 But I am afraid that somehow…the sincerity and the purity that are in Christ “But I am afraid that somehow your thoughts might be led astray from a sincere and pure devotion to Christ just as the serpent deceived Eve by his craftiness” +2CO 11 3 l2hr φοβοῦμαι δὲ, μή πως…τῆς ἁγνότητος τῆς εἰς τὸν Χριστόν 1 But I am afraid that somehow … the sincerity and the purity that are in Christ “But I am afraid that somehow your thoughts might be led astray from a sincere and pure devotion to Christ just as the serpent deceived Eve by his craftiness” 2CO 11 3 m5zn figs-metaphor φθαρῇ τὰ νοήματα ὑμῶν 1 your thoughts might be led astray Paul speaks of thoughts as if they were animals that people could lead along the wrong path. Alternate translation: “someone might cause you to believe lies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2CO 11 4 wq57 εἰ μὲν γὰρ ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 For if one who comes “When anyone comes and” 2CO 11 4 l7m8 ἢ πνεῦμα ἕτερον λαμβάνετε ὃ οὐκ ἐλάβετε, ἢ εὐαγγέλιον ἕτερον ὃ οὐκ ἐδέξασθε 1 or you receive a different spirit which you did not receive, or you receive a different gospel which you did not accept “a different spirit than the Holy Spirit, or a different gospel than you received from us” @@ -510,7 +510,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO 11 20 sr4n figs-metaphor κατεσθίει 1 he consumes you Paul speaks of the super-apostles’ taking people’s material resources as if they were eating the people themselves. Alternate translation: “he takes all your property” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2CO 11 20 yn5t λαμβάνει 1 takes advantage of you A person takes advantage of another person by knowing things that the other person does not and using that knowledge to help himself and harm the other person. 2CO 11 21 n8s9 figs-irony κατὰ ἀτιμίαν λέγω ὡς ὅτι ἡμεῖς ἠσθενήκαμεν! 1 I will say to our shame that we were too weak to do that “I shamefully admit that we were not bold enough to treat you like that.” Paul is using irony to tell the Corinthians that it was not because he was weak that he treated them well. Alternate translation: “I am not ashamed to say that we had the power to harm you, but we treated you well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) -2CO 11 21 v8a3 δ’ ἄν τις τολμᾷ (ἐν ἀφροσύνῃ λέγω), τολμῶ κἀγώ 1 Yet if anyone boasts…I too will boast “Whatever anyone boasts about…I will dare to boast about it also” +2CO 11 21 v8a3 δ’ ἄν τις τολμᾷ (ἐν ἀφροσύνῃ λέγω), τολμῶ κἀγώ 1 Yet if anyone boasts … I too will boast “Whatever anyone boasts about … I will dare to boast about it also” 2CO 11 22 qi8w 0 Connecting Statement: As Paul continues to confirm his apostleship, he states specific things that have happened to him since he became a believer. 2CO 11 22 jdq8 figs-rquestion Ἑβραῖοί εἰσιν?…Ἰσραηλεῖταί εἰσιν?…σπέρμα Ἀβραάμ εἰσιν? 1 Are they Hebrews?…Are they Israelites?…Are they descendants of Abraham? Paul is asking questions the Corinthians might be asking and then answering them to emphasize that he is as much a Jew as the super-apostles are. You should keep the question-and-answer form if possible. Alternate translation: “They want you to think they are important and to believe what they say because they are Hebrews and Israelites and descendants of Abraham. Well, so am I.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 2CO 11 23 a4tz figs-rquestion διάκονοι Χριστοῦ εἰσιν? (παραφρονῶν λαλῶ), ὑπὲρ ἐγώ 1 Are they servants of Christ? (I speak as though I were out of my mind.) I am more Paul is asking questions the Corinthians might be asking and then answering them to emphasize that he is as much a Jew as the super-apostles are. You should keep the question-and-answer form if possible. Alternate translation: “They say they are servants of Christ—I speak as though I were out of my mind—but I am more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO 12 2 fth2 εἴτε ἐν σώματι οὐκ οἶδα, εἴτε ἐκτὸς τοῦ σώματος οὐκ οἶδα 1 whether in the body, I do not know, or out of the body, I do not know Paul continues to describe himself as if this happened to another person. “I do not know if this man was in his physical body or in his spiritual body” 2CO 12 2 k4aw τρίτου οὐρανοῦ 1 the third heaven This refers to the dwelling place of God rather than the sky or outer space (the planets, stars, and the universe). 2CO 12 3 cju3 0 General Information: Paul continues to speak of himself as though he were speaking of someone else. -2CO 12 4 qv5h ἡρπάγη εἰς τὸν Παράδεισον 1 was caught up into paradise This continues Paul’s account of what happened to “this man” (verse 3). It can be stated in active form. This could mean: (1) “God took this man…into paradise” or (2) “an angel took this man…into paradise.” If possible, it would be best not to name the one who took the man: “someone took…paradise” or “they took…paradise.” +2CO 12 4 qv5h ἡρπάγη εἰς τὸν Παράδεισον 1 was caught up into paradise This continues Paul’s account of what happened to “this man” (verse 3). It can be stated in active form. This could mean: (1) “God took this man … into paradise” or (2) “an angel took this man … into paradise.” If possible, it would be best not to name the one who took the man: “someone took … paradise” or “they took … paradise.” 2CO 12 4 wm7y ἡρπάγη 1 caught up suddenly and forcefully held and taken 2CO 12 4 ic45 τὸν Παράδεισον 1 paradise This could mean: (1) heaven or (2) the third heaven or (3) a special place in heaven. 2CO 12 5 hpq6 τοῦ τοιούτου 1 of such a person “of that person” @@ -564,7 +564,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO 12 9 nr2j ἀρκεῖ σοι ἡ χάρις μου 1 My grace is enough for you “I will be kind to you, and that is all you need” 2CO 12 9 cs63 ἡ γὰρ δύναμις ἐν ἀσθενείᾳ τελεῖται 1 for power is made perfect in weakness “for my power works best when you are weak” 2CO 12 9 g8mi figs-metaphor ἐπισκηνώσῃ ἐπ’ ἐμὲ ἡ δύναμις τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the power of Christ might reside on me Paul speaks of Christ’s power as if it were a tent built over him. This could mean: (1) “people might see that I have the power of Christ” or (2) “I might truly have the power of Christ.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -2CO 12 10 pxf1 εὐδοκῶ ἐν ἀσθενείαις, ἐν ὕβρεσιν, ἐν ἀνάγκαις, ἐν διωγμοῖς, καὶ στενοχωρίαις, ὑπὲρ Χριστοῦ 1 I am content for Christ’s sake in weaknesses, in insults, in troubles, in persecutions and distressing situations This could mean: (1) “I am content in weakness, insults, troubles, persecutions, and distressing situations if these things come because I belong to Christ” or (2) “I am content in weakness…if these things cause more people to know Christ.” +2CO 12 10 pxf1 εὐδοκῶ ἐν ἀσθενείαις, ἐν ὕβρεσιν, ἐν ἀνάγκαις, ἐν διωγμοῖς, καὶ στενοχωρίαις, ὑπὲρ Χριστοῦ 1 I am content for Christ’s sake in weaknesses, in insults, in troubles, in persecutions and distressing situations This could mean: (1) “I am content in weakness, insults, troubles, persecutions, and distressing situations if these things come because I belong to Christ” or (2) “I am content in weakness … if these things cause more people to know Christ.” 2CO 12 10 s5sx ἐν ἀσθενείαις 1 in weaknesses “when I am weak” 2CO 12 10 xl8q ἐν ὕβρεσιν 1 in insults “when people try to make me angry by saying that I am a bad person” 2CO 12 10 hza1 ἐν ἀνάγκαις 1 in troubles “when I am suffering” @@ -578,9 +578,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO 12 11 h4d5 figs-litotes γὰρ ὑστέρησα 1 For I was not at all inferior By using the negative form, Paul is saying strongly that those Corinthians who think that he is inferior are wrong. Alternate translation: “For I am just as good as” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) 2CO 12 11 s82x figs-irony τῶν ὑπέρ λίαν ἀποστόλων 1 super-apostles Paul uses irony here to show that those teachers are less important then people say they are. See how this is translated in [2 Corinthians 11:5](../11/05.md). Alternate translation: “those teachers whom some think are better than anyone else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) 2CO 12 12 kp5l figs-activepassive τὰ μὲν σημεῖα τοῦ ἀποστόλου κατειργάσθη 1 indeed the signs of an apostle were performed This can be stated in active form, with emphasis on the “signs.” Alternate translation: “It is the true signs of an apostle that I performed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -2CO 12 12 mka5 σημεῖα…σημείοις 1 signs…signs Use the same word both times. +2CO 12 12 mka5 σημεῖα…σημείοις 1 signs … signs Use the same word both times. 2CO 12 12 d4um σημείοις τε, καὶ τέρασιν, καὶ δυνάμεσιν 1 signs and wonders and mighty deeds These are the “true signs of an apostle” that Paul performed “with complete patience.” -2CO 12 13 z35e figs-rquestion τί γάρ ἐστιν ὃ ἡσσώθητε ὑπὲρ τὰς λοιπὰς ἐκκλησίας, εἰ μὴ ὅτι αὐτὸς ἐγὼ οὐ κατενάρκησα ὑμῶν? 1 how were you less important than the rest of the churches, except that…you? Paul is emphasizing that the Corinthians are wrong to accuse him of wanting to do them harm. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “I treated you the same way I treated all the other churches, except that…you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +2CO 12 13 z35e figs-rquestion τί γάρ ἐστιν ὃ ἡσσώθητε ὑπὲρ τὰς λοιπὰς ἐκκλησίας, εἰ μὴ ὅτι αὐτὸς ἐγὼ οὐ κατενάρκησα ὑμῶν? 1 how were you less important than the rest of the churches, except that … you? Paul is emphasizing that the Corinthians are wrong to accuse him of wanting to do them harm. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “I treated you the same way I treated all the other churches, except that … you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 2CO 12 13 d426 ἐγὼ οὐ κατενάρκησα ὑμῶν 1 I was not a burden to you “I did not ask you for money or other things I needed” 2CO 12 13 sy7v figs-irony χαρίσασθέ μοι τὴν ἀδικίαν ταύτην! 1 Forgive me for this wrong! Paul is being ironic to shame the Corinthians. Both he and they know that he has done them no wrong, but they have been treating him as though he has wronged them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) 2CO 12 13 u1w9 τὴν ἀδικίαν ταύτην 1 this wrong not asking them for money and other things he needed @@ -588,7 +588,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO 12 14 wd97 οὐ…ὀφείλει τὰ τέκνα τοῖς γονεῦσιν θησαυρίζειν 1 children should not save up for the parents Young children are not responsible for saving money or other goods to give to their healthy parents. 2CO 12 15 vj2m figs-metaphor ἐγὼ…ἥδιστα δαπανήσω καὶ ἐκδαπανηθήσομαι 1 I will most gladly spend and be spent Paul speaks of his work and his physical life as if it were money that he or God could spend. Alternate translation: “I will gladly do any work and gladly allow God to permit people to kill me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2CO 12 15 nk8v figs-metonymy ὑπὲρ τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν 1 for your souls The word **souls** is a metonym for the people themselves. Alternate translation: “for you” or “so you will live well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -2CO 12 15 t3na figs-rquestion εἰ περισσοτέρως ὑμᾶς ἀγαπῶν, ἧσσον ἀγαπῶμαι? 1 If I love you more, am I to be loved less? This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “If I love you so much, you should not love me so little.” or “If…much, you should love me more than you do.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +2CO 12 15 t3na figs-rquestion εἰ περισσοτέρως ὑμᾶς ἀγαπῶν, ἧσσον ἀγαπῶμαι? 1 If I love you more, am I to be loved less? This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “If I love you so much, you should not love me so little.” or “If … much, you should love me more than you do.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 2CO 12 15 j887 περισσοτέρως 1 more It is not clear what it is that Paul’s love is “more” than. It is probably best to use “very much” or a “so much” that can be compared to “so little” later in the sentence. 2CO 12 16 ur5x figs-irony ἀλλὰ ὑπάρχων πανοῦργος δόλῳ, ὑμᾶς ἔλαβον 1 But, since I am so crafty, I am the one who caught you by deceit Paul uses irony to shame the Corinthians who think he lied to them even if he did not ask them for money. Alternate translation: “but others think I was deceptive and used trickery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) 2CO 12 17 vb7q figs-rquestion μή τινα ὧν ἀπέσταλκα πρὸς ὑμᾶς, δι’ αὐτοῦ ἐπλεονέκτησα ὑμᾶς? 1 I did not take advantage of you by any of those whom I sent to you, did I? Both Paul and the Corinthians know the answer is no. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one that I sent to you has taken advantage of you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -604,8 +604,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2CO 12 21 ddw3 πενθήσω πολλοὺς τῶν προημαρτηκότων, 1 I might be grieved by many of those who have sinned “I will be grieved because many of them have not given up their old sins” 2CO 12 21 hq1e figs-parallelism μὴ μετανοησάντων ἐπὶ τῇ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ, καὶ πορνείᾳ, καὶ ἀσελγείᾳ 1 did not repent of the impurity and sexual immorality and lustful indulgence This could mean: (1) Paul is saying almost the same thing three times for emphasis. Alternate translation: “did not stop commiting the sexual sins that they practiced” or (2) Paul is speaking of three different sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 2CO 12 21 rh22 figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ τῇ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ 1 of the impurity The abstract noun impurity can be translated as “things that do not please God.” Alternate translation: “of secretly thinking about and desiring things that do not please God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -2CO 12 21 rn6u figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ τῇ…πορνείᾳ 1 of the…sexual immorality The abstract noun “immorality” can be translated as “immoral deeds.” Alternate translation: “of doing sexually immoral deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -2CO 12 21 yyr5 figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ τῇ…ἀσελγείᾳ 1 of the…lustful indulgence The abstract noun “indulgence” can be translated using a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “of…doing things that satisfy immoral sexual desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +2CO 12 21 rn6u figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ τῇ…πορνείᾳ 1 of the … sexual immorality The abstract noun “immorality” can be translated as “immoral deeds.” Alternate translation: “of doing sexually immoral deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +2CO 12 21 yyr5 figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ τῇ…ἀσελγείᾳ 1 of the … lustful indulgence The abstract noun “indulgence” can be translated using a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “of … doing things that satisfy immoral sexual desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2CO 13 intro abcg 0 # 2 Corinthians 13 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

In this chapter, Paul finishes defending his authority. He then concludes the letter with a final greeting and blessing.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Preparation

Paul instructs the Corinthians as he prepares to visit them. He is hoping to avoid needing to discipline anyone in the church so he can visit them joyfully. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Power and weakness

Paul repeatedly uses the contrasting words “power” and “weakness” in this chapter. The translator should use words that are understood to be opposites of each other.

### “Examine yourselves to see if you are in the faith. Test yourselves.”

Scholars are divided over what these sentences mean. Some scholars say that Christians are to test themselves to see whether their actions align with their Christian faith. The context favors this understanding. Others say these sentences mean that Christians should look at their actions and question whether they are genuinely saved. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]]) 2CO 13 1 y8fz 0 Connecting Statement: Paul establishes that Christ is speaking through him and that Paul is wanting to restore them, encourage them, and unify them. 2CO 13 1 slj1 figs-activepassive ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων καὶ τριῶν σταθήσεται πᾶν ῥῆμα 1 Every matter must be established by the evidence of two or three witnesses This can be stated as active. Alternate translation: “Believe that someone has done something wrong only after two or three people have said the same thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index df5cb78cc0..52d538a2db 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ GAL 4 6 xhe6 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 of GAL 4 6 s54r κρᾶζον 1 crying out The Spirit is the one who calls. GAL 4 6 mlg1 Ἀββά, ὁ Πατήρ 1 Abba, Father This is the way a young child would address his father in Paul’s home language, but not in the language of the Galatian readers. To keep the sense of a foreign language, translate this as a word that sounds as much like **Abba** as your language allows. GAL 4 7 e7tc οὐκέτι εἶ δοῦλος, ἀλλὰ υἱός 1 you are no longer a slave, but a son Paul uses the word for male child here because the subject is inheritance. In his culture and that of his readers, inheritance passed most commonly, but not always, to male children. He was neither specifying nor excluding female children here. -GAL 4 7 akb8 figs-you οὐκέτι εἶ δοῦλος…καὶ κληρονόμος 1 you are no longer a slave…also an heir Paul is addressing his readers as though they are one person, so **you** here is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +GAL 4 7 akb8 figs-you οὐκέτι εἶ δοῦλος…καὶ κληρονόμος 1 you are no longer a slave … also an heir Paul is addressing his readers as though they are one person, so **you** here is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) GAL 4 7 d5hu figs-metaphor κληρονόμος 1 an heir The people to whom God has made promises are spoken of as if they were to inherit property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 8 s4ic 0 General Information: He continues to rebuke the Galatians by asking rhetorical questions. GAL 4 8 ukf5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Galatian believers that they are again trying to live under God’s laws rather than living by faith. diff --git a/en_tn_50-EPH.tsv b/en_tn_50-EPH.tsv index b5136dc1f0..8e79d0a484 100644 --- a/en_tn_50-EPH.tsv +++ b/en_tn_50-EPH.tsv @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ EPH 4 3 ab5c figs-abstractnouns τηρεῖν τὴν ἑνότητα τοῦ Π EPH 4 4 x5kv ἓν σῶμα 1 There is one body The church is often referred to as the **body** of Christ. EPH 4 4 y6ep ἓν Πνεῦμα 1 one Spirit “only one Holy Spirit” EPH 4 4 b9mr figs-activepassive ἐκλήθητε ἐν μιᾷ ἐλπίδι τῆς κλήσεως ὑμῶν 1 you were called in one certain hope of your calling This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God called you to have one confident hope in your calling” or “there is one thing that God also chose you to be confident in and expect him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EPH 4 6 bz5i Πατὴρ πάντων…ἐπὶ πάντων…διὰ πάντων…ἐν πᾶσιν 1 Father of all…over all…through all…in all The word **all** here means “everything.” +EPH 4 6 bz5i Πατὴρ πάντων…ἐπὶ πάντων…διὰ πάντων…ἐν πᾶσιν 1 Father of all … over all … through all … in all The word **all** here means “everything.” EPH 4 7 pp9t 0 General Information: The quote here is from a song that King David wrote. EPH 4 7 i4za 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds believers of the gifts that Christ gives believers to use in the church, which is the whole body of believers. EPH 4 7 u2bw figs-activepassive ἑνὶ…ἑκάστῳ ἡμῶν ἐδόθη ἡ χάρις 1 to each one of us grace has been given This can be stated using an active form. Alternate translation: “God has given grace to each one of us” or “God gave a gift to each believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) diff --git a/en_tn_51-PHP.tsv b/en_tn_51-PHP.tsv index 292edcb80c..4b436d6d69 100644 --- a/en_tn_51-PHP.tsv +++ b/en_tn_51-PHP.tsv @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ PHP 3 1 ymm2 χαίρετε ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 rejoice in the Lord “be happy PHP 3 1 q4pt τὰ αὐτὰ γράφειν ὑμῖν, ἐμοὶ μὲν οὐκ ὀκνηρόν 1 For me to write these same things to you is no trouble “It is no trouble for me to write these things again to you” PHP 3 1 qb78 figs-explicit ὑμῖν δὲ ἀσφαλές 1 and is a safeguard for you You can state explicitly how writing these things is a **safeguard** for the Philippians. Alternate translation: “because these teachings will protect you from those who teach what is not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) PHP 3 2 ny6y βλέπετε 1 Beware “Watch out for” or “Look out for” -PHP 3 2 zin8 τοὺς κύνας…τοὺς κακοὺς ἐργάτας…τὴν κατατομήν 1 the dogs…the evil workers…the mutilation These are three different ways of describing the same group of false teachers. Paul is using strong expressions to convey his feeling about these Jewish Christian teachers. +PHP 3 2 zin8 τοὺς κύνας…τοὺς κακοὺς ἐργάτας…τὴν κατατομήν 1 the dogs … the evil workers … the mutilation These are three different ways of describing the same group of false teachers. Paul is using strong expressions to convey his feeling about these Jewish Christian teachers. PHP 3 2 yr9n figs-irony τοὺς κύνας 1 the dogs The word **dogs** was used by the Jews to refer to those who were not Jews. Paul reverses this and calls the Jews “dogs.”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) PHP 3 2 yeax figs-metaphor τοὺς κύνας 1 the dogs Paul speaks of the false teachers as though they were **dogs**, to insult them, because dogs were unclean. If you have a different animal in your culture that is considered unclean or whose name is used as an insult, you could use this animal instead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) PHP 3 2 cka6 figs-hyperbole τὴν κατατομήν 1 the mutilation Paul is exaggerating about the act of circumcision to insult the false teachers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) diff --git a/en_tn_52-COL.tsv b/en_tn_52-COL.tsv index fda957db9f..de3d610dba 100644 --- a/en_tn_52-COL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_52-COL.tsv @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ COL 2 15 cg37 figs-metonymy ἐν αὐτῷ 1 in the cross Here, **the cross** COL 2 16 cii9 ἐν βρώσει, καὶ ἐν πόσει 1 in food or in drink The law of Moses included what one can eat and drink. “for what you eat or what you drink” COL 2 16 b4kd ἐν μέρει ἑορτῆς, ἢ νουμηνίας, ἢ Σαββάτων 1 in regard to a festival, or a new moon, or Sabbath days The law of Moses specified the days to celebrate, to worship, and to offer sacrifice. “for the way you celebrate feast days or new moons or the Sabbath” COL 2 17 ip3a figs-metaphor ἅ ἐστιν σκιὰ τῶν μελλόντων, τὸ δὲ σῶμα τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 which are a shadow of the things that are coming, but the body is of Christ A **shadow** shows the shape of an object, but it is not the object itself. In a similar way, the festivals, celebrations, and Sabbath show us something about how God would save people, but those things do not save people. The savior is **Christ**. Alternate translation: “which are like a shadow of what would happen, but the reality is Christ” or “which are like a shadow of the savior who would come, but the savior is Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -COL 2 18 zv2t figs-metaphor μηδεὶς ὑμᾶς καταβραβευέτω 1 Let no one … deprive you of your prize Here Paul refers to false teachers as if they were corrupt judges at an athletic contest who would unjustly disqualify the believers from winning the **prize** they deserve, and he speaks of Christ saving a person as if Christ were giving a prize to the winner of such a contest. Alternate translation: “Let no one…disqualify you from winning a prize” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +COL 2 18 zv2t figs-metaphor μηδεὶς ὑμᾶς καταβραβευέτω 1 Let no one … deprive you of your prize Here Paul refers to false teachers as if they were corrupt judges at an athletic contest who would unjustly disqualify the believers from winning the **prize** they deserve, and he speaks of Christ saving a person as if Christ were giving a prize to the winner of such a contest. Alternate translation: “Let no one … disqualify you from winning a prize” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) COL 2 18 b5ce figs-metonymy θέλων ἐν ταπεινοφροσύνῃ 1 delighting in false humility The word **humility** is a metonym for actions one does to make others think that one is humble. Alternate translation: “who wants you to do things to show that you are humble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) COL 2 18 kn5d figs-metaphor ἃ ἑόρακεν ἐμβατεύων 1 standing on things he has seen Here Paul speaks about people who claim to have dreams and visions from God and who talk proudly about them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) COL 2 18 p7q4 figs-activepassive εἰκῇ φυσιούμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ νοὸς τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ 1 becoming puffed up without cause by the mind of his flesh Here Paul says that sinful ways of thinking make a person arrogant. Alternate translation: “puffing himself up by means of his fleshly thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) diff --git a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv index 92dec6fc5b..ba911a96eb 100644 --- a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv +++ b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2TH 2 15 jrg4 figs-explicit εἴτε διὰ λόγου, εἴτε δι’ ἐπιστολῆς ἡμῶν 1 whether by word or by our letter You can make clear the implicit information. Alternate translation: “whether by what we taught you in person or by what we wrote to you in a letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2TH 2 16 njk1 0 Connecting Statement: Paul ends with a blessing from God. 2TH 2 16 g8m1 δὲ 1 Now Paul uses this word here to mark a change in topic. -2TH 2 16 yge9 figs-exclusive ὁ Κύριος ἡμῶν…ὁ ἀγαπήσας ἡμᾶς καὶ δοὺς 1 our Lord…who loved us and gave us The words **our** and **us** refer to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +2TH 2 16 yge9 figs-exclusive ὁ Κύριος ἡμῶν…ὁ ἀγαπήσας ἡμᾶς καὶ δοὺς 1 our Lord … who loved us and gave us The words **our** and **us** refer to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) 2TH 2 16 cm54 figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς…Κύριος ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς 1 our Lord Jesus Christ himself Here, **himself** gives additional emphasis to the phrase **Lord Jesus Christ.** (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) 2TH 2 17 x3rr figs-metonymy παρακαλέσαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας, καὶ στηρίξαι 1 may he comfort and strengthen your hearts Here, **hearts** represents the seat of emotions. Alternate translation: “may he comfort you and strengthen you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2TH 2 17 yw5f παντὶ ἔργῳ καὶ λόγῳ ἀγαθῷ 1 every good work and word “every good thing you do and say” diff --git a/en_tn_55-1TI.tsv b/en_tn_55-1TI.tsv index c68f54effe..3a081556bb 100644 --- a/en_tn_55-1TI.tsv +++ b/en_tn_55-1TI.tsv @@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1TI 5 13 nll4 figs-doublet φλύαροι καὶ περίεργοι, λαλοῦσαι τὰ μὴ δέοντα 1 babblers and busybodies, saying what they should not These three phrases may be ways of speaking about the same activity. Paul may be using repetition to emphasize that these women should not be looking into the private lives of people and telling about them to others who would be no better off after hearing this gossip. If you think it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine these phrases into a single one. Alternate translation: “people who interfere openly in other people’s business” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) (A doublet can consist of more than two terms.) 1TI 5 13 cym5 φλύαροι 1 babblers Alternate translation: “people who talk nonsense” 1TI 5 14 u94k τῷ ἀντικειμένῳ 1 the one opposing This expression could refer by implication to (1) Satan (that is the reading of UST) or (2) collectively to unbelievers who are opposing the followers of Jesus. Alternate translations: (1) “the devil” or (2) “unbelievers who are opposing you” -1TI 5 15 fy54 figs-metaphor ἐξετράπησαν ὀπίσω τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 having…turned aside after Satan Paul speaks of living in faithfulness to Christ as if it were a path that one can either follow or turn aside from. He means that some younger widows have stopped obeying Jesus and have started to do what Satan would want them to do instead. Alternate translation: “have stopped living in obedience to Jesus and have decided to obey Satan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1TI 5 15 fy54 figs-metaphor ἐξετράπησαν ὀπίσω τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 having … turned aside after Satan Paul speaks of living in faithfulness to Christ as if it were a path that one can either follow or turn aside from. He means that some younger widows have stopped obeying Jesus and have started to do what Satan would want them to do instead. Alternate translation: “have stopped living in obedience to Jesus and have decided to obey Satan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1TI 5 16 g8k5 figs-nominaladj τις πιστὴ 1 any believing woman Paul is using this participle, which functions as an adjective, as a noun to refer to a class of people that it describes. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “any woman who believes in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) 1TI 5 16 mf4s figs-explicit ἔχει χήρας 1 has widows The implication is that she has widows within her extended family. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “has relatives who are widows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1TI 5 16 y6hf figs-metaphor καὶ μὴ βαρείσθω ἡ ἐκκλησία 1 let the church not be weighed down Paul speaks figuratively of the community having to help more people than it is able to help as if it were carrying too much weight on its back. Alternate translations: “so that the church will not have more work than it can do” or “so that the Christian community will not have to support widows whose families could provide for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1TI 5 25 bb2t figs-doublenegatives κρυβῆναι οὐ δύναταί 1 If it is clearer in your language, you can say this in a positive way. Alternate translation: “people will learn about later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) 1TI 6 intro rks4 0 # 1 Timothy 06 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Slavery

In this chapter Paul teaches slaves about honoring, respecting, and diligently serving their masters. This does not mean that he is endorsing slavery as a good thing or as something that God approves of. Instead, Paul is encouraging believers to be godly and content in every situation that they are in. This does not mean that they cannot also work to change those situations. 1TI 6 1 nm4n figs-metaphor ὅσοι εἰσὶν ὑπὸ ζυγὸν δοῦλοι 1 As many slaves as are under the yoke Paul speaks of people who work as slaves as though they were oxen plowing or pulling with a yoke around their necks. Alternate translation: “concerning people who are working as slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1TI 6 1 ep1l figs-explicit ὅσοι εἰσὶν 1 as many…as are The implication in context is that Paul is speaking about believers who are slaves. Alternate translation: “believers who are working as slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1TI 6 1 ep1l figs-explicit ὅσοι εἰσὶν 1 as many … as are The implication in context is that Paul is speaking about believers who are slaves. Alternate translation: “believers who are working as slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1TI 6 1 he2n figs-activepassive ἵνα μὴ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ ἡ διδασκαλία βλασφημῆται 1 so that the name of God and the teaching may not be blasphemed If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “so that unbelievers will not insult God’s character or what we believe and teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1TI 6 1 e3ce ἵνα μὴ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ ἡ διδασκαλία βλασφημῆται 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this in a positive way. Alternate translation: “so that unbelievers will always speak respectfully about God’s character and about the things that we teach” 1TI 6 1 xb92 figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the name of God Here, **name** is a figurative way of referring to the fame or reputation of a person. Alternate translations: “God’s character” or “God’s reputation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index de9f0ac9a1..393148a679 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -18,9 +18,9 @@ HEB 1 4 mn1p 0 General Information: The first prophetic quotation (You are my HEB 1 4 x4bh γενόμενος 1 He has become “The Son has become” HEB 1 4 fzg3 figs-metonymy ὅσῳ διαφορώτερον παρ’ αὐτοὺς, κεκληρονόμηκεν ὄνομα 1 as the name he has inherited is more excellent than their name Here, **name** refers to honor and authority. Alternate translation: “as the honor and authority he has inherited is superior to their honor and authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) HEB 1 4 qt7q figs-metaphor κεκληρονόμηκεν 1 he has inherited The author speaks of receiving honor and authority as if he were inheriting wealth and property from his father. Alternate translation: “he has received” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -HEB 1 5 ww5h figs-rquestion τίνι γὰρ εἶπέν ποτε τῶν ἀγγέλων, Υἱός μου εἶ σύ…μοι εἰς Υἱόν? 1 For to which of the angels did God ever say, “You are my son…a son to me”? This question emphasizes that God does not call any angel his son. Alternate translation: “For God never said to any of the angels ‘You are my son…a son to me.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -HEB 1 5 t48e figs-parallelism Υἱός μου εἶ σύ…ἐγὼ…γεγέννηκά σε 1 You are my son…I have become your father These two phrases mean essentially the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -HEB 1 6 b6dy 0 General Information: The first quotation in this section, “All God’s angels…him,” comes from one of the books that Moses wrote. The second quotation, “He is the one who makes…fire,” is from the Psalms. +HEB 1 5 ww5h figs-rquestion τίνι γὰρ εἶπέν ποτε τῶν ἀγγέλων, Υἱός μου εἶ σύ…μοι εἰς Υἱόν? 1 For to which of the angels did God ever say, “You are my son … a son to me”? This question emphasizes that God does not call any angel his son. Alternate translation: “For God never said to any of the angels ‘You are my son … a son to me.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +HEB 1 5 t48e figs-parallelism Υἱός μου εἶ σύ…ἐγὼ…γεγέννηκά σε 1 You are my son … I have become your father These two phrases mean essentially the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +HEB 1 6 b6dy 0 General Information: The first quotation in this section, “All God’s angels … him,” comes from one of the books that Moses wrote. The second quotation, “He is the one who makes … fire,” is from the Psalms. HEB 1 6 b4s2 figs-metaphor τὸν πρωτότοκον 1 the firstborn This means Jesus. The author refers to him as the “firstborn” to emphasize the Son’s importance and authority over everyone else. It does not imply that there was a time before Jesus existed or that God has other sons like Jesus. Alternate translation: “his honored Son, his only Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 1 6 n7ph λέγει 1 he says “God says” HEB 1 7 isd8 figs-metaphor ὁ ποιῶν τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ πνεύματα, καὶ τοὺς λειτουργοὺς αὐτοῦ πυρὸς φλόγα 1 He is the one who makes his angels spirits, and his servants flames of fire This could mean: (1) “God has made his angels to be spirits who serve him with power like flames of fire” or (2) God makes the wind and flames of fire his messengers and servants. In the original language the word for “angel” is the same as “messenger,” and the word for “spirits” is the same as “wind.” With either possible meaning, the point is that the angels serve the Son because he is superior. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -42,10 +42,10 @@ HEB 1 12 iv4r figs-simile ὡς ἱμάτιον καὶ ἀλλαγήσοντα HEB 1 12 i761 figs-activepassive ἀλλαγήσονται 1 they will be changed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you will change them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 1 12 v5mf figs-metaphor ἔτη σου οὐκ ἐκλείψουσιν 1 your years do not end Periods of time are used to represent God’s eternal existence. Alternate translation: “your life will never end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 1 13 pqs9 0 General Information: This quotation comes from another Psalm. -HEB 1 13 kz68 figs-rquestion πρὸς τίνα δὲ τῶν ἀγγέλων εἴρηκέν ποτε…τῶν ποδῶν σου? 1 But to which of the angels has God said at any time…feet”? The author uses a question to emphasize that God has never said this to an angel. Alternate translation: “But God has never said to an angel at any time…feet.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +HEB 1 13 kz68 figs-rquestion πρὸς τίνα δὲ τῶν ἀγγέλων εἴρηκέν ποτε…τῶν ποδῶν σου? 1 But to which of the angels has God said at any time … feet”? The author uses a question to emphasize that God has never said this to an angel. Alternate translation: “But God has never said to an angel at any time … feet.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) HEB 1 13 s6k7 translate-symaction κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου 1 Sit at my right hand To sit at the “right hand of God” is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “Sit in the place of honor beside me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) HEB 1 13 ulp5 figs-metaphor ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου, ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 until I make your enemies a stool for your feet Christ’s enemies are spoken of as if they will become an object on which a king rests his feet. This image represents defeat and dishonor for his enemies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -HEB 1 14 fk5v figs-rquestion οὐχὶ πάντες εἰσὶν λειτουργικὰ πνεύματα…κληρονομεῖν σωτηρίαν? 1 Are not all angels spirits…inherit salvation? The author uses this question to remind the readers that angels are not as powerful as Christ, but they have a different role. Alternate translation: “All angels are spirits who…inherit salvation.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +HEB 1 14 fk5v figs-rquestion οὐχὶ πάντες εἰσὶν λειτουργικὰ πνεύματα…κληρονομεῖν σωτηρίαν? 1 Are not all angels spirits … inherit salvation? The author uses this question to remind the readers that angels are not as powerful as Christ, but they have a different role. Alternate translation: “All angels are spirits who … inherit salvation.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) HEB 1 14 v541 figs-metaphor διὰ τοὺς μέλλοντας κληρονομεῖν σωτηρίαν 1 for those who will inherit salvation Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were inheriting property and wealth from a family member. Alternate translation: “for those whom God will save” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 2 intro s2gd 0 # Hebrews 02 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter is about how Jesus is better than Moses, the greatest Israelite.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:6-8, 12-13, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Brothers

The author probably uses the term “brothers” to refer to Christians who grew up as Jews. HEB 2 1 x7px 0 Connecting Statement: This is the first of five urgent warnings the author gives. @@ -67,16 +67,16 @@ HEB 2 6 df5a figs-rquestion τί ἐστιν ἄνθρωπος, ὅτι μιμν HEB 2 6 wkd9 figs-idiom ἢ υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου, ὅτι ἐπισκέπτῃ αὐτόν? 1 Or a son of man, that you care for him? The idiom “son of man” refers to human beings. This rhetorical question means basically the same thing as the first question. It expresses surprise that God would care for humans, who are insignificant. Alternate translation: “Human beings are of little importance, and yet you care for them!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) HEB 2 6 e47v figs-ellipsis ἢ υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου 1 Or a son of man The verb may be supplied from the previous question. Alternate translation: “Or what is a son of man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) HEB 2 7 ka5a figs-metaphor ἠλάττωσας αὐτὸν, βραχύ τι παρ’ ἀγγέλους 1 a little lower than the angels The author speaks of people being less important than angels as if the people are standing in a position that is lower than the angels’ position. Alternate translation: “less important than the angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -HEB 2 7 tjn6 figs-genericnoun ἠλάττωσας αὐτὸν…ἐστεφάνωσας αὐτόν 1 made man…crowned him Here, these phrases do not refer to a specific person but to humans in general, including both males and females. Alternate translation: “made humans…crowned them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +HEB 2 7 tjn6 figs-genericnoun ἠλάττωσας αὐτὸν…ἐστεφάνωσας αὐτόν 1 made man … crowned him Here, these phrases do not refer to a specific person but to humans in general, including both males and females. Alternate translation: “made humans … crowned them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) HEB 2 7 s85x figs-metaphor δόξῃ καὶ τιμῇ ἐστεφάνωσας αὐτόν 1 you crowned him with glory and honor The gifts of glory and honor are spoken of as if they were a wreath of leaves placed on the head of a victorious athlete. Alternate translation: “you have given them great glory and honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -HEB 2 8 ac9f figs-genericnoun τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ…αὐτῷ 1 his feet…to him Here, these phrases do not refer to a specific person but to humans in general, including both males and females. Alternate translation: “their feet…to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +HEB 2 8 ac9f figs-genericnoun τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ…αὐτῷ 1 his feet … to him Here, these phrases do not refer to a specific person but to humans in general, including both males and females. Alternate translation: “their feet … to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) HEB 2 8 k5j2 figs-metaphor πάντα ὑπέταξας ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ 1 You put everything in subjection under his feet The author speaks of humans having control over everything as if they have stepped on everything with their feet. Alternate translation: “You have given them control over everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 2 8 rf44 figs-doublenegatives οὐδὲν ἀφῆκεν αὐτῷ ἀνυπότακτον 1 He did not leave anything not subjected to him This double negative means that all things will be subject to Christ. Alternate translation: “God made everything subject to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) HEB 2 8 xy7c οὔπω ὁρῶμεν αὐτῷ τὰ πάντα ὑποτεταγμένα 1 we do not yet see everything subjected to him “we know that humans are not in control of everything yet” HEB 2 9 ijd1 0 Connecting Statement: The writer reminds these Hebrew believers that Christ became lower than the angels when he came to earth to suffer death for forgiveness of sins, and that he became a merciful high priest to believers. HEB 2 9 gi12 βλέπομεν Ἰησοῦν 1 we see him “we know there is one” HEB 2 9 ma4j figs-activepassive ἠλαττωμένον 1 who was made This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom God made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -HEB 2 9 i4fc παρ’ ἀγγέλους ἠλαττωμένον…δόξῃ καὶ τιμῇ ἐστεφανωμένον 1 lower than the angels…crowned with glory and honor See how you translated these words in [Hebrews 2:7](../02/07.md). +HEB 2 9 i4fc παρ’ ἀγγέλους ἠλαττωμένον…δόξῃ καὶ τιμῇ ἐστεφανωμένον 1 lower than the angels … crowned with glory and honor See how you translated these words in [Hebrews 2:7](../02/07.md). HEB 2 9 bil4 figs-metaphor γεύσηται θανάτου 1 he might taste death The experience of death is spoken of as if it were food that people can taste. Alternate translation: “he might experience death” or “he might die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 2 10 r899 figs-metaphor πολλοὺς υἱοὺς εἰς δόξαν ἀγαγόντα 1 bring many sons to glory The gift of **glory** is spoken of here as if it were a place to which people could be brought. Alternate translation: “save many sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 2 10 l95y figs-gendernotations πολλοὺς υἱοὺς 1 many sons Here this refers to believers in Christ, including males and females. Alternate translation: “many believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ HEB 4 1 ev85 figs-metaphor εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν κατάπαυσ HEB 4 2 m74h figs-activepassive γάρ ἐσμεν εὐηγγελισμένοι καθάπερ κἀκεῖνοι 1 For we were told the good news just as they were This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “For we heard the good news just as they did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 4 2 znk9 καθάπερ κἀκεῖνοι 1 as they were Here, **they** refers to the Hebrews’ ancestors who were alive during the time of Moses. HEB 4 2 zza4 figs-doublenegatives ἀλλ’ οὐκ ὠφέλησεν ὁ λόγος τῆς ἀκοῆς ἐκείνους, μὴ συνκεκερασμένους τῇ πίστει τοῖς ἀκούσασιν 1 But that message did not benefit those who did not unite in faith with those who obeyed “But that message did not benefit those who did not join with the people who believed and obeyed.” The author is talking about two groups of people, those who received God’s covenant with faith, and those who heard it but did not believe. This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “But that message benefited only those who believed and obeyed it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -HEB 4 3 v4q4 0 General Information: Here the first quotation, **As I swore…rest**, is from a psalm. The second quotation, “God rested on…deeds,” is from Moses’ writings. The third quotation, “They will never enter…rest,” is again from the same psalm. +HEB 4 3 v4q4 0 General Information: Here the first quotation, **As I swore … rest**, is from a psalm. The second quotation, “God rested on … deeds,” is from Moses’ writings. The third quotation, “They will never enter … rest,” is again from the same psalm. HEB 4 3 u5yh οἱ πιστεύσαντες 1 we who have believed “we who believe” HEB 4 3 w6t4 figs-metaphor εἰσερχόμεθα…εἰς κατάπαυσιν, οἱ πιστεύσαντες 1 we who have believed enter that rest The peace and security provided by God are spoken of as if they were rest that he can give, and as if they were a place to which people could go. Alternate translation: “we who have believed will enter the place of rest” or “we who have believed will experience God’s blessings of rest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 4 3 x2kq καθὼς εἴρηκεν 1 just as he said “just as God said” @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ HEB 4 13 i9hh figs-metaphor τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς αὐτοῦ, πρὸ HEB 4 14 a51p διεληλυθότα τοὺς οὐρανούς 1 who has passed through the heavens “who has entered where God is” HEB 4 14 ph6z guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) HEB 4 14 vt4v figs-metaphor κρατῶμεν τῆς ὁμολογίας 1 let us firmly hold to our beliefs Belief and trust are spoken of as if they were objects that a person could grasp firmly. Alternate translation: “let us continue to believe confidently in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -HEB 4 15 i2fw figs-doublenegatives οὐ…ἔχομεν ἀρχιερέα μὴ δυνάμενον συνπαθῆσαι…δὲ 1 we do not have a high priest who cannot feel sympathy…Instead, we have This double negative means that, in fact, Jesus does feel sympathy with people. Alternate translation: “we have a high priest who can feel sympathy…Indeed, we have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +HEB 4 15 i2fw figs-doublenegatives οὐ…ἔχομεν ἀρχιερέα μὴ δυνάμενον συνπαθῆσαι…δὲ 1 we do not have a high priest who cannot feel sympathy … Instead, we have This double negative means that, in fact, Jesus does feel sympathy with people. Alternate translation: “we have a high priest who can feel sympathy … Indeed, we have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) HEB 4 15 d26h figs-activepassive πεπειρασμένον…κατὰ πάντα καθ’ ὁμοιότητ 1 who has in all ways been tempted as we are This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “who has endured temptation in every way that we have” or “whom the devil has tempted in every way that he tempts us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 4 15 fve3 χωρὶς ἁμαρτίας 1 he is without sin “he did not sin” HEB 4 16 aj1p figs-metonymy τῷ θρόνῳ τῆς χάριτος 1 to the throne of grace “to God’s throne, where there is grace.” Here, **throne** refers to God ruling as king. Alternate translation: “to where our gracious God is sitting on his throne” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ HEB 5 1 dn18 0 Connecting Statement: The writer describes the sinfulness of th HEB 5 1 whq1 figs-activepassive ἐξ ἀνθρώπων λαμβανόμενος 1 chosen from among people This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom God chooses from among the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 5 1 ndz7 figs-activepassive καθίσταται 1 is appointed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God appoints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 5 1 mzd9 ὑπὲρ ἀνθρώπων καθίσταται 1 to act on the behalf of people “to represent the people” -HEB 5 2 gt9j figs-activepassive τοῖς…πλανωμένοις 1 those…who have been deceived This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “those…whom others have deceived” or “those…who believe what is false” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +HEB 5 2 gt9j figs-activepassive τοῖς…πλανωμένοις 1 those … who have been deceived This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “those … whom others have deceived” or “those … who believe what is false” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 5 2 f781 πλανωμένοις 1 who have been deceived “who believe false things and so behave badly” HEB 5 2 ny8u figs-metaphor περίκειται ἀσθένειαν 1 is subject to weakness The high priest’s own weakness is spoken of as if it were a another person who rules over him. Alternate translation: “is spiritually weak” or “is weak against sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 5 2 ihs9 ἀσθένειαν 1 weakness the desire to sin @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ HEB 5 4 n2e1 figs-metonymy λαμβάνει τὴν τιμήν 1 takes this hono HEB 5 4 p6hc figs-activepassive καλούμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ, καθώσπερ καὶ Ἀαρών 1 he is called by God, just as Aaron was This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God called him, just as he called Aaron” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 5 5 pr3f ὁ λαλήσας πρὸς αὐτόν 1 the one speaking to him said “God said to him” HEB 5 5 i694 figs-parallelism Υἱός μου εἶ σύ, ἐγὼ σήμερον γεγέννηκά σε 1 You are my Son; today I have become your Father These two phrases mean essentially the same thing. See how you translated this in [Hebrews 1:5](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -HEB 5 5 mfa8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱός 1 Son…Father These are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God the Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +HEB 5 5 mfa8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱός 1 Son … Father These are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God the Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) HEB 5 6 bce6 0 General Information: This prophecy is from a Psalm of David. HEB 5 6 ds6v figs-ellipsis καὶ…λέγει 1 he also says To whom God is speaking can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “he also says to Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) HEB 5 6 k5uw ἐν ἑτέρῳ 1 in another place “in another place in the scriptures” @@ -249,9 +249,9 @@ HEB 5 14 e3yh figs-metonymy τῶν διὰ τὴν ἕξιν τὰ αἰσθη HEB 6 intro nz5i 0 # Hebrews 06 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Abrahamic Covenant

In the covenant that God made with Abraham, God promised to make Abraham’s descendants into a great nation. He also promised to protect Abraham’s descendants and to give them land of their own. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]]) HEB 6 1 f1nk 0 Connecting Statement: The writer continues with what immature Hebrew believers need to do to become mature Christians. He reminds them of the foundational teachings. HEB 6 1 i4xr figs-metaphor ἀφέντες τὸν τῆς ἀρχῆς τοῦ Χριστοῦ λόγον, ἐπὶ τὴν τελειότητα φερώμεθα 1 let us leave the beginning of the message of Christ and move forward to maturity This speaks about the basic teachings as if they were the beginning of a journey and the mature teachings as if they were the end of a journey. Alternate translation: “let us stop only discussing what we first learned and start understanding more mature teachings as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -HEB 6 1 thw8 figs-metaphor μὴ πάλιν θεμέλιον καταβαλλόμενοι…πίστεως ἐπὶ Θεόν 1 Let us not lay again the foundation…of faith in God Basic teachings are spoken of as if they were a building whose construction begins by laying a foundation. Alternate translation: “Let us not repeat the basic teachings…of faith in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +HEB 6 1 thw8 figs-metaphor μὴ πάλιν θεμέλιον καταβαλλόμενοι…πίστεως ἐπὶ Θεόν 1 Let us not lay again the foundation … of faith in God Basic teachings are spoken of as if they were a building whose construction begins by laying a foundation. Alternate translation: “Let us not repeat the basic teachings … of faith in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 6 1 d5q3 figs-metaphor νεκρῶν ἔργων 1 dead works Sinful deeds are spoken of as if they belonged to the world of the dead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -HEB 6 2 s1cv figs-metaphor διδαχὴν…κρίματος αἰωνίου 1 nor the foundation of teaching…eternal judgment Basic teachings are spoken of as if they were a building whose construction begins by laying a foundation. Alternate translation: “nor the basic teachings…eternal judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +HEB 6 2 s1cv figs-metaphor διδαχὴν…κρίματος αἰωνίου 1 nor the foundation of teaching … eternal judgment Basic teachings are spoken of as if they were a building whose construction begins by laying a foundation. Alternate translation: “nor the basic teachings … eternal judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 6 2 xww5 ἐπιθέσεώς τε χειρῶν 1 laying on of hands This practice was done to set someone apart for special service or position. HEB 6 4 e7px figs-metaphor τοὺς ἅπαξ φωτισθέντας 1 those who were once enlightened Understanding is spoken of as if it were illumination. Alternate translation: “those who once understood the message about Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 6 4 l5mc figs-metaphor γευσαμένους…τῆς δωρεᾶς τῆς ἐπουρανίου 1 who tasted the heavenly gift Experiencing salvation is spoken of as if it were tasting food. Alternate translation: “who experienced God’s saving power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ HEB 7 1 mwy8 0 Connecting Statement: The writer of Hebrews continues his compa HEB 7 1 rfc9 translate-names Σαλήμ 1 Salem This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) HEB 7 1 rx36 figs-explicit Ἀβραὰμ ὑποστρέφοντι ἀπὸ τῆς κοπῆς τῶν βασιλέων 1 Abraham returning from the slaughter of the kings This is refers to when Abraham and his men went and defeated the armies of four kings in order to rescue his nephew, Lot, and his family. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 7 2 q87x ᾧ 1 It was to him “It was to Melchizedek” -HEB 7 2 abh4 βασιλεὺς δικαιοσύνης…βασιλεὺς εἰρήνης 1 king of righteousness…king of peace “righteous king…peaceful king” +HEB 7 2 abh4 βασιλεὺς δικαιοσύνης…βασιλεὺς εἰρήνης 1 king of righteousness … king of peace “righteous king … peaceful king” HEB 7 3 q4eh ἀπάτωρ, ἀμήτωρ, ἀγενεαλόγητος, μήτε ἀρχὴν ἡμερῶν, μήτε ζωῆς τέλος ἔχων 1 He is without father, without mother, without ancestors, with neither beginning of days nor end of life It is possible to think from this passage that Melchizedek was neither born nor did he die. However, it is likely that all the writer means is that the Scriptures provide no information about Melchizedek’s ancestry, birth, or death. HEB 7 4 h2bg 0 Connecting Statement: The writer states that the priesthood of Melchizedek is better than Aaron’s priesthood and then reminds them that the priesthood of Aaron did not make anything perfect. HEB 7 4 w2gg οὗτος 1 this man was “Melchizedek was” @@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ HEB 7 5 x4za figs-metaphor ἐξεληλυθότας ἐκ τῆς ὀσφύος HEB 7 6 r2rs ὁ…μὴ γενεαλογούμενος ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 whose descent was not traced from them “who was not a descendant of Levi” HEB 7 6 d2hq figs-metaphor τὸν ἔχοντα τὰς ἐπαγγελίας 1 the one who had the promises The things that God promised to do for Abraham are spoken of as if they were objects that he could possess. Alternate translation: the one to whom God had spoken his promises” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 7 7 k6pc figs-activepassive τὸ ἔλαττον ὑπὸ τοῦ κρείττονος εὐλογεῖται 1 the lesser person is blessed by the greater person This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the more important person blesses the less important person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -HEB 7 8 sf79 ὧδε μὲν…ἐκεῖ 1 In this case…in that case These phrases are used to compare the Levite priests with Melchizedek. Your language may have a way to emphasize that the author is making a comparison. +HEB 7 8 sf79 ὧδε μὲν…ἐκεῖ 1 In this case … in that case These phrases are used to compare the Levite priests with Melchizedek. Your language may have a way to emphasize that the author is making a comparison. HEB 7 8 c9zz figs-metaphor μαρτυρούμενος ὅτι ζῇ 1 is testified that he lives on It is never explicitly written in scripture that Melchizedek dies. The author of Hebrews speaks of this absence of information about Melchizedek’s death in scripture as if it were a positive statement that he is still alive. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “scripture shows that he lives on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 7 9 v1yu figs-metaphor δι’ Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ Λευεὶς, ὁ δεκάτας λαμβάνων, δεδεκάτωται 1 Levi, who received tithes, also paid tithes through Abraham Since Levi had not been born yet, the author speaks of him as still being in Abraham’s body. In this way, the author argues that Levi paid tithes to Melchizedek through Abraham. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 7 10 g26s figs-metaphor ἐν τῇ ὀσφύϊ τοῦ πατρὸς ἦν 1 Levi was in the body of his ancestor Since Levi had not been born yet, the author speaks of him as still being in Abraham’s body. In this way, the author argues that Levi paid tithes to Melchizedek through Abraham. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ HEB 8 6 qdj6 0 Connecting Statement: This section begins to show that the new HEB 8 6 rt2a διαφορωτέρας 1 Christ has received “God has given Christ” HEB 8 6 spy1 κρείττονός…διαθήκης μεσίτης 1 mediator of a better covenant This means Christ caused a better covenant between God and humans to exist. HEB 8 6 aw58 figs-activepassive διαθήκης…ἥτις ἐπὶ κρείττοσιν ἐπαγγελίαις νενομοθέτηται 1 covenant, which is based on better promises This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “covenant. It was this covenant that God made based on better promises” or “covenant. God promised better things when he made this covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -HEB 8 7 wb9d translate-ordinal ἡ πρώτη ἐκείνη…δευτέρας 1 first covenant…second covenant The words **first** and **second** are ordinal numbers. Alternate translation: “old covenant…new covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +HEB 8 7 wb9d translate-ordinal ἡ πρώτη ἐκείνη…δευτέρας 1 first covenant … second covenant The words **first** and **second** are ordinal numbers. Alternate translation: “old covenant … new covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) HEB 8 7 gig6 ἦν ἄμεμπτος 1 had been faultless “had been perfect” HEB 8 8 ya4n 0 General Information: In this quotation the prophet Jeremiah foretold of a new covenant that God would make. HEB 8 8 sqb4 αὐτοῖς 1 with the people “with the people of Israel” @@ -386,8 +386,8 @@ HEB 8 10 hs53 ἔσομαι αὐτοῖς εἰς Θεόν 1 I will be their G HEB 8 10 xgm3 αὐτοὶ ἔσονταί μοι εἰς λαόν 1 they will be my people “they will be the people for whom I care” HEB 8 11 lsq6 0 General Information: This continues the quotation from the prophet Jeremiah. HEB 8 11 jl1h figs-quotations οὐ μὴ διδάξωσιν ἕκαστος τὸν πολίτην αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἕκαστος τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ λέγων, γνῶθι τὸν Κύριον 1 They will not teach each one his neighbor and each one his brother, saying, ‘Know the Lord.’ This direct quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “They will not need to teach their neighbors or brothers to know me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -HEB 8 11 wne2 figs-doublet τὸν πολίτην…τὸν ἀδελφὸν 1 neighbor…brother Both of these refer to fellow Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -HEB 8 11 q5ki figs-metonymy γνῶθι τὸν Κύριον…πάντες εἰδήσουσίν με 1 Know the Lord…will all know me **Know** here stands for acknowledge. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +HEB 8 11 wne2 figs-doublet τὸν πολίτην…τὸν ἀδελφὸν 1 neighbor … brother Both of these refer to fellow Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +HEB 8 11 q5ki figs-metonymy γνῶθι τὸν Κύριον…πάντες εἰδήσουσίν με 1 Know the Lord … will all know me **Know** here stands for acknowledge. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) HEB 8 12 cu1b figs-metonymy ταῖς ἀδικίαις αὐτῶν 1 toward their evil deeds This stands for the people who committed these evil deeds. Alternate translation: “to those who did evil deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) HEB 8 12 a1xr figs-metonymy τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν οὐ μὴ μνησθῶ ἔτι 1 their sins I will not remember any longer Here, **remember** stands for “think about.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) HEB 9 intro p8vy 0 # Hebrews 09 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter describes how Jesus is better than the temple and all its laws and rules. This chapter will be difficult to understand if the first five books of the Old Testament have not yet been translated.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Will

A will is a legal document that describes what will happen to a person’s property after he dies.

### Blood

In the Old Testament, God had commanded the Israelites to offer sacrifices so that he would forgive their sins. Before they could offer these sacrifices, they had to kill animals and then offer not only the animal’s body but also its blood. Shedding blood is a metaphor for killing an animal or person. Jesus offered his life, his blood, as a sacrifice when he allowed men to kill him. The writer of the Book of Hebrews is saying in this chapter that this sacrifice is better than the sacrifices of the Old Testament. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

### Return of Christ

Jesus will return to finish the work that he began when he died so that God would forgive his people’s sins. He will finish saving those people who are waiting for him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### First covenant

This refers to the covenant that God made with Moses. However, before he made this covenant, God had made a covenant with Abraham. But this was the first covenant that God had made with the people of Israel. You may decide to translate “the first covenant” as “the earlier covenant.” @@ -445,7 +445,7 @@ HEB 9 16 um9a θάνατον ἀνάγκη φέρεσθαι τοῦ διαθε HEB 9 18 wpf1 figs-activepassive ὅθεν οὐδ’ ἡ πρώτη χωρὶς αἵματος ἐνκεκαίνισται 1 So not even the first covenant was established without blood This can be stated in active and positive form. Alternate translation: “So God established even the first covenant with blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) HEB 9 18 kq87 πρώτη 1 first covenant See how you translated this in [Hebrews 8:7](../08/07.md). HEB 9 18 v838 figs-metonymy αἵματος 1 blood The death of animals sacrificed to God is spoken of as if it were nothing but blood. Alternate translation: “the death of animals sacrificed to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -HEB 9 19 zl2n translate-symaction λαβὼν τὸ αἷμα…μετὰ ὕδατος…τὸ βιβλίον…πάντα τὸν λαὸν, ἐράντισεν 1 took the blood…with water…and sprinkled…the scroll…and all the people The priest dipped the hyssop in the blood and the water and then shook the hyssop so drops of blood and water would fall on the scroll and on the people. Sprinkling was a symbolic action done by the priests by which they applied the benefits of the covenant to people and to objects. Here the scroll and the people’s acceptability to God are renewed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +HEB 9 19 zl2n translate-symaction λαβὼν τὸ αἷμα…μετὰ ὕδατος…τὸ βιβλίον…πάντα τὸν λαὸν, ἐράντισεν 1 took the blood … with water … and sprinkled … the scroll … and all the people The priest dipped the hyssop in the blood and the water and then shook the hyssop so drops of blood and water would fall on the scroll and on the people. Sprinkling was a symbolic action done by the priests by which they applied the benefits of the covenant to people and to objects. Here the scroll and the people’s acceptability to God are renewed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) HEB 9 19 tgc2 ὑσσώπου 1 hyssop a woody shrub with flowers in summer, used in ceremonial sprinkling HEB 9 20 j7en figs-metonymy τὸ αἷμα τῆς διαθήκης 1 the blood of the covenant Here, **blood** refers to the death of the animals sacrificed to carry out the covenant’s requirements. Alternate translation: “the blood that brings into effect the covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) HEB 9 21 k6dm ἐράντισεν 1 he sprinkled “Moses sprinkled” @@ -485,12 +485,12 @@ HEB 10 5 ml8e figs-you οὐκ ἠθέλησας 1 you did not desire Here, **yo HEB 10 5 cu51 σῶμα…κατηρτίσω 1 a body you have prepared “you have made a body ready” HEB 10 7 zn6c τότε εἶπον 1 Then I said Here, **I** refers to Christ. HEB 10 8 c8eb 0 General Information: Though changing the wording slightly, the author repeats these quotations from a psalm of David for emphasis. -HEB 10 8 rlv8 θυσίας…προσφορὰς 1 sacrifices…offerings See how you translated these words in [Hebrews 10:5](./05.md). -HEB 10 8 n7kc ὁλοκαυτώματα…περὶ ἁμαρτίας 1 whole burnt offerings…sacrifices for sin See how you translated similar words in [Hebrews 10:6](./06.md). +HEB 10 8 rlv8 θυσίας…προσφορὰς 1 sacrifices … offerings See how you translated these words in [Hebrews 10:5](./05.md). +HEB 10 8 n7kc ὁλοκαυτώματα…περὶ ἁμαρτίας 1 whole burnt offerings … sacrifices for sin See how you translated similar words in [Hebrews 10:6](./06.md). HEB 10 8 d3ek figs-activepassive αἵτινες…προσφέρονται 1 that are offered This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that priests offer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 10 9 k5kv ἰδοὺ 1 See “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you” HEB 10 9 n29v figs-abstractnouns ἀναιρεῖ τὸ πρῶτον, ἵνα τὸ δεύτερον στήσῃ 1 He takes away the first practice in order to establish the second practice The abstract noun **practice** here refers to a way of atoning for sins. Stopping doing it is spoken of as if it were an object that could be taken away. Starting the second way of atoning for sins is spoken of as establishing that practice. Alternate translation: “He stops people atoning for sins the first way in order to atone for sins the second way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -HEB 10 9 ja8n translate-ordinal τὸ πρῶτον…τὸ δεύτερον 1 first practice…the second practice The words **first** and **second** are ordinal numbers. Alternate translation: “old practice…the new practice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +HEB 10 9 ja8n translate-ordinal τὸ πρῶτον…τὸ δεύτερον 1 first practice … the second practice The words **first** and **second** are ordinal numbers. Alternate translation: “old practice … the new practice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) HEB 10 10 xj9i figs-activepassive ἡγιασμένοι ἐσμὲν 1 we have been sanctified This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God has sanctified us” or “God has dedicated us to himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 10 10 xk24 figs-abstractnouns διὰ τῆς προσφορᾶς τοῦ σώματος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 through the offering of the body of Jesus Christ The abstract noun “offering” can be expressed with the verb “offer” or “sacrifice.” Alternate translation: “because Jesus Christ offered his body as a sacrifice” or “because Jesus Christ sacrificed his body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 10 11 f4wd καθ’ ἡμέραν 1 Day after day “day by day” or “every day” @@ -539,7 +539,7 @@ HEB 10 26 sil4 περὶ ἁμαρτιῶν…θυσία 1 a sacrifice for sins HEB 10 27 fza4 figs-explicit κρίσεως 1 of judgment Of God’s judgment, that is, that God will judge. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 10 27 t6da figs-metaphor πυρὸς ζῆλος ἐσθίειν μέλλοντος τοὺς ὑπεναντίους 1 a fury of fire that will consume God’s enemies God’s fury is spoken of as if it were fire that would burn up his enemies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 10 28 c1aj figs-explicit δυσὶν ἢ τρισὶν μάρτυσιν 1 two or three witnesses It is implied that this means “of at least two or three witness.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -HEB 10 29 gv5z figs-rquestion πόσῳ δοκεῖτε χείρονος, ἀξιωθήσεται τιμωρίας, ὁ…τῆς χάριτος ἐνυβρίσας! 1 How much worse punishment do you think one deserves…grace? The author is emphasizing the greatness of the punishment for those who reject Christ. Alternate translation: “This was severe punishment. But the punishment will be even greater for anyone…grace!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +HEB 10 29 gv5z figs-rquestion πόσῳ δοκεῖτε χείρονος, ἀξιωθήσεται τιμωρίας, ὁ…τῆς χάριτος ἐνυβρίσας! 1 How much worse punishment do you think one deserves … grace? The author is emphasizing the greatness of the punishment for those who reject Christ. Alternate translation: “This was severe punishment. But the punishment will be even greater for anyone … grace!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) HEB 10 29 jd69 figs-metaphor τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ καταπατήσας 1 has trampled underfoot the Son of God Disregarding Christ and scorning him are spoken of as if someone had walked on him. Alternate translation: “has rejected the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 10 29 d2z9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) HEB 10 29 m7lw τὸ αἷμα τῆς διαθήκης κοινὸν ἡγησάμενος 1 who treated the blood of the covenant as unholy This shows how the person has trampled the Son of God. Alternate translation: “by treating the blood of the covenant as unholy” @@ -561,8 +561,8 @@ HEB 10 35 m35c figs-metaphor μὴ ἀποβάλητε οὖν τὴν παρρ HEB 10 37 st8v figs-explicit ἔτι γὰρ μικρὸν ὅσον, ὅσον 1 For in a very little while You can make this explicit. Alternate translation: “As God said in the scriptures, ‘For in a very little while” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 10 37 cna2 ἔτι…μικρὸν ὅσον, ὅσον 1 in a very little while “very soon” HEB 10 38 j2ck 0 General Information: In 10:38 the author quotes from the prophet Habakkuk, which directly follows the quotation from the prophet Isaiah in 10:37. -HEB 10 38 j6d1 figs-genericnoun ὁ…δίκαιός μου…ἐὰν ὑποστείληται…ἐν αὐτῷ 1 My righteous one…If he shrinks…with him These refer to any of God’s people in general. Alternate translation: “My faithful people…If any one of them shrinks…with that person” or “My faithful people…If they shrink…with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -HEB 10 38 r8mh ὁ…δίκαιός μου…εὐδοκεῖ 1 My righteous…I will Here, **My** and **I** refer to God. +HEB 10 38 j6d1 figs-genericnoun ὁ…δίκαιός μου…ἐὰν ὑποστείληται…ἐν αὐτῷ 1 My righteous one … If he shrinks … with him These refer to any of God’s people in general. Alternate translation: “My faithful people … If any one of them shrinks … with that person” or “My faithful people … If they shrink … with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +HEB 10 38 r8mh ὁ…δίκαιός μου…εὐδοκεῖ 1 My righteous … I will Here, **My** and **I** refer to God. HEB 10 38 h5bw ὑποστείληται 1 shrinks back stops doing the good thing he is doing HEB 10 39 i9zh figs-metaphor ὑποστολῆς εἰς ἀπώλειαν 1 who turn back to destruction A person who loses courage and faith are spoken of as if he were stepping back in fear from something. And “destruction” is spoken of as if it were a destination. Alternate translation: “who stop trusting God, which will cause him to destroy us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 10 39 dv8y figs-metaphor εἰς περιποίησιν ψυχῆς 1 for keeping our soul Living eternally with God is spoken of as if it were keeping one’s soul. Here, **soul** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “, which will result in us living with God forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) @@ -621,7 +621,7 @@ HEB 11 17 bk7a figs-activepassive πειραζόμενος 1 when he was tested HEB 11 18 wy2j figs-activepassive πρὸς ὃν ἐλαλήθη 1 to whom it had been said This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “to whom God said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 11 18 c23z figs-activepassive κληθήσεταί σοι σπέρμα 1 your descendants will be named Here, **named** means assigned or designated. This sentence can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that I will designate your descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) HEB 11 19 p43u ἐκ νεκρῶν ἐγείρειν δυνατὸς ὁ Θεός 1 God was able to raise up Isaac from the dead “God was able to cause Isaac to live again” -HEB 11 19 sar1 ἐκ νεκρῶν ἐγείρειν 1 to raise up…from the dead In this verse, “to raise up” is to make alive again. The words **from the dead** speak of all dead people together in the underworld. +HEB 11 19 sar1 ἐκ νεκρῶν ἐγείρειν 1 to raise up … from the dead In this verse, “to raise up” is to make alive again. The words **from the dead** speak of all dead people together in the underworld. HEB 11 19 aea3 ἐν παραβολῇ 1 figuratively speaking “in a manner of speaking.” This means that what the author says next is not to be understood literally. God did not bring Isaac back from death literally. But because Abraham was about to sacrifice Isaac when God stopped him, it was as if God brought him back from the dead. HEB 11 19 k7u3 ὅθεν αὐτὸν 1 from there “it was from the dead” HEB 11 19 g19x αὐτὸν…ἐκομίσατο 1 he received him back “Abraham received Isaac back” @@ -664,7 +664,7 @@ HEB 11 35 faq3 ἐτυμπανίσθησαν 1 tortured made to suffer great me HEB 11 35 jyw7 κρείττονος ἀναστάσεως 1 a better resurrection This could mean: (1) these people will experience a better life in heaven than what they experienced in this world or (2) these people will have a better resurrection than those who did not have faith. Those with faith will live forever with God. Those without faith will live forever separated from God. HEB 11 36 e9al figs-activepassive ἕτεροι…ἐμπαιγμῶν καὶ μαστίγων πεῖραν ἔλαβον 1 Others had testing in mocking and whippings These can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “People mocked and whipped others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 11 36 nx7u figs-abstractnouns ἕτεροι…ἐμπαιγμῶν καὶ μαστίγων πεῖραν ἔλαβον, ἔτι δὲ δεσμῶν καὶ φυλακῆς 1 Others had testing in mocking and whippings, and even chains and imprisonment This can be reworded so that the abstract nouns are expressed as verbs. Alternate translation: “God tested others by allowing their enemies to mock and whip them and even put them in chains and imprison them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -HEB 11 37 fg8c figs-activepassive ἐλιθάσθησαν, ἐπρίσθησαν, ἐπειράσθησαν, ἐν φόνῳ μαχαίρης ἀπέθανον 1 They were stoned. They were sawn in two. They were killed with the sword These can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “People mocked and whipped others…People threw stones at others. People sawed others in two. People killed others with the sword” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +HEB 11 37 fg8c figs-activepassive ἐλιθάσθησαν, ἐπρίσθησαν, ἐπειράσθησαν, ἐν φόνῳ μαχαίρης ἀπέθανον 1 They were stoned. They were sawn in two. They were killed with the sword These can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “People mocked and whipped others … People threw stones at others. People sawed others in two. People killed others with the sword” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 11 37 r3gx περιῆλθον 1 went about “went from place to place” or “lived all the time” HEB 11 37 qf89 ἐν μηλωταῖς, ἐν αἰγίοις δέρμασιν 1 in sheepskins and goatskins “wearing only the skins of sheep and goats” HEB 11 37 x2jf ὑστερούμενοι 1 destitute “They had nothing” or “They were very poor” @@ -693,15 +693,15 @@ HEB 12 4 b9b7 figs-personification οὔπω…ἀντικατέστητε, πρ HEB 12 4 i4ip figs-metaphor μέχρις αἵματος 1 to the point of blood Resisting opposition so much that one dies for it is spoken of as if one reached a certain place where he would die. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 4 uwg6 figs-metonymy αἵματος 1 of blood Here, **blood** refers to death. Alternate translation: “of death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) HEB 12 5 y6cv figs-personification τῆς παρακλήσεως, ἥτις ὑμῖν…διαλέγεται 1 the encouragement that instructs you Old Testament scripture is spoken of as if it were a person who could encourage others. Alternate translation: “what God has instructed you in the scriptures to encourage you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -HEB 12 5 e6a9 figs-gendernotations ὡς υἱοῖς…υἱέ μου 1 as sons…My son The word translated “sons” and “son” is specifically the word for a male child. In that culture the family line continued through the sons, not normally through the daughters. However, as stated by the UST and some English versions, the author is directing his words to both males and females. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -HEB 12 5 a7vf υἱέ μου…ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ἐλεγχόμενος 1 My son…corrected by him Here the author is quoting from the book of Proverbs in the Old Testament, which was the words of Solomon to his male children. +HEB 12 5 e6a9 figs-gendernotations ὡς υἱοῖς…υἱέ μου 1 as sons … My son The word translated “sons” and “son” is specifically the word for a male child. In that culture the family line continued through the sons, not normally through the daughters. However, as stated by the UST and some English versions, the author is directing his words to both males and females. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +HEB 12 5 a7vf υἱέ μου…ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ἐλεγχόμενος 1 My son … corrected by him Here the author is quoting from the book of Proverbs in the Old Testament, which was the words of Solomon to his male children. HEB 12 5 cxe9 figs-litotes μὴ ὀλιγώρει παιδείας Κυρίου, μηδὲ ἐκλύου 1 do not think lightly of the Lord’s discipline, nor grow weary This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “take it very seriously when the Lord disciplines you, and do not grow weary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) HEB 12 5 cjq5 μηδὲ ἐκλύου 1 nor grow weary “and do not become discouraged” HEB 12 5 i1a6 figs-activepassive ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ἐλεγχόμενος 1 you are corrected by him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he corrects you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 6 zu3c πάντα υἱὸν ὃν παραδέχεται 1 every son whom he receives The word translated “son” is specifically the word for a male child. In that culture the family line continued through the sons, not normally through the daughters. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations) HEB 12 7 y3z3 εἰς παιδείαν ὑπομένετε 1 Endure suffering as discipline “Understand that during suffering God teaches us discipline” HEB 12 7 v1gu figs-simile ὡς υἱοῖς ὑμῖν προσφέρεται ὁ Θεός 1 God deals with you as with sons This compares God disciplining his people to a father disciplining his sons. You can state clearly the understood information. Alternate translation: “God deals with you the same way a father deals with his sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -HEB 12 7 i3k4 figs-gendernotations ὑμῖν…υἱὸς 1 sons…son All occurrences of these words may be stated to include males and females. Alternate translation: “children…child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +HEB 12 7 i3k4 figs-gendernotations ὑμῖν…υἱὸς 1 sons … son All occurrences of these words may be stated to include males and females. Alternate translation: “children … child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) HEB 12 7 jb38 figs-rquestion τίς γὰρ υἱὸς ὃν οὐ παιδεύει πατήρ? 1 what son is there whom his father does not discipline? The author makes the point throught this question that every good father disciplines his children. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “every father disciplines his children!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) HEB 12 8 kwc6 figs-abstractnouns εἰ δὲ χωρίς ἐστε παιδείας, ἧς μέτοχοι γεγόνασι πάντες 1 But if you are without discipline, which all people share in You can restate the abstract noun “discipline” as the verb “disciplining.” Alternate translation: “So if you have not experienced God disciplining you like he disciplines all his children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 12 8 s5u9 figs-metaphor ἄρα νόθοι καὶ οὐχ υἱοί ἐστε 1 then you are illegitimate and not his sons Those whom God does not discipline are spoken of as if they are sons born to a man and a woman who are not married each other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -750,7 +750,7 @@ HEB 12 25 gkn1 figs-explicit εἰ…ἐκεῖνοι οὐκ ἐξέφυγον HEB 12 25 fy9u ἐπὶ γῆς…τὸν χρηματίζοντα 1 the one who warned them on earth This could mean: (1) “Moses, who warned them here on earth” or (2) “God, who warned them at Mount Sinai” HEB 12 25 s5lj figs-metaphor ἡμεῖς οἱ τὸν ἀπ’ οὐρανῶν ἀποστρεφόμενοι 1 if we turn away from the one who is warning Disobeying God is spoken of as if a person were changing direction and walking away from him. Alternate translation: “if we disobey the one who is warning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 26 rf4e οὗ ἡ φωνὴ τὴν γῆν ἐσάλευσεν 1 his voice shook the earth “when God spoke, the sound of his voice caused the earth to shake” -HEB 12 26 i1c8 ἐσάλευσεν…σείσω 1 shook…shake Use the word for what an earthquake does in moving the ground. This refers back to [Hebrews 12:18-21](./18.md) and what happened when the people saw the mountain where Moses received the law from God. +HEB 12 26 i1c8 ἐσάλευσεν…σείσω 1 shook … shake Use the word for what an earthquake does in moving the ground. This refers back to [Hebrews 12:18-21](./18.md) and what happened when the people saw the mountain where Moses received the law from God. HEB 12 27 ylq9 0 General Information: Here the quotation from the prophet Haggai is repeated from the previous verse. HEB 12 27 z6ys figs-abstractnouns δηλοῖ τῶν σαλευομένων μετάθεσιν, ὡς πεποιημένων 1 mean the removal of those things that can be shaken, that is, of the things The abstract noun “removal” can be translated with the verb “remove.” This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “mean that God will remove the things that he can shake, that is, the things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 27 l29r τῶν σαλευομένων 1 shaken Use the word for what an earthquake does in moving the ground. This refers back to [Hebrews 12:18-21](./18.md) and what happened when the people saw the mountain where Moses received the law from God. See how you translated “shook” and “shake” in [Hebrews 12:26](../12/26.md). @@ -773,7 +773,7 @@ HEB 13 4 ix27 figs-activepassive τίμιος ὁ γάμος ἐν πᾶσιν 1 HEB 13 4 ix79 figs-euphemism ἡ κοίτη ἀμίαντος 1 Let the marriage bed be pure This refers to the act of sexual union as if it were only the bed of a married couple. Alternate translation: “Let husbands and wives honor their marriage relationship to one another and not sleep with other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) HEB 13 5 sz35 ἀφιλάργυρος ὁ τρόπος 1 Let your conduct be free from the love of money Here, **conduct** refers to a person’s character or the way he lives, and “free from the love of money” refers to not greatly desiring to have more money. A person who loves money is not content with the amount of money he has. Alternate translation: “Let your conduct not be affected by the love of money” or “Do not greatly wish to have more money” HEB 13 5 n19c ἀρκούμενοι 1 Be content “Be satisfied” -HEB 13 6 c8w6 figs-explicit Κύριος ἐμοὶ βοηθός…ποιήσει μοι ἄνθρωπος 1 The Lord is my helper…do to me This is a quotation from the book of Psalms in the Old Testament. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +HEB 13 6 c8w6 figs-explicit Κύριος ἐμοὶ βοηθός…ποιήσει μοι ἄνθρωπος 1 The Lord is my helper … do to me This is a quotation from the book of Psalms in the Old Testament. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 13 6 q8ie figs-rquestion οὐ φοβηθήσομαι; τί ποιήσει μοι ἄνθρωπος? 1 I will not be afraid. What can a man do to me? The author uses a question to emphasize that he does not fear people because God is helping him. Here, **man** means any person in general. Alternate translation: “I will not fear what any person can do to me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) HEB 13 7 e6b5 τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 God’s word “what God has said” HEB 13 7 ym9m τὴν ἔκβασιν τῆς ἀναστροφῆς 1 the result of their conduct “the outcome of the way they behave” diff --git a/en_tn_60-JAS.tsv b/en_tn_60-JAS.tsv index d8f5627981..4eafeea61a 100644 --- a/en_tn_60-JAS.tsv +++ b/en_tn_60-JAS.tsv @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ JAS 1 17 j044 figs-explicit τροπῆς ἀποσκίασμα 1 shadow of turn JAS 1 17 g5ge figs-metaphor τροπῆς ἀποσκίασμα 1 shadow of turning There could not literally be a **shadow** in God, so this is a metaphor. Alternate translation: “variability” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JAS 1 18 j045 βουληθεὶς, ἀπεκύησεν ἡμᾶς 1 Having willed, he gave birth to us Alternate translation: “God chose to give birth to us” JAS 1 18 mj29 figs-metaphor βουληθεὶς, ἀπεκύησεν ἡμᾶς 1 Having willed, he gave birth to us James says figuratively that God **gave birth to us** because God gives spiritual life to everyone who believes in Jesus. Alternate translation: “God chose to give us spiritual life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JAS 1 18 j046 figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς…ἡμᾶς 1 us…us Here and throughout this letter, James uses the pronoun **us** to refer to himself and his readers. Sometimes by extension he also means all believers or all people. In every case, therefore, the pronoun **us** is inclusive, so use the inclusive form if your language makes that distinction. The same applies to the pronoun “our.” However, in some cases the pronoun “we” is exclusive. Notes will identify those places. Everywhere else, the pronoun “we” is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +JAS 1 18 j046 figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς…ἡμᾶς 1 us … us Here and throughout this letter, James uses the pronoun **us** to refer to himself and his readers. Sometimes by extension he also means all believers or all people. In every case, therefore, the pronoun **us** is inclusive, so use the inclusive form if your language makes that distinction. The same applies to the pronoun “our.” However, in some cases the pronoun “we” is exclusive. Notes will identify those places. Everywhere else, the pronoun “we” is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) JAS 1 18 j047 figs-possession λόγῳ ἀληθείας 1 by the word of truth James is using the possessive form to describe a **word** that is characterized by **truth**. Alternate translation: “by the true word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) JAS 1 18 ykq9 figs-metonymy λόγῳ ἀληθείας 1 by the word of truth James is using term **word** figuratively to describe the message about Jesus that was conveyed by using words. Alternate translation: “by the true message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JAS 1 18 j048 figs-abstractnouns λόγῳ ἀληθείας 1 by the word of truth If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind the abstract noun **truth** with an equivalent expression that uses an adjective such as “true.” Alternate translation: “when we believed the true message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ JAS 1 24 wu34 κατενόησεν…ἑαυτὸν καὶ ἀπελήλυθε JAS 1 24 j066 writing-pronouns κατενόησεν…ἑαυτὸν 1 he beheld himself James is continuing the simile he began in the previous verse, so the pronouns **he** and **himself** refer to the hypothetical person who looks in the mirror. Alternate translation (using the present tense): “such a person looked at himself in a mirror” or, if you are using the present tense, “such a person looks at himself in a mirror” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) JAS 1 24 j067 figs-explicit καὶ ἀπελήλυθεν, καὶ εὐθέως ἐπελάθετο ὁποῖος ἦν 1 and went away and immediately forgot of what sort he was James is saying implicitly that this is a person who sees but does not do, just like a person who hears the word of God but does not obey it. The implication is that he sees in the mirror that he needs to do something such as wash his face or fix his hair. But because he does not do that when he is looking in the mirror, when he walks away, he forgets to do it. The point of the comparison is that a person who does not obey God’s word is like this. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that explicitly. Alternate translation: “but because he did not immediately do what he saw he should do, when he walked away from the mirror, he forgot what he saw and so he did nothing about it” or, if you are using the present tense, “but because he does not immediately do what he sees he should do, when he walks away from the mirror, he forgets what he saw and so he does nothing about it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JAS 1 24 j068 ὁποῖος ἦν 1 of what sort he was Alternate translation: “what he needed to do about his appearance” or, if you are using the present tense, “what he needs to do about his appearance” -JAS 1 25 j069 figs-hypo ὁ δὲ παρακύψας εἰς νόμον τέλειον, τὸν τῆς ἐλευθερίας, καὶ παραμείνας…οὗτος μακάριος…ἔσται 1 But the one having gazed into the perfect law of freedom and having continued…this one will be blessed James is using a further hypothetical situation to teach. This illustration is a contrast to the one he offered in [1:23](../01/23.md). Alternate translation: “But suppose someone gazes into the perfect law of freedom and perseveres …. Then that person will be blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) +JAS 1 25 j069 figs-hypo ὁ δὲ παρακύψας εἰς νόμον τέλειον, τὸν τῆς ἐλευθερίας, καὶ παραμείνας…οὗτος μακάριος…ἔσται 1 But the one having gazed into the perfect law of freedom and having continued … this one will be blessed James is using a further hypothetical situation to teach. This illustration is a contrast to the one he offered in [1:23](../01/23.md). Alternate translation: “But suppose someone gazes into the perfect law of freedom and perseveres …. Then that person will be blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) JAS 1 25 kvr7 figs-metaphor ὁ…παρακύψας εἰς νόμον τέλειον 1 the one having gazed into the perfect law In this verse, James continues to compare hearing the word of God to looking in a mirror. But the image now becomes a metaphor rather than a simile, since James speaks figuratively about someone who has **gazed into** the **law**. He means someone who has listened attentively to God’s word. Alternate translation: “someone who has listened attentively to the perfect law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JAS 1 25 j070 figs-possession νόμον τέλειον, τὸν τῆς ἐλευθερίας 1 the perfect law of freedom James is using the possessive form to describe a **law** that brings **freedom**. See the notes to [2:12](../02/12.md) for a further explanation of what James means by the **law of freedom**. Alternate translation: “the perfect law that brings freedom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) JAS 1 25 sf8k figs-abstractnouns νόμον τέλειον, τὸν τῆς ἐλευθερίας 1 the perfect law of freedom If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind the abstract noun **freedom** with an adjective such as “free.” Alternate translation: “the perfect law that sets people free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) @@ -172,14 +172,14 @@ JAS 2 2 j086 figs-gendernotations ἀνὴρ 1 man James is using the term **man JAS 2 2 j087 translate-unknown συναγωγὴν 1 synagogue A **synagogue** is a Jewish meeting place for worship. James uses the term because he is writing primarily to Jews who have put their faith in Jesus as their Messiah. (See the discussion in Part 1 of the Introduction to James.) In your translation you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “meeting place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) JAS 2 2 j088 figs-nominaladj πτωχὸς 1 a poor one James is using the adjective **poor** as a noun in order to mean a kind of person. (ULT adds **one** to indicate this.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “a person who is poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) JAS 2 3 j089 figs-hypo δὲ 1 and James is continuing to describe the condition in the hypothetical situation that he introduced in the previous verse. Alternate translation, as in UST: “and suppose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) -JAS 2 3 j090 figs-you ἐπιβλέψητε…εἴπητε…εἴπητε 1 you look…you say…you say In these three instances **you** is plural, since James is speaking to all of his readers about what they might do in such a situation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +JAS 2 3 j090 figs-you ἐπιβλέψητε…εἴπητε…εἴπητε 1 you look … you say … you say In these three instances **you** is plural, since James is speaking to all of his readers about what they might do in such a situation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) JAS 2 3 j091 figs-idiom ἐπιβλέψητε…ἐπὶ 1 you look at In this context, this expression means to look at someone or something with admiration. Alternate translation: “you look admiringly at” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -JAS 2 3 j092 figs-yousingular σὺ κάθου ὧδε καλῶς…σὺ στῆθι ἐκεῖ…κάθου ὑπὸ τὸ ὑποπόδιόν μου 1 You sit here well…You stand there…Sit under my footstool Since these comments are addressed to the rich person and to the poor person as individuals, **you** is singular in the first two instances and the implied “you” in the command to **sit** is also singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) +JAS 2 3 j092 figs-yousingular σὺ κάθου ὧδε καλῶς…σὺ στῆθι ἐκεῖ…κάθου ὑπὸ τὸ ὑποπόδιόν μου 1 You sit here well … You stand there … Sit under my footstool Since these comments are addressed to the rich person and to the poor person as individuals, **you** is singular in the first two instances and the implied “you” in the command to **sit** is also singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) JAS 2 3 zx9f figs-idiom σὺ κάθου ὧδε καλῶς 1 You sit here well In this context **well** means “honorably.” It does not refer to how well the rich person would be able to sit in the indicated seat. Alternate translation: “Sit here in this place of honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JAS 2 3 j093 figs-imperative σὺ κάθου ὧδε καλῶς 1 You sit here well This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please sit here in this place of honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) JAS 2 3 j094 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 and The term **and** introduces a contrast between the way the rich person and the poor person are treated. Alternate translation: “but” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -JAS 2 3 j095 figs-imperative σὺ στῆθι ἐκεῖ…κάθου ὑπὸ τὸ ὑποπόδιόν μου 1 You stand there…Sit under my footstool These statements addressed to the poor person probably are direct imperatives rather than polite requests, since James is illustrating how believers might treat poor people differently from rich people. Not adding “please” to these statements would show the contrast with the way the rich person is addressed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) -JAS 2 3 ce14 figs-explicit σὺ στῆθι ἐκεῖ…κάθου ὑπὸ τὸ ὑποπόδιόν μου 1 You stand there…Sit under my footstool The implications are that the poor person is being told to stand or sit in a humbler and less honorable place. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +JAS 2 3 j095 figs-imperative σὺ στῆθι ἐκεῖ…κάθου ὑπὸ τὸ ὑποπόδιόν μου 1 You stand there … Sit under my footstool These statements addressed to the poor person probably are direct imperatives rather than polite requests, since James is illustrating how believers might treat poor people differently from rich people. Not adding “please” to these statements would show the contrast with the way the rich person is addressed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) +JAS 2 3 ce14 figs-explicit σὺ στῆθι ἐκεῖ…κάθου ὑπὸ τὸ ὑποπόδιόν μου 1 You stand there … Sit under my footstool The implications are that the poor person is being told to stand or sit in a humbler and less honorable place. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JAS 2 3 h2fy figs-you κάθου ὑπὸ τὸ ὑποπόδιόν μου 1 Sit under my footstool This imperative statement uses the singular first-person pronoun **my**, since it is something that one of the believers might say to the hypothetical poor person. If this would not be natural in your language, since the statement is introduced by **you** (plural) **say**, you could also use a plural form in the statement itself. Alternate translation: “Sit on the floor by our feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) JAS 2 4 j096 figs-hypo οὐ διεκρίθητε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, καὶ ἐγένεσθε κριταὶ διαλογισμῶν πονηρῶν? 1 have you not distinguished among yourselves and become judges of evil thoughts? In this verse James describes the result of the hypothetical situation he has been describing since [2:2](../02/02.md). It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Then you have distinguished among yourselves and become judges of evil thoughts.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) JAS 2 4 j097 grammar-connect-logic-result οὐ διεκρίθητε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, καὶ ἐγένεσθε κριταὶ διαλογισμῶν πονηρῶν 1 have you not distinguished among yourselves and become judges of evil thoughts If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “have you not become judges who think evil things and so begun to consider some people better than others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ JAS 2 10 j113 πάντων ἔνοχος 1 guilty of all Alternate translation: JAS 2 10 j114 figs-explicit πάντων ἔνοχος 1 guilty of all If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly why James says that this is true. Alternate translation: “guilty of breaking the entire law, because God gave the entire law to show people how he wanted them to live, and if you break one part of it, you are not living in that way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JAS 2 11 j115 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For James is giving the reason for the statement he made in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “The reason why breaking one law makes a person guilty of breaking every law is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) JAS 2 11 ez11 figs-explicit ὁ…εἰπών 1 the one who said James is referring implicitly to God, who spoke the commandments quoted in this verse when he gave the law to Moses. Alternate translation: “God who said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -JAS 2 11 c8jm figs-youcrowd μὴ μοιχεύσῃς…μὴ φονεύσῃς…οὐ μοιχεύεις…φονεύεις…γέγονας 1 Do not commit adultery…Do not murder…you do not commit adultery…you do murder…you have become The implied “you” in the two commandments that James quotes in this verse is singular because, even though Moses gave these laws to the Israelites as a group, each individual person was expected to obey them. The word **you** is also singular in the rest of the verse because James is carrying forward that usage from the commandments. So in your translation, use the singular form of “you” if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) +JAS 2 11 c8jm figs-youcrowd μὴ μοιχεύσῃς…μὴ φονεύσῃς…οὐ μοιχεύεις…φονεύεις…γέγονας 1 Do not commit adultery … Do not murder … you do not commit adultery … you do murder … you have become The implied “you” in the two commandments that James quotes in this verse is singular because, even though Moses gave these laws to the Israelites as a group, each individual person was expected to obey them. The word **you** is also singular in the rest of the verse because James is carrying forward that usage from the commandments. So in your translation, use the singular form of “you” if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) JAS 2 12 c6y8 figs-you οὕτως λαλεῖτε, καὶ οὕτως ποιεῖτε 1 Thus speak and thus act The implied “you” in these imperatives is plural. James returns here to the plural usage that he follows in most of his letter. So in your translation, use the plural form of “you” if your language marks that distinction and if it reflects it in imperatives. Alternate translation: “Speak and act in this way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) JAS 2 12 yp6i figs-activepassive μέλλοντες κρίνεσθαι 1 ones who are going to be judged If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “people whom God is going to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JAS 2 12 e87r figs-possession νόμου ἐλευθερίας 1 the law of freedom As in [1:25](../01/25.md), James is using the possessive form to describe a **law** that brings **freedom**. Alternate translation: “the law that brings freedom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ JAS 2 15 j129 figs-hypo ἐὰν 1 If James is using a hypothetical situation to JAS 2 15 f6el figs-metaphor ἀδελφὸς ἢ ἀδελφὴ 1 a brother or sister As everywhere else in the book, the term **brother** refers to a fellow believer. In every other instance, the term can mean either a man or a woman. But in this verse James uses **brother** to mean a believer who is a man and **sister** to mean a believer who is a woman. If your language has both masculine and the feminine forms of the word you have been using to translate “brother,” you can use them both here. Otherwise, you can use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another man or woman who believes in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JAS 2 15 j130 γυμνοὶ 1 unclothed **Unclothed** can mean “naked,” and if a Bible translation already exists in your area, it may say that. But in this context, the word actually refers to lacking adequate clothes. Alternate translation: “badly clothed” JAS 2 16 j131 figs-hypo δέ 1 and James is continuing to describe the condition of the hypothetical situation that he is using to teach. Alternate translation: “and suppose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) -JAS 2 16 j132 writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς…αὐτοῖς 1 to them…them Even though in the previous verse James spoke in the singular of “a brother or sister,” he now speaks of needy people generally in the plural, saying **them**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could use the singular in this verse as well. Alternate translation: “to him or her … him or her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +JAS 2 16 j132 writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς…αὐτοῖς 1 to them … them Even though in the previous verse James spoke in the singular of “a brother or sister,” he now speaks of needy people generally in the plural, saying **them**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could use the singular in this verse as well. Alternate translation: “to him or her … him or her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) JAS 2 16 j133 figs-metonymy θερμαίνεσθε καὶ χορτάζεσθε 1 warm yourself and be satisfied The person who would say this to people in need would be speaking figuratively of clothing by association with the way its keeps people warm and figuratively of food by association with the way it satisfies people. Alternate translation: “have adequate clothing and enough food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JAS 2 16 lj89 θερμαίνεσθε 1 warm yourself Alternate translation: “stay warm” JAS 2 16 ngj8 figs-activepassive χορτάζεσθε 1 be satisfied If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an equivalent expression that uses an active verbal form. Alternate translation: “have enough food to satisfy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ JAS 2 21 q8iv figs-rquestion Ἀβραὰμ ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν οὐκ JAS 2 21 j156 figs-explicit Ἀβραὰμ ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη, ἀνενέγκας Ἰσαὰκ τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον? 1 Was not Abraham our father justified by works when he offered up Isaac his son on the altar? James assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to a story recorded in the book of Genesis. In that story, God tells Abraham to offer his son Isaac as a sacrifice, but God does not really want Abraham to do that. Rather, God wants Abraham to demonstrate his faith and obedience by showing that he is willing to do it. God ultimately stops Abraham from sacrificing his son Isaac. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story and if they would think that Abraham actually did offer his son as a sacrifice. Alternate translation, as a statement: “Abraham our father was justified by works when he demonstrated that he was willing to obey God even if that meant offering his son Isaac as a sacrifice, although God did not actually want him to do that and God stopped him from doing it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JAS 2 21 v3ft figs-explicit Ἀβραὰμ ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη 1 Was not Abraham our father justified by works See the discussion in Part 2 of the General Introduction to James about how a person is justified before God. James is not saying that Abraham did something that made God consider him righteous. Rather, as James will explain in more detail in the next two verses, God had previously declared Abraham to be righteous because Abraham believed in him. What Abraham did subsequently, when he proved that he was willing to obey God, demonstrated that his faith was genuine. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they might misunderstand and think that Abraham did something that made God consider him righteous. Alternate translation, as a statement: “God declared Abraham our father to be righteous because what he did demonstrated that he genuinely believed in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JAS 2 21 j157 figs-activepassive Ἀβραὰμ ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν οὐκ…ἐδικαιώθη 1 Was not Abraham our father justified If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation, as a statement: “God justified Abraham our father” or “God declared Abraham our father to be righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -JAS 2 21 j158 translate-names Ἀβραὰμ…Ἰσαὰκ 1 Abraham…Isaac These are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +JAS 2 21 j158 translate-names Ἀβραὰμ…Ἰσαὰκ 1 Abraham … Isaac These are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JAS 2 21 ph1s figs-metaphor ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν 1 our father James is using the term **father** figuratively to mean “ancestor.” Alternate translation: “Abraham our ancestor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JAS 2 21 j159 figs-exclusive ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν 1 our father James is Jewish, descended from Abraham, and the people to whom he is writing also come from a Jewish background, so the word **our** would be inclusive, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) JAS 2 22 l1gj figs-metaphor βλέπεις 1 You see Here, to **see** figuratively represents to understand. Alternate translation: “So you should understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -329,7 +329,7 @@ JAS 3 1 aw5f figs-explicit μεῖζον κρίμα λημψόμεθα 1 we will JAS 3 2 j176 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For James is using **For** to introduce the reason why most of his readers should not become teachers, not the reason why God will judge teachers more strictly. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain this reason more fully as a separate sentence, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) JAS 3 2 j177 πολλὰ…πταίομεν ἅπαντες 1 we all stumble much James is using the adjective **much** as an adverb. Alternate translation: “we all stumble in many ways” JAS 3 2 ab9h figs-exclusive πολλὰ…πταίομεν ἅπαντες 1 we all stumble much James is now speaking of himself and other teachers and also of his readers and people in general, so the pronoun **we** is inclusive here. Alternate translation: “everyone stumbles in many ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -JAS 3 2 p9ek figs-metaphor πολλὰ…πταίομεν ἅπαντες…ἐν λόγῳ οὐ πταίει 1 we all stumble much…does not stumble in word As in [2:10](../02/10.md), James is speaking figuratively of people sinning as if they would **stumble**, that is, trip and lose their balance while walking. Alternate translation: “we all sin in many ways … does not sin in word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JAS 3 2 p9ek figs-metaphor πολλὰ…πταίομεν ἅπαντες…ἐν λόγῳ οὐ πταίει 1 we all stumble much … does not stumble in word As in [2:10](../02/10.md), James is speaking figuratively of people sinning as if they would **stumble**, that is, trip and lose their balance while walking. Alternate translation: “we all sin in many ways … does not sin in word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JAS 3 2 t6xt figs-metonymy εἴ τις ἐν λόγῳ οὐ πταίει 1 If anyone does not stumble in word James is using the term **word** figuratively to mean what people say by using words. Alternate translation: “If anyone does not sin in what he says” or “If anyone does not say things that are wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JAS 3 2 kn4v οὗτος τέλειος ἀνήρ 1 he is a perfect man As in [1:4](../01/04.md) and several other places earlier in this letter, the term **perfect** refers to something that has developed to the point where it is fully suited to its purpose. Alternate translation: “he is a spiritually mature person” JAS 3 2 j178 figs-metaphor δυνατὸς χαλιναγωγῆσαι καὶ ὅλον τὸ σῶμα 1 able to bridle even the whole body As in [1:26](../01/26.md), James speaks figuratively of a person being able to **bridle** himself as if that person were controlling a horse with a bridle. Alternate translation: “able to control his whole body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -340,7 +340,7 @@ JAS 3 3 j179 εἰς τὸ πείθεσθαι αὐτοὺς ἡμῖν 1 for t JAS 3 3 j180 figs-metonymy καὶ ὅλον τὸ σῶμα αὐτῶν μετάγομεν 1 we also turn their whole body James means that by using a bit, people can **turn** the body of a horse in whatever direction they want. James is figuratively using the action of turning a horse to mean guiding or controlling it in general. Alternate translation: “this enables us to guide their whole body” or “this enables us to control their whole body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JAS 3 3 j181 ὅλον τὸ σῶμα αὐτῶν 1 their whole body Since James speaks of **horses** in the plural, it might be more natural in your language to use the plural form of **body**. Alternate translation: “their whole bodies” JAS 3 4 j182 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ, καὶ τὰ πλοῖα 1 Behold also the ships The term **behold** focuses the attention of a listener or reader on what a speaker or writer is about to say. Though it literally means “look” or “see,” the term can be used figuratively to mean giving notice and attention, and that is how James is using it here. Alternate translation: “Also consider the case of ships” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JAS 3 4 yn42 translate-unknown πλοῖα…πηδαλίου 1 ships…rudder **Ships** are large vessels that are used to transport people or goods by water. A **rudder** is a flat device attached to the back of a ship that is used to steer it. If your readers would not be familiar with what **ships** are and what a **rudder** is, in your translation you could use the name of another transportation vehicle and a different device, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “trucks … steering wheel” or “large vehicles … steering device” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +JAS 3 4 yn42 translate-unknown πλοῖα…πηδαλίου 1 ships … rudder **Ships** are large vessels that are used to transport people or goods by water. A **rudder** is a flat device attached to the back of a ship that is used to steer it. If your readers would not be familiar with what **ships** are and what a **rudder** is, in your translation you could use the name of another transportation vehicle and a different device, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “trucks … steering wheel” or “large vehicles … steering device” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) JAS 3 4 j183 τηλικαῦτα ὄντα, καὶ ὑπὸ ἀνέμων σκληρῶν ἐλαυνόμενα 1 being so large and driven by strong winds It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Even though they are so large and driven by strong winds” JAS 3 4 k7f5 figs-activepassive τηλικαῦτα ὄντα, καὶ ὑπὸ ἀνέμων σκληρῶν ἐλαυνόμενα 1 being so large and driven by strong winds If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Even though they are so large and strong winds drive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JAS 3 4 jrk1 figs-metonymy μετάγεται ὑπὸ ἐλαχίστου πηδαλίου 1 it is turned by the smallest rudder James is figuratively using the action of turning a ship to mean guiding or controlling the ship in general. (For example, a person might turn a ship in order to keep it upright, not just to direct it to a certain place.) Alternate translation: “it is controlled by the smallest rudder” or “it is guided by the smallest rudder” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -387,8 +387,8 @@ JAS 3 8 j211 figs-metonymy τὴν…γλῶσσαν 1 the tongue James is using JAS 3 8 j212 figs-nominaladj ἀκατάστατον κακόν 1 an unsettled evil James is using the adjective **evil** as a noun. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “an unsettled evil thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) JAS 3 8 j213 figs-personification ἀκατάστατον κακόν 1 an unsettled evil In this context, the word **unsettled** means “restless.” James is speaking figuratively of the **tongue** as if it were a living thing that could never rest because it always had to be saying bad things. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “We are constantly saying evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) JAS 3 8 m7vi figs-metaphor μεστὴ ἰοῦ θανατηφόρου 1 full of deadly poison James is using **deadly poison** as an analogy for the destructive effects of what people say. Alternate translation (continuing a new sentence): “and what we say has very destructive effects” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -JAS 3 9 le6h writing-pronouns ἐν αὐτῇ εὐλογοῦμεν…καὶ ἐν αὐτῇ καταρώμεθα 1 With it we bless…and with it we curse The pronoun **it** refers to the tongue. Alternate translation: “With our tongue we bless … and with our tongue we curse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -JAS 3 9 j214 figs-metonymy ἐν αὐτῇ εὐλογοῦμεν…καὶ ἐν αὐτῇ καταρώμεθα 1 With it we bless…and with it we curse James is using the **tongue** figuratively to represent what people say, by association with the way the tongue is used for speech. Alternate translation: “We use our tongue in speech to bless … and we use our tongue in speech to curse” or “By what we say, we bless … and by what we say, we curse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +JAS 3 9 le6h writing-pronouns ἐν αὐτῇ εὐλογοῦμεν…καὶ ἐν αὐτῇ καταρώμεθα 1 With it we bless … and with it we curse The pronoun **it** refers to the tongue. Alternate translation: “With our tongue we bless … and with our tongue we curse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +JAS 3 9 j214 figs-metonymy ἐν αὐτῇ εὐλογοῦμεν…καὶ ἐν αὐτῇ καταρώμεθα 1 With it we bless … and with it we curse James is using the **tongue** figuratively to represent what people say, by association with the way the tongue is used for speech. Alternate translation: “We use our tongue in speech to bless … and we use our tongue in speech to curse” or “By what we say, we bless … and by what we say, we curse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JAS 3 9 ucm9 εὐλογοῦμεν 1 we bless In this context, **bless** does not mean to confer a blessing on someone, as a superior would to an inferior. Rather, it means to say good things about someone. Alternate translation: “we say good things about” JAS 3 9 j215 figs-hendiadys τὸν Κύριον καὶ Πατέρα 1 the Lord and Father James is not talking about two different people. He is expressing a single idea by using two nouns connected with **and**. The noun **Father** further identifies **the Lord**. Alternate translation: “the Lord our Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) JAS 3 9 j216 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) @@ -480,7 +480,7 @@ JAS 4 6 j260 writing-pronouns μείζονα δὲ δίδωσιν χάριν 1 B JAS 4 6 j261 μείζονα…χάριν 1 greater grace The comparative **greater** refers to quantity rather than to size. Alternate translation: “even more grace” JAS 4 6 hyh2 writing-pronouns διὸ λέγει 1 Therefore it says The pronoun **it** refers to the Scripture, the antecedent from the previous verse. Even though James is now quoting a specific passage, [Proverbs 3:34](../pro/03/34.md), rather than a general teaching, the reference is to the Bible as a whole. Alternate translation: “Therefore the Scripture says” or “Therefore the Scriptures say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) JAS 4 6 j262 figs-personification λέγει 1 it says James is speaking figuratively of the Bible as if it could speak on its own. Alternate translation: “it is written in the Scriptures” or “we can read in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -JAS 4 6 qs61 figs-nominaladj ὑπερηφάνοις…ταπεινοῖς 1 the proud…the humble James is using the adjectives **proud** and **humble** as nouns to refer to types of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “proud people … humble people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +JAS 4 6 qs61 figs-nominaladj ὑπερηφάνοις…ταπεινοῖς 1 the proud … the humble James is using the adjectives **proud** and **humble** as nouns to refer to types of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “proud people … humble people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) JAS 4 7 g7e5 figs-activepassive ὑποτάγητε οὖν 1 Be submitted, therefore If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Submit, therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JAS 4 7 da5t grammar-connect-logic-result ὑποτάγητε οὖν 1 Be submitted, therefore James is giving the reason for the result he described in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Because God gives grace to the humble, be submitted” or “Because God gives grace to the humble, submit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) JAS 4 7 j263 grammar-connect-logic-result ἀντίστητε δὲ τῷ διαβόλῳ, καὶ φεύξεται ἀφ’ ὑμῶν 1 But resist the devil, and he will flee from you James is using the word translated **and** to describe a result. Alternate translation: “But resist the devil. If you do, then he will flee from you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) @@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ JAS 4 10 j276 figs-activepassive ταπεινώθητε 1 Be humbled If it would JAS 4 10 an8i figs-metaphor ἐνώπιον Κυρίου 1 before the Lord The word **before** means “in front of” or “in the presence of” another person. While in one sense God is present everywhere, the believers to whom James is writing are not in the direct physical presence of God, so he likely means this expression in a figurative sense. He is referring to the attitude they should have towards God. Alternate translation: “in your attitude towards God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JAS 4 10 tn5w figs-metaphor ὑψώσει ὑμᾶς 1 he will lift you up James is speaking figuratively as if his readers would humbly kneel down or bow down in front of God to show their repentance and as if God would have them stand up to show that he accepted them. Alternate translation: “he will show that he accepts you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JAS 4 11 r3hc μὴ καταλαλεῖτε ἀλλήλων 1 Do not speak against one another Alternate translation: “Do not say bad things about one another” -JAS 4 11 uyi9 figs-metaphor ἀδελφοί…ἀδελφοῦ…τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 brothers…a brother…his brother See how you translated the term **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “my fellow believers … a fellow believer … his fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JAS 4 11 uyi9 figs-metaphor ἀδελφοί…ἀδελφοῦ…τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 brothers … a brother … his brother See how you translated the term **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “my fellow believers … a fellow believer … his fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JAS 4 11 j277 figs-explicit καταλαλεῖ νόμου καὶ κρίνει νόμον 1 speaks against the law and judges the law By **the law**, James means the same thing that he calls the “royal law” in [2:8](../02/08.md) and the “law of freedom” in [1:25](../01/25.md) and [2:12](../02/12.md). That is, he means the commandment “you will love your neighbor as yourself.” James is teaching his readers that by saying or assuming that their fellow believers were doing wrong things, they were not following this commandment and they were treating the commandment as if it were not important to follow. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. See how you translated the term “neighbor” in [2:8](../02/08.md). Alternate translation: “contradicts the law that says to love other people as oneself and judges that law to be unimportant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JAS 4 11 j278 figs-youcrowd εἰ…νόμον κρίνεις, οὐκ εἶ ποιητὴς νόμου 1 if you judge the law, you are not a doer of the law The word **you** is singular in these two cases because even though James is addressing a group of people, he is describing an individual situation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) JAS 4 11 j279 figs-ellipsis οὐκ εἶ ποιητὴς νόμου, ἀλλὰ κριτής 1 you are not a doer of the law, but a judge In the second phrase, James is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the first phrase. Alternate translation: “you are not a doer of the law, but a judge of the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 617ca9643e..4840e104e4 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -3,17 +3,17 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 1 intro ql4i 0 # 1 Peter 01 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Peter formally introduces this letter in verses 1-2. Writers often began letters in this way in the ancient Near East.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 1:24-25.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### What God reveals

When Jesus comes again, everyone will see how good God’s people were to have faith in Jesus. Then God’s people will see how gracious God has been to them, and all people will praise both God and his people.

### Holiness

God wants his people to be holy because God is holy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])

### Eternity

Peter tells Christians to live for things that will last forever and not to live for the things of this world, which will end. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Paradox

A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Peter writes that his readers are glad and sad at the same time ([1 Peter 1:6](../01/06.md)). He can say this because they are sad because they are suffering, but they are glad because they know that God will save them “in the last time” ([1 Peter 1:5](../01/05.md)) 1PE 1 1 g6b4 0 General Information: Peter identifies himself as the writer and identifies and greets the believers to whom he is writing. 1PE 1 1 u3zc figs-metaphor ἐκλεκτοῖς παρεπιδήμοις διασπορᾶς 1 to the elect foreigners of the dispersion Peter speaks of his readers as people who live away from their homes in many different countries. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1PE 1 1 qkl8 Καππαδοκίας…Βιθυνίας 1 Cappadocia…Bithynia Along with the other places that Peter mentions, **Cappadocia** and **Bithynia** were Roman provinces located in what is now the country of Turkey. +1PE 1 1 qkl8 Καππαδοκίας…Βιθυνίας 1 Cappadocia … Bithynia Along with the other places that Peter mentions, **Cappadocia** and **Bithynia** were Roman provinces located in what is now the country of Turkey. 1PE 1 1 cf7b ἐκλεκτοῖς παρεπιδήμοις 1 to the elect foreigners “to the chosen foreigners” or “the ones whom God the Father has chosen.” God has chosen them according to his own foreknowledge. 1PE 1 2 ba1h figs-abstractnouns πρόγνωσιν Θεοῦ Πατρός 1 the foreknowledge of God the Father The abstract noun **foreknowledge** can be translated with a verbal phrase. This could mean: (1) God had determined what would happen ahead of time. Alternate translation: “what God the Father decided previously” or (2) God knew what would happen ahead of time. Alternate translation: “what God the Father knew beforehand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 1 2 i9kf figs-metonymy αἵματος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 of the blood of Jesus Christ Here the **blood** refers to the death of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 1 2 rwkk figs-metaphor ῥαντισμὸν αἵματος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the sprinkling of the blood of Jesus Christ Just as Moses sprinkled blood on the people of Israel to symbolize their covenant with God, believers are in covenant with God because of Jesus’ death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 1 2 z7df figs-abstractnouns χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη 1 May grace be to you, and may your peace increase This passage speaks of **grace** as if it were an object that believers could possess, and of **peace** as if it were something that could increase in amount. Of course, grace is in reality the kind way God acts toward believers, and peace is how believers live in safety and joy with God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 1 3 y6aq 0 General Information: Peter begins to talk about the believers’ salvation and faith. Here he elaborates on a metaphor in which what God promises to do for all believers is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that he passes on to them. -1PE 1 3 cyf6 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμᾶς 1 our…us The words **our** and **us** refer to Peter and those to whom he is writing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +1PE 1 3 cyf6 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμᾶς 1 our … us The words **our** and **us** refer to Peter and those to whom he is writing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) 1PE 1 3 c92y ἀναγεννήσας ἡμᾶς 1 he has given us new birth “he has caused us to be born again” 1PE 1 4 b2zy figs-abstractnouns εἰς κληρονομίαν ἄφθαρτον, καὶ ἀμίαντον, καὶ ἀμάραντον 1 for an imperishable and undefiled and unfading inheritance You can translate **inheritance** using a verb. Alternate translation: “which we confidently expect to receive as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -1PE 1 4 cy1g figs-metaphor κληρονομίαν 1 an…inheritance Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were inheriting property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 1 4 cy1g figs-metaphor κληρονομίαν 1 an … inheritance Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were inheriting property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 1 4 vr9s figs-metaphor ἄφθαρτον, καὶ ἀμίαντον, καὶ ἀμάραντον 1 imperishable and undefiled and unfading Peter uses three similar phrases to describe the inheritance as something that is perfect and eternal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 1 4 z6w4 figs-activepassive τετηρημένην ἐν οὐρανοῖς εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 reserved in heaven for you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which God is reserving in heaven for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 1 5 r4es figs-activepassive τοὺς ἐν δυνάμει Θεοῦ φρουρουμένους 1 who are protected by the power of God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “and God is protecting you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 1 9 j2qe figs-abstractnouns σωτηρίαν ψυχῶν 1 the salvation of your souls The abstract noun “salvation” can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: “God saving you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 1 9 hw6y σωτηρίαν 1 the salvation This words presents the idea as if it were an object. In reality, **salvation** refers to the action of God saving us, or to what happens as a result. 1PE 1 9 uk4a figs-synecdoche σωτηρίαν ψυχῶν 1 the salvation of your souls Here the word **souls** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “your salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -1PE 1 10 p4p5 σωτηρίας…χάριτος 1 salvation…grace These words present two ideas as if they were things or objects. In reality, **salvation** refers to the action of God saving us, or to what happens as a result. Similarly, **grace** refers to the kind way in which God deals with believers. +1PE 1 10 p4p5 σωτηρίας…χάριτος 1 salvation … grace These words present two ideas as if they were things or objects. In reality, **salvation** refers to the action of God saving us, or to what happens as a result. Similarly, **grace** refers to the kind way in which God deals with believers. 1PE 1 10 yyz4 figs-doublet ἐξεζήτησαν καὶ ἐξηραύνησαν 1 searched and inquired carefully The phrase **inquired carefully** means basically the same thing as “searched.” Together these words emphasize how hard the prophets tried to understand this salvation. Alternate translation: “examined very carefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1PE 1 11 x5x8 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues talking about the prophets’ search for salvation. 1PE 1 11 r5jf ἐραυνῶντες 1 examining “trying to determine” @@ -53,8 +53,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 1 19 smu8 figs-doublet ἀμώμου καὶ ἀσπίλου 1 unblemished and spotless Peter expresses the same idea in two different ways to emphasize Christ’s purity. Alternate translation: “with no imperfections” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1PE 1 20 msw5 figs-activepassive προεγνωσμένου 1 He has been chosen This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God chose Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 1 20 ky7a figs-abstractnouns πρὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου 1 before the foundation of the world You can translate this with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “before God created the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -1PE 1 20 dkk2 figs-activepassive φανερωθέντος…δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 he has been revealed…for your sake This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God has revealed him…for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1PE 1 20 u7e3 figs-metaphor φανερωθέντος…δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 he has been revealed…for your sake Peter does not mean that his readers actually saw Christ, but that they learned the truth about him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 1 20 dkk2 figs-activepassive φανερωθέντος…δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 he has been revealed … for your sake This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God has revealed him … for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +1PE 1 20 u7e3 figs-metaphor φανερωθέντος…δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 he has been revealed … for your sake Peter does not mean that his readers actually saw Christ, but that they learned the truth about him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 1 21 lt5u figs-idiom τὸν ἐγείραντα αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 who has raised him from the dead Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “who caused him to live again so that he was no longer among the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1PE 1 21 f7mn figs-abstractnouns δόξαν αὐτῷ δόντα 1 has given him glory The abstract noun **glory** can be stated in verbal form. Alternate translation: “glorified him” or “showed that he is glorious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 1 22 luj3 figs-synecdoche τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν ἡγνικότες 1 Having purified your souls Here the word **souls** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “Since you made yourselves pure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) @@ -67,8 +67,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 1 23 tjq9 figs-metonymy διὰ λόγου ζῶντος Θεοῦ, καὶ μένοντος 1 through the living and enduring word of God Peter speaks of the **word of God** as if it were alive forever. In reality, it is God who lives forever, and whose instructions and promises last eternally. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 1 24 kyc5 0 General Information: In these verses Peter quotes a passage from the prophet Isaiah relating to what he has just said about them being born of imperishable seed. 1PE 1 24 dr75 figs-metonymy πᾶσα σὰρξ 1 All flesh The word **flesh** refers to humanity. Alternate translation: “All people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -1PE 1 24 r0fd figs-metonymy πᾶσα σὰρξ ὡς χόρτος…ἐξηράνθη ὁ χόρτος 1 All flesh is like grass…The grass dries up The prophet Isaiah compares humanity to grass that grows and dies quickly. Alternate translation: “All people are temporary like grass…They will die like the grass” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -1PE 1 24 hd2f figs-simile πᾶσα δόξα αὐτῆς ὡς ἄνθος χόρτου…τὸ ἄνθος ἐξέπεσεν 1 all its glory is like the flower of the grass…its flower falls off Here the word **glory** refers to beauty or goodness. Isaiah compares the things that people consider to be good or beautiful about humanity to flowers that die quickly. Alternate translation: “all their goodness is as temporary as a flower…it will fall away like a dying flower” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +1PE 1 24 r0fd figs-metonymy πᾶσα σὰρξ ὡς χόρτος…ἐξηράνθη ὁ χόρτος 1 All flesh is like grass … The grass dries up The prophet Isaiah compares humanity to grass that grows and dies quickly. Alternate translation: “All people are temporary like grass … They will die like the grass” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +1PE 1 24 hd2f figs-simile πᾶσα δόξα αὐτῆς ὡς ἄνθος χόρτου…τὸ ἄνθος ἐξέπεσεν 1 all its glory is like the flower of the grass … its flower falls off Here the word **glory** refers to beauty or goodness. Isaiah compares the things that people consider to be good or beautiful about humanity to flowers that die quickly. Alternate translation: “all their goodness is as temporary as a flower … it will fall away like a dying flower” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) 1PE 1 25 aba2 τὸ…ῥῆμα Κυρίου 1 the word of the Lord “the message that comes from the Lord” 1PE 1 25 s11j figs-activepassive τὸ ῥῆμα τὸ εὐαγγελισθὲν 1 the word that has been proclaimed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the gospel that we proclaimed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 2 intro a121 0 # 1 Peter 02 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 2:6, 7, 8, and 22.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:10.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Stones

The Bible uses a building made of large stones as a metaphor for the church. Jesus is the cornerstone, the most important stone. The apostles and prophets are the foundation, the part of the building on which all the other stones rest. In this chapter, Christians are the stones that make up the walls of the building. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/cornerstone]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/foundation]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Milk and babies

When Peter tells his readers to “long for pure spiritual milk,” he is using the metaphor of a baby craving his mother’s milk. Peter wants Christians to crave God’s word the same way a baby craves milk. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 2 6 klv2 figs-explicit λίθον, ἀκρογωνιαῖον ἐκλεκτὸν ἔντιμον 1 a cornerstone, chosen, precious God is the one who chose the stone. Alternate translation: “a most important cornerstone, which I have chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 2 6 xsx8 figs-metaphor λίθον, ἀκρογωνιαῖον 1 a cornerstone The prophet speaks of the Messiah as the most important stone in a building. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 2 7 ze1c 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues quoting from the scriptures. -1PE 2 7 uu3j figs-metaphor λίθος ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν…ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 The stone that was rejected by…has become the head of the corner This is a metaphor that means people, like builders, **rejected** Jesus, but God has made him the most important **stone** in a building. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 2 7 uu3j figs-metaphor λίθος ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν…ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 The stone that was rejected by … has become the head of the corner This is a metaphor that means people, like builders, **rejected** Jesus, but God has made him the most important **stone** in a building. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 2 7 i4jl figs-activepassive λίθος ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες 1 The stone that was rejected by the builders This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The stone that the builders rejected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 2 7 ql12 κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 the head of the corner This refers to the most important stone in a building and means basically the same thing as “cornerstone” in [1 Peter 2:6](../02/06.md). 1PE 2 8 ptx5 figs-parallelism λίθος προσκόμματος, καὶ πέτρα σκανδάλου 1 A stone of stumbling and a rock of offense These two phrases share similar meanings. Together they emphasize that people will take **offense** at this “stone,” which refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “a stone or a rock over which people will stumble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 2 18 xgk8 figs-doublet τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς καὶ ἐπιεικέσιν 1 the good and gentle Here the words **good** and **gentle** share similar meanings and emphasize that such masters treat their servants kindly. Alternate translation: “the very kind masters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1PE 2 18 a6gc τοῖς σκολιοῖς 1 to the perverse “to the cruel ones” or “to the mean ones” 1PE 2 19 r1h1 τοῦτο…χάρις 1 this is praiseworthy “this is deserving of praise” or “it is pleasing to God” -1PE 2 19 zm8e διὰ συνείδησιν Θεοῦ, ὑποφέρει…λύπας 1 endures sorrow…because of awareness of God This could mean: (1) this person accepts suffering because he knows he is obeying God or (2) this person is able to endure unjust punishment because he knows that God knows how he is suffering. +1PE 2 19 zm8e διὰ συνείδησιν Θεοῦ, ὑποφέρει…λύπας 1 endures sorrow … because of awareness of God This could mean: (1) this person accepts suffering because he knows he is obeying God or (2) this person is able to endure unjust punishment because he knows that God knows how he is suffering. 1PE 2 20 y5ue figs-rquestion ποῖον γὰρ κλέος, εἰ ἁμαρτάνοντες καὶ κολαφιζόμενοι ὑπομενεῖτε? 1 For what kind of credit is there if, sinning and being tormented, you will endure? Peter asks this question to emphasize that there is nothing praiseworthy about suffering for doing something wrong. Alternate translation: “For God will not reward you if you are punished because you sinned.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1PE 2 20 pr8b figs-activepassive ἁμαρτάνοντες καὶ κολαφιζόμενοι 1 sinning and being tormented This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “while someone punishes you because you sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 2 20 ly9f figs-activepassive ἀγαθοποιοῦντες καὶ πάσχοντες ὑπομενεῖτε 1 doing good and suffering, you will endure This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you endure when someone punishes you for doing good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -181,8 +181,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 10 p9bl figs-parallelism ζωὴν ἀγαπᾶν, καὶ ἰδεῖν ἡμέρας ἀγαθὰς 1 to love life and to see good days These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the desire to have a good life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 1PE 3 10 btkp figs-metaphor ἰδεῖν ἡμέρας ἀγαθὰς 1 to see good days Here experiencing good things is spoken of as seeing good things. Alternate translation: “experience good things during life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 10 t5en figs-metonymy ἡμέρας ἀγαθὰς 1 good days The word **days** refers to one’s lifetime. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -1PE 3 10 wq2b figs-parallelism παυσάτω τὴν γλῶσσαν ἀπὸ κακοῦ, καὶ χείλη τοῦ μὴ λαλῆσαι δόλον 1 Let…stop his tongue from evil and his lips from speaking deceit These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the command not to lie. Alternate translation: “stop saying evil and deceitful things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -1PE 3 10 rqa9 figs-synecdoche τὴν γλῶσσαν…χείλη 1 his tongue…his lips The words **tongue** and **lips** refer to the person who is speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +1PE 3 10 wq2b figs-parallelism παυσάτω τὴν γλῶσσαν ἀπὸ κακοῦ, καὶ χείλη τοῦ μὴ λαλῆσαι δόλον 1 Let … stop his tongue from evil and his lips from speaking deceit These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the command not to lie. Alternate translation: “stop saying evil and deceitful things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +1PE 3 10 rqa9 figs-synecdoche τὴν γλῶσσαν…χείλη 1 his tongue … his lips The words **tongue** and **lips** refer to the person who is speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 1PE 3 11 n5sr figs-metaphor ἐκκλινάτω…ἀπὸ κακοῦ 1 let him turn away from evil Here, **turn away** is a metaphor that means to stop doing something. Alternate translation: “let him stop doing what is bad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 3 12 yn5l figs-synecdoche ὀφθαλμοὶ Κυρίου ἐπὶ δικαίους 1 the eyes of the Lord are upon the righteous The word **eyes** refers to the Lord’s ability to know things. Alternate translation: “The Lord knows the righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 1PE 3 12 m2a0 figs-metaphor ὀφθαλμοὶ Κυρίου ἐπὶ δικαίους 1 the eyes of the Lord are upon the righteous The Lord’s approval of the righteous is spoken of as his seeing them. Alternate translation: “The Lord approves of the righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 20 c6mi figs-activepassive ἐν ἡμέραις Νῶε, κατασκευαζομένης κιβωτοῦ 1 in the days of Noah, while an ark was being constructed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “during the time of Noah, when he was building an ark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 3 21 jti3 δι’ ἀναστάσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 through the resurrection of Jesus Christ “because of the resurrection of Jesus Christ.” This phrase completes the thought, “This is a symbol of the baptism that saves you now.” 1PE 3 22 g4qh figs-metonymy ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ 1 who is at the right hand of God To be at the **right hand of God** is a symbol that God has given Jesus greatest honor and authority over all others. Alternate translation: “who is beside God in the place of honor and authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -1PE 3 22 f6jq ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ 1 after…had been subjected to him “when…had submitted to Jesus Christ” +1PE 3 22 f6jq ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ 1 after … had been subjected to him “when … had submitted to Jesus Christ” 1PE 4 intro zh5n 0 # 1 Peter 04 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 4:18.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Ungodly Gentiles

This passage uses the term “Gentiles” to refer to all ungodly people who are not Jews. It does not include Gentiles who have become Christians. “Sensuality, passion, drunkenness, carousings, wild parties, and disgusting acts of idolatry” were actions that characterized or typified the ungodly Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])

### Martyrdom

It is apparent that Peter is speaking to many Christians who are experiencing great persecution and are facing death for their beliefs.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Let it” and “Let none” and “Let him” and “Let those”

Peter uses these phrases to tell his readers what he wants them to do. They are like commands because he wants his readers to obey. But it is as if he is telling one person what he wants other people to do. 1PE 4 1 b8d4 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues to teach the believers about Christian living. He begins by giving a conclusion to his thoughts from the previous chapter about Christ’s sufferings. 1PE 4 1 ess6 σαρκὶ 1 in the flesh “in his body” @@ -255,10 +255,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 17 z9zc τί τὸ τέλος τῶν ἀπειθούντων 1 what will be the end of those disobeying “what will happen to those who disobey” 1PE 4 17 l3db τῶν ἀπειθούντων τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 of those disobeying the gospel of God “of those who do not believe God’s gospel.” Here the word **disobeying** means they do not believe. 1PE 4 18 t762 figs-activepassive εἰ ὁ δίκαιος μόλις σῴζεται 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved Here the word **saved** refers to final salvation when Christ returns. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “If the righteous person experiences many difficulties before God saves him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1PE 4 18 w8ke figs-rquestion ὁ δίκαιος…ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται? 1 the righteous…where will the ungodly and the sinner appear? Peter use this question to emphasize that sinners will suffer much more than believers do. Alternate translation: “the righteous man…the outcome will be much worse for the ungodly and the sinner.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +1PE 4 18 w8ke figs-rquestion ὁ δίκαιος…ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται? 1 the righteous … where will the ungodly and the sinner appear? Peter use this question to emphasize that sinners will suffer much more than believers do. Alternate translation: “the righteous man … the outcome will be much worse for the ungodly and the sinner.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1PE 4 18 ms54 ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται 1 where will the ungodly and the sinner appear “what will happen to the ungodly and the sinner” 1PE 4 18 wb4v figs-doublet ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 the ungodly and the sinner The words **ungodly** and **sinner** mean basically the same thing and emphasize the wickedness of these people. Alternate translation: “ungodly sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -1PE 4 19 qm3u figs-synecdoche παρατιθέσθωσαν τὰς ψυχὰς αὐτῶν 1 let…entrust their souls Here the word **souls** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “let…entrust themselves” or “let…entrust their lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +1PE 4 19 qm3u figs-synecdoche παρατιθέσθωσαν τὰς ψυχὰς αὐτῶν 1 let … entrust their souls Here the word **souls** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “let … entrust themselves” or “let … entrust their lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 1PE 4 19 wih1 figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἀγαθοποιΐᾳ 1 in well-doing The abstract noun **well-doing** can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “while they do good” or “while they live rightly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 5 intro a6d9 0 # 1 Peter 05 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Most people in the ancient Near East would end a letter the way Peter ends this one.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Crowns

The crown that the Chief Shepherd will give is a reward, something that people who do something especially good receive. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Lion

All animals are afraid of lions because they are fast and strong, and they eat almost every other kind of animal. They also eat people. Satan wants to make God’s people afraid, so Peter uses the simile of a lion to teach his readers that Satan can harm their bodies, but if they trust in God and obey him, they will always be God’s people, and God will care for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])

### Babylon

Babylon was the evil nation that in Old Testament times had destroyed Jerusalem, taken the Jews away from their homes, and ruled over them. Peter uses Babylon as a metaphor for the nation that was persecuting the Christians he was writing to. He could have been referring to Jerusalem because the Jews were persecuting the Christians. Or he could have been referring to Rome because the Romans were persecuting the Christians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 5 1 s8fr 0 General Information: Peter speaks specifically to men who are elders. @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 5 10 lwz6 ὁ καλέσας ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν αἰώνιον αὐτοῦ δόξαν ἐν Χριστῷ 1 who has called you to his eternal glory in Christ “who has chose you to share his eternal glory in heaven because you are joined to Christ” 1PE 5 10 qf2h καταρτίσει 1 will perfect “make perfect” or “restore” or “make well again” 1PE 5 10 j2nt figs-metaphor σθενώσει, θεμελιώσει 1 strengthen, and establish you These two expressions have similar meanings, that is, that God will enable the believers to trust in him and to obey him regardless of any suffering they may experience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1PE 5 12 an6q διὰ Σιλουανοῦ, ὑμῖν…δι’ ὀλίγων ἔγραψα 1 Through Silvanus…I wrote to you briefly Silvanus wrote the words that Peter told him to write in the letter. +1PE 5 12 an6q διὰ Σιλουανοῦ, ὑμῖν…δι’ ὀλίγων ἔγραψα 1 Through Silvanus … I wrote to you briefly Silvanus wrote the words that Peter told him to write in the letter. 1PE 5 12 g1t6 figs-metonymy ταύτην εἶναι ἀληθῆ χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 this is the true grace of God This refers back to what Paul has written. Here the word **grace** refers to the gospel message, which tells of the kind things that God has done for believers. Alternate translation: “I have written about the true grace of God” or “the gospel message I have written is God's grace to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 5 12 nm72 figs-metaphor εἰς ἣν στῆτε 1 Stand in it The word **it** refers to “the true grace of God.” Being strongly committed to this grace is spoken of as standing firmly in one place, refusing to move. Alternate translation: “Remain strongly committed to it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 5 13 muq7 writing-symlanguage ἡ ἐν Βαβυλῶνι 1 She who is in Babylon Here, **she** probably refers to the group of believers who live in **Babylon**. Here, **Babylon** could mean: (1) a symbol for the city of Rome, or (2) a symbol for anywhere that Christians are suffering, or (3) a literal reference to the city of Babylon. It most likely refers to the city of Rome. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) diff --git a/en_tn_62-2PE.tsv b/en_tn_62-2PE.tsv index 28240d6d59..8519b52b07 100644 --- a/en_tn_62-2PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_62-2PE.tsv @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2PE 2 2 nzx7 figs-activepassive ἡ ὁδὸς τῆς ἀληθείας βλασφημηθήσεται 1 the way of truth will be slandered The phrase **way of truth** refers to the Christian faith as the true path to God. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “unbelievers will blaspheme the way of truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2PE 2 3 dl1k πλαστοῖς λόγοις ὑμᾶς ἐμπορεύσονται 1 they will exploit you with false words “they will convince you to give them money by telling you lies” 2PE 2 3 k359 figs-parallelism οἷς τὸ κρίμα ἔκπαλαι οὐκ ἀργεῖ, καὶ ἡ ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν οὐ νυστάζει 1 their condemnation from long ago is not idle, and their destruction does not sleep The two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize how soon the false teachers will be condemned. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -2PE 2 3 jvh9 figs-personification κρίμα…ἀπώλεια 1 condemnation…destruction Peter speaks of **condemnation** and **destruction** as if they are persons who act. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +2PE 2 3 jvh9 figs-personification κρίμα…ἀπώλεια 1 condemnation … destruction Peter speaks of **condemnation** and **destruction** as if they are persons who act. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) 2PE 2 3 c57u figs-abstractnouns οἷς τὸ κρίμα…οὐκ ἀργεῖ, καὶ ἡ ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν οὐ νυστάζει 1 their condemnation has not been idle, and their destruction is not asleep The abstract nouns “condemnation” and “destruction” can be expressed in verbal form. Alternate translation: “it will not be long until they are condemned, and they will soon be destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2PE 2 3 jetw figs-doublenegatives οἷς τὸ κρίμα ἔκπαλαι οὐκ ἀργεῖ, καὶ ἡ ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν οὐ νυστάζει 1 whose condemnation from long ago is not idle, and their destruction does not sleep You can translate these phrases with verbs in positive terms. Alternate translation: “God will soon condemn them; he is ready to destroy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) 2PE 2 4 s115 0 Connecting Statement: Peter gives examples of people who acted against God and whom God punished because of what they did. @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2PE 2 4 uzy2 figs-metaphor σειροῖς ζόφου 1 in chains of darkness This could mean: (1) “in chains in a very dark place” or (2) “in very deep darkness that imprisons them like chains.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2PE 2 4 c2ak εἰς κρίσιν 1 to judgment This refers to the day of **judgment** when God will judge every person. 2PE 2 5 hpv7 figs-metonymy ἀρχαίου κόσμου οὐκ ἐφείσατο 1 he did not spare the ancient world Here the word **world** refers to the people who lived in it. Alternate translation: “he did not spare the people who lived in the ancient world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -2PE 2 5 iw5v ὄγδοον, Νῶε…ἐφύλαξεν 1 he protected Noah…along with seven others God did not destroy **Noah** and **seven** other people when he destroyed the rest of the people who lived in the ancient world. +2PE 2 5 iw5v ὄγδοον, Νῶε…ἐφύλαξεν 1 he protected Noah … along with seven others God did not destroy **Noah** and **seven** other people when he destroyed the rest of the people who lived in the ancient world. 2PE 2 6 gp3e πόλεις Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρας τεφρώσας 1 having reduced the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah to ashes “after burning the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah with fire until only ashes remained” 2PE 2 6 reg3 καταστροφῇ κατέκρινεν 1 condemned them to destruction Here the word **them** refers to Sodom and Gomorrah and the people who lived in them. 2PE 2 6 hgt7 ὑπόδειγμα μελλόντων ἀσεβέσιν 1 an example of what is going to happen to the ungodly Sodom and Gomorrah serve as an **example** and a warning of what will happen to others who disobey God. @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2PE 2 18 nks3 figs-explicit τοὺς ὀλίγως ἀποφεύγοντας τοὺς ἐν πλάνῃ ἀναστρεφομένους 1 those who are barely escaping from those who live in error This phrase refers to people who recently became believers. The phrase **those who live in error** refers to unbelievers who still live in sin. Alternate translation: “people who try to live rightly, instead of living sinfully as they used to and as other people do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2PE 2 18 jec8 figs-metaphor τοὺς ὀλίγως ἀποφεύγοντας 1 those who are barely escaping from Peter speaks of people who live sinfully as if they are slaves to sin who need to be released from their captivity. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2PE 2 19 uyw6 figs-metaphor ἐλευθερίαν αὐτοῖς ἐπαγγελλόμενοι, αὐτοὶ δοῦλοι ὑπάρχοντες τῆς φθορᾶς 1 promising freedom to them, while they themselves are slaves of corruption Here, **freedom** is a metaphor for the ability to live exactly as one wants. Alternate translation: **promising to give them the ability to live exactly as they want to live, but they themselves cannot escape their own sinful desires** (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -2PE 2 19 v5tt figs-metaphor ἐλευθερίαν…ἐπαγγελλόμενοι…δοῦλοι…τῆς φθορᾶς 1 promising freedom…slaves of corruption Peter speaks of people who live sinfully as if they are slaves to sin who need to be released from their captivity. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +2PE 2 19 v5tt figs-metaphor ἐλευθερίαν…ἐπαγγελλόμενοι…δοῦλοι…τῆς φθορᾶς 1 promising freedom … slaves of corruption Peter speaks of people who live sinfully as if they are slaves to sin who need to be released from their captivity. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2PE 2 19 b79v figs-metaphor ᾧ γάρ τις ἥττηται, τούτῳ δεδούλωται 1 For by what someone has been overcome, by this he has been enslaved Peter speaks of a person as a slave when anything has control over that person, and that thing as the master of that person. Alternate translation: “For if something has control over a person, that person becomes like a slave to that thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2PE 2 20 d6ra 0 Connecting Statement: The words **they** and **them** refer to the false teachers Peter speaks of in verses 12-19. 2PE 2 20 q96i grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ…ἀποφυγόντες τὰ μιάσματα τοῦ κόσμου, ἐν ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, τούτοις δὲ πάλιν ἐμπλακέντες ἡττῶνται, γέγονεν αὐτοῖς τὰ ἔσχατα χείρονα τῶν πρώτων 1 if they have escaped the impurities of the world through the knowledge of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ, but having become entangled again, overcome by them, the last has become worse for them than the first This sentence is a description of a conditional statement that is true. The false teachers had at one time **escaped**, but if they are again **entangled** and **overcome**, so their **last** state has become **worse** than their **first** state. This can be stated as a fact. Alternate translation: “they have escaped the impurities of the world through the knowledge of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ, but having become entangled and overcome by them again, so that the last has become worse for them than the first” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2PE 3 4 t6hl figs-euphemism οἱ πατέρες ἐκοιμήθησαν 1 the fathers fell asleep Here, **fathers** refers to ancestors who lived long ago. Falling asleep is a euphemism for dying. Alternate translation: “our ancestors died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) 2PE 3 4 c2en figs-hyperbole πάντα οὕτως διαμένει ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς κτίσεως 1 all things continue in the same way from the beginning of creation The mockers exaggerate with the word **all**, and they argue that since nothing in the world has ever changed, it cannot be true that Jesus will return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) 2PE 3 4 yue7 figs-abstractnouns ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς κτίσεως 1 from the beginning of creation This can be translated as a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “since God created the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -2PE 3 5 mku9 figs-activepassive οὐρανοὶ ἦσαν ἔκπαλαι, καὶ γῆ…συνεστῶσα τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ λόγῳ 1 the heavens existed long ago, and the earth had been formed…by the word of God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God long ago established the heavens and the earth…by his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +2PE 3 5 mku9 figs-activepassive οὐρανοὶ ἦσαν ἔκπαλαι, καὶ γῆ…συνεστῶσα τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ λόγῳ 1 the heavens existed long ago, and the earth had been formed … by the word of God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God long ago established the heavens and the earth … by his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2PE 3 5 s77f ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ δι’ ὕδατος συνεστῶσα 1 had been formed from water and through water This means that God caused the land to come up out of the **water**, gathering the bodies of water together to make the land appear. 2PE 3 6 jh4r δι’ ὧν 1 through which Here this phrase refers to God’s word and water. 2PE 3 6 nyb7 figs-activepassive ὁ τότε κόσμος ὕδατι κατακλυσθεὶς ἀπώλετο 1 the world at that time perished, having been flooded by water This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God flooded the world that existed at that time with water and destroyed it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) diff --git a/en_tn_63-1JN.tsv b/en_tn_63-1JN.tsv index 14c3806ac9..7df595c0f6 100644 --- a/en_tn_63-1JN.tsv +++ b/en_tn_63-1JN.tsv @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1JN 2 24 rfz8 figs-metaphor ἐν ὑμῖν μενέτω…ἐν ὑμῖν μείνῃ 1 let it remain in you … remains in you See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. In these instances, in reference to the teaching about Jesus, the word seems to refer to continuing belief in that teaching. Alternate translation: “continue to believe it … you continue to believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1JN 2 24 j132 figs-hypo ἐὰν ἐν ὑμῖν μείνῃ ὃ ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς ἠκούσατε, καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ καὶ ἐν τῷ Πατρὶ μενεῖτε 1 If what you have heard from the beginning remains in you, you will also remain in the Son and in the Father John is describing a hypothetical situation in order to reassure his readers. Alternate translation: “Suppose that what you have heard from the beginning remains in you. Then you will also remain in the Son and in the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) 1JN 2 24 ty7q figs-metaphor καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ καὶ ἐν τῷ Πατρὶ μενεῖτε 1 you will also remain in the Son and in the Father See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. In this instance, it seems to mean the same thing as in [2:6](../02/06.md). See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “you will also continue to have a close relationship with the Son and with the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1JN 2 24 j133 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τῷ Υἱῷ…τῷ Πατρὶ 1 the Son…the Father **Son** and **Father** are important titles. Alternate translation: “Jesus the Son of God … God the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +1JN 2 24 j133 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τῷ Υἱῷ…τῷ Πατρὶ 1 the Son … the Father **Son** and **Father** are important titles. Alternate translation: “Jesus the Son of God … God the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 1JN 2 25 llj2 ἡ ἐπαγγελία ἣν αὐτὸς ἐπηγγείλατο ἡμῖν 1 the promise that he promised to us Here John uses a cognate accusative, that is, an object that comes from the same root as its verb. You may be able to do the same thing in your translation. If not, you could explain what this means. Alternate translation: “the promise that he made to us” or “what he promised us” 1JN 2 25 j134 writing-pronouns αὐτὸς 1 he The pronoun **he** could refer in this context either to Jesus or to God the Father. However, it seems more likely that it refers to Jesus, since John has just talked in [2:22-23](../02/22.md) about denying or confessing him, and it was Jesus who promised **eternal life** to everyone who believed in him. See, for example, the Gospel of John [3:36](../jhn/03/36.md) and [6:47](../jhn/06/47.md). Alternate translation: “Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 1JN 2 25 id51 figs-metaphor τὴν ζωὴν τὴν αἰώνιον 1 eternal life John means more than physical **life**. This expression can indicate living forever in the presence of God after death, a commonly recognized meaning, but it can also indicate receiving power from God in this life to live in a new way. Alternate translation: “that we would have power to live a new life now and that we would live with him forever after we die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) diff --git a/en_tn_64-2JN.tsv b/en_tn_64-2JN.tsv index 05b32ff26a..76ed9b02f7 100644 --- a/en_tn_64-2JN.tsv +++ b/en_tn_64-2JN.tsv @@ -28,8 +28,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 2JN 1 5 u38f figs-explicit οὐχ ὡς ἐντολὴν καινὴν γράφων σοι 1 not as writing a new commandment to you John does not refer to himself explicitly as the person writing. If your language requires you to state the subject of a verb, you could add a pronoun here. Alternate translation: “not as though I were writing you a new commandment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2JN 1 5 uhs8 figs-explicit ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς 1 from the beginning The phrase **from the beginning** refers to the time when John and his audience first believed in Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “since the time that we first believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2JN 1 5 vmm8 ἀρχῆς, ἵνα ἀγαπῶμεν ἀλλήλους 1 the beginning—that we should love one another If it would be clearer in your language, you could start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “the beginning. He commanded that we should love one another” -2JN 1 6 nw4g figs-metaphor περιπατῶμεν κατὰ…ἐν…περιπατῆτε 1 we should walk according to…you should walk in In these instances the expression **walk** figuratively means to “obey.” Alternate translation: “we should obey … you should obey it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -2JN 1 6 cl95 figs-you ἠκούσατε…περιπατῆτε 1 you heard…you should walk The term **you** is plural in this verse, because John is addressing a congregation of believers. This is the case throughout the rest of the letter, as well, except in verse 13, because there John returns to his metaphor of referring to a church as a woman and its members as her children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +2JN 1 6 nw4g figs-metaphor περιπατῶμεν κατὰ…ἐν…περιπατῆτε 1 we should walk according to … you should walk in In these instances the expression **walk** figuratively means to “obey.” Alternate translation: “we should obey … you should obey it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +2JN 1 6 cl95 figs-you ἠκούσατε…περιπατῆτε 1 you heard … you should walk The term **you** is plural in this verse, because John is addressing a congregation of believers. This is the case throughout the rest of the letter, as well, except in verse 13, because there John returns to his metaphor of referring to a church as a woman and its members as her children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) 2JN 1 7 u749 grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 For Here, **For** introduces the reason why John wrote about the commandment to love and obey God in the previous verses—it is because there are many who pretend to be believers but they do not love or obey God. Use a natural way to introduce this reason in your language. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) 2JN 1 7 w25m figs-explicit ὅτι πολλοὶ πλάνοι ἐξῆλθαν εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 For many deceivers have gone out into the world This seems to be an implicit reference to the false teachers whom John discusses in [verses 10-11](../01/10.md). Alternate translation: “For many deceivers are going around from place to place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2JN 1 7 x8yl figs-metonymy Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν ἐρχόμενον ἐν σαρκί 1 Jesus Christ coming in flesh The expression **coming in flesh** is a metonym for being a real, physical person and not a spiritual being only. Alternate translation: “that Jesus Christ came as a real human” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) diff --git a/en_tn_66-JUD.tsv b/en_tn_66-JUD.tsv index bf801c10c1..974d8a73d3 100644 --- a/en_tn_66-JUD.tsv +++ b/en_tn_66-JUD.tsv @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ JUD 1 1 ek3q figs-you 0 General Information: Jude identifies himself as the wri JUD 1 1 npc3 translate-names Ἰούδας 1 Jude **Jude** is the brother of James. Alternate translation: “I am Jude” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JUD 1 1 m3v1 ἀδελφὸς…Ἰακώβου 1 brother of James **James** and Jude were half brothers of Jesus. Joseph as their physical father, but he was not the physical father or Jesus. JUD 1 2 r5ae figs-abstractnouns ἔλεος ὑμῖν, καὶ εἰρήνη, καὶ ἀγάπη πληθυνθείη 1 May mercy and peace and love be multiplied to you This can be restated to remove the abstract nouns **mercy**, **peace**, and **love**. Alternate translation: “May God continue to be merciful to you so that you live peacefully and love one another more and more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -JUD 1 2 q2qo figs-metaphor ὑμῖν…πληθυνθείη 1 May…be multiplied to you These ideas are spoken of as if they were objects that could grow in size or number. Alternate translation: “May…be increased many times for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +JUD 1 2 q2qo figs-metaphor ὑμῖν…πληθυνθείη 1 May … be multiplied to you These ideas are spoken of as if they were objects that could grow in size or number. Alternate translation: “May … be increased many times for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JUD 1 3 kjk6 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The word “our” in this letter includes both Jude and believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) JUD 1 3 yfa8 0 Connecting Statement: Jude tells the believers his reason for writing this letter. JUD 1 3 mi3w τῆς κοινῆς ἡμῶν σωτηρίας 1 our common salvation “the salvation we share” @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ JUD 1 8 ez4l figs-metaphor σάρκα μὲν μιαίνουσιν 1 defiling th JUD 1 8 e73k βλασφημοῦσιν 1 blaspheming “speak insults” JUD 1 8 pn3j δόξας 1 the glorious ones This refers to spiritual beings, such as angels. JUD 1 9 rmg9 0 General Information: Balaam was a prophet who refused to curse Israel for an enemy but then taught that enemy to get the people to marry unbelievers and become idol worshipers. Korah was a man of Israel who rebelled against Moses’ leadership and Aaron’s priesthood. -JUD 1 9 uzj1 οὐκ ἐτόλμησεν…ἐπενεγκεῖν 1 did not dare to bring…against him “controlled himself. He did not bring…against him” or “was not willing to bring…against him” +JUD 1 9 uzj1 οὐκ ἐτόλμησεν…ἐπενεγκεῖν 1 did not dare to bring … against him “controlled himself. He did not bring … against him” or “was not willing to bring … against him” JUD 1 9 v9fh κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασφημίας 1 to bring a slanderous judgment against him “to say evil, untrue things about him” JUD 1 9 kib4 κρίσιν…βλασφημίας 1 a slanderous judgment “an evil-speaking judgment” or “an evil judgment” JUD 1 10 h6sq οὗτοι 1 these people the ungodly people diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 74c7272856..72592900df 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ REV 1 3 le65 figs-genericnoun ὁ ἀναγινώσκων 1 the one who reads al REV 1 3 h37b figs-activepassive τηροῦντες τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ γεγραμμένα 1 obey what is written in it This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “obey what John has written in it” or “obey what they read in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 1 3 dwt8 ὁ…καιρὸς ἐγγύς 1 the time is near “the things that must happen will soon happen” REV 1 4 vw1t 0 General Information: This is the beginning of John’s letter. Here he names himself as the writer and greets the people he is writing to. -REV 1 4 y9yh figs-abstractnouns χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη, ἀπὸ ὁ ὢν…καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἑπτὰ πνευμάτων 1 May grace be to you and peace from the one who is…and from the seven spirits This is a wish or blessing. John speaks as if these were things that God could give, although they are really ways in which he hopes God will act for his people. Alternate translation: “May he who is…and the seven spirits…treat you kindly and enable you to live peacefully and securely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +REV 1 4 y9yh figs-abstractnouns χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη, ἀπὸ ὁ ὢν…καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἑπτὰ πνευμάτων 1 May grace be to you and peace from the one who is … and from the seven spirits This is a wish or blessing. John speaks as if these were things that God could give, although they are really ways in which he hopes God will act for his people. Alternate translation: “May he who is … and the seven spirits … treat you kindly and enable you to live peacefully and securely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 1 4 hl5c ἀπὸ ὁ ὢν 1 from the one who is “from God, who is” REV 1 4 qsu6 figs-metaphor ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 who is to come Existing in the future is spoken of as coming. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 4 x38p writing-symlanguage ἑπτὰ πνευμάτων 1 seven spirits The number seven is a symbol of completeness and perfection. The “seven spirits” refers either to the Spirit of God or to seven spirits who serve God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ REV 1 10 s2sw figs-idiom ἐγενόμην ἐν Πνεύματι 1 I was in the REV 1 10 lnj2 τῇ Κυριακῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 the Lord’s day the day of worship for believers in Christ REV 1 10 fa68 figs-simile φωνὴν μεγάλην ὡς σάλπιγγος 1 loud voice like a trumpet The voice was so loud it sounded like a trumpet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 10 dn8e σάλπιγγος 1 trumpet This refers to an instrument for producing music or for calling people to gather together for an announcement or meeting. -REV 1 11 kq6x translate-names Σμύρναν…Πέργαμον…Θυάτειρα…Σάρδεις…Φιλαδέλφιαν…Λαοδίκιαν 1 Smyrna…Pergamum…Thyatira…Sardis…Philadelphia…Laodicea These are names of cities in the region of western Asia that today is modern Turkey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +REV 1 11 kq6x translate-names Σμύρναν…Πέργαμον…Θυάτειρα…Σάρδεις…Φιλαδέλφιαν…Λαοδίκιαν 1 Smyrna … Pergamum … Thyatira … Sardis … Philadelphia … Laodicea These are names of cities in the region of western Asia that today is modern Turkey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 1 12 dkp1 0 Connecting Statement: John begins to explain what he saw in his vision. REV 1 12 r89l figs-synecdoche τὴν φωνὴν ἥτις 1 whose voice This refers to the person speaking. Alternate translation: “who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) REV 1 13 xmx7 figs-metaphor Υἱὸν Ἀνθρώπου 1 son of man This expression describes a human figure, someone who looks human. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ REV 1 15 u551 figs-simile οἱ πόδες αὐτοῦ ὅμοιοι χαλκο REV 1 15 d6je figs-events ὅμοιοι χαλκολιβάνῳ ὡς ἐν καμίνῳ πεπυρωμένης 1 like polished bronze, like bronze that had been refined in a furnace The bronze would be refined first and then polished. Alternate translation: “like bronze that has been purified in a hot furnace and polished” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) REV 1 15 ldx7 καμίνῳ 1 furnace a strong container for holding a very hot fire. People would put metal in it, and the hot fire would burn away any impurities that were in the metal. REV 1 15 izg6 ἡ φωνὴ αὐτοῦ ὡς φωνὴ ὑδάτων πολλῶν 1 the sound of many rushing waters This is very loud, like the sound of a large, fast flowing river, of a large waterfall, or of loud waves in the sea. -REV 1 16 pp58 ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ ῥομφαία…ἐκπορευομένη 1 a sword…was coming out of his mouth The sword blade was sticking out of his mouth. The sword itself was not in motion. +REV 1 16 pp58 ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ ῥομφαία…ἐκπορευομένη 1 a sword … was coming out of his mouth The sword blade was sticking out of his mouth. The sword itself was not in motion. REV 1 16 zy4d ῥομφαία δίστομος ὀξεῖα 1 a sword with two sharp edges This refers to a double-edged sword, which is sharpened on both sides to cut both directions. REV 1 17 twy9 figs-simile ἔπεσα πρὸς τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ, ὡς νεκρός 1 fell at his feet like a dead man John lay down facing the ground. He was probably very frightened and was showing Jesus great respect. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 17 jw5r ἔθηκεν τὴν δεξιὰν αὐτοῦ ἐπ’ ἐμὲ 1 He placed his right hand on me “He touched me with his right hand” @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ REV 2 1 mn8x 0 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man’ REV 2 1 kq5r τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Here, **angel** could mean: (1) a heavenly angels who protect this church or (2) a human messenger to the church, either a messenger who went from John to the church or the leader of the churches. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) REV 2 1 i92a writing-symlanguage ἀστέρας 1 stars These stars are symbols. They represent the seven angels of the seven churches. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 2 1 ugs3 writing-symlanguage λυχνιῶν 1 lampstands The lampstands are symbols that represent the seven churches. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -REV 2 2 jg1u figs-abstractnouns οἶδα…τὸν κόπον καὶ τὴν ὑπομονήν σου 1 I know…your hard labor and your patient endurance “Labor” and “endurance” are abstract nouns and can be translated with verbs “work” and “endure.” Alternate translation: “I know…that you work very hard and that you endure patiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +REV 2 2 jg1u figs-abstractnouns οἶδα…τὸν κόπον καὶ τὴν ὑπομονήν σου 1 I know … your hard labor and your patient endurance “Labor” and “endurance” are abstract nouns and can be translated with verbs “work” and “endure.” Alternate translation: “I know … that you work very hard and that you endure patiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 2 2 szc1 καὶ οὐκ εἰσίν 1 but are not “but are not apostles” REV 2 2 ka9e εὗρες αὐτοὺς ψευδεῖς 1 you have found them to be false “you have recognized that those people are false apostles” REV 2 3 muq8 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 because of my name **Name** here is a metonym for the person of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you believe in my name” or “because you believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ REV 2 5 j6p5 εἰ δὲ μή 1 Unless you repent “If you do not repent” REV 2 5 j8p5 writing-symlanguage κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου 1 remove your lampstand The lampstands are symbols that represent the seven churches. See how you translated “lampstand” in [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 2 6 cvi5 translate-names τῶν Νικολαϊτῶν 1 Nicolaitans people who followed the teachings of a man named Nicolaus (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 7 s3qg figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase **has an ear** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -REV 2 7 ft48 figs-123person ὁ…ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one…hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +REV 2 7 ft48 figs-123person ὁ…ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) REV 2 7 wzg1 figs-genericnoun τῷ νικῶντι 1 the one who conquers This refers anyone who conquers. Alternate translation: “anyone who resists evil” or “those who do not agree to do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 2 7 rmf5 τῷ Παραδείσῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the paradise of God “God’s garden.” This is a symbol for heaven. REV 2 8 is3w 0 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man’s message to the angel of the church in Smyrna. @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ REV 2 10 f5t1 γίνου πιστὸς ἄχρι θανάτου 1 Be faithful u REV 2 10 sp8z τὸν στέφανον 1 the crown “the winner’s crown.” This was a wreath, originally of olive branches or laurel leaves, that was put on the head of a victorious athlete. REV 2 10 zhj8 figs-metaphor τὸν στέφανον τῆς ζωῆς 1 the crown of life This could mean: (1) “a crown that shows that I have given you eternal life” or (2) “true life as a prize like a winner’s crown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 11 g7zq figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase **has an ear** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -REV 2 11 dc3n figs-123person ὁ…ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one…hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +REV 2 11 dc3n figs-123person ὁ…ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) REV 2 11 s9d2 figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers This refers anyone who conquers. See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “Anyone who resists evil” or “Those who do not agree to do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 2 11 q6w2 οὐ μὴ ἀδικηθῇ ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου τοῦ δευτέρου 1 will not be hurt by the second death “will not experience the second death” or “will not die a second time” REV 2 12 ll17 0 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man’s message to the angel of the church in Pergamum. @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ REV 2 16 f8dy figs-ellipsis εἰ δὲ μή 1 If you do not, The verb can be su REV 2 16 fd6u πολεμήσω μετ’ αὐτῶν 1 wage war against them “fight against them” REV 2 16 j52q writing-symlanguage ἐν τῇ ῥομφαίᾳ τοῦ στόματός μου 1 with the sword in my mouth This refers to the sword in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md). Although symbols in apocalyptic language are not normally to be replaced with the item they represent, translators may choose whether or not to show that this as a symbol represents God’s word, as the UST does. This symbol indicates that Christ will defeat his enemies by giving a simple command. Alternate translation: “with the sword in my mouth, which is the word of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 2 17 lm1j figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase **has an ear** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -REV 2 17 m867 figs-123person ὁ…ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one…hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +REV 2 17 m867 figs-123person ὁ…ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) REV 2 17 i61b figs-genericnoun τῷ νικῶντι 1 To the one who conquers This refers anyone who conquers. See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “anyone who resists evil” or “those who do not agree to do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 2 18 b83m 0 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man’s message to the angel of the church in Thyatira. REV 2 18 nd4m τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Here, **angel** could mean: (1) a heavenly angels who protect this church or (2) a human messenger to the church, either a messenger who went from John to the church or the leader of the churches. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ REV 2 19 y2mu figs-explicit τὴν ἀγάπην, καὶ τὴν πίστιν, REV 2 20 wbu1 ἀλλ’ ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ 1 But I have this against you “But I disapprove of some of the things you are doing” or “But I am angry with you because of something you are doing.” See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 2:4](../02/04.md). REV 2 20 f6e8 figs-metaphor τὴν γυναῖκα Ἰεζάβελ, ἡ 1 the woman Jezebel, who Jesus spoke of a certain woman in their church as if she were Queen Jezebel, because she did the same kinds of sinful things that Queen Jezebel had done long before that time. Alternate translation: “the woman who is just like Jezebel and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 21 g7yh ἔδωκα αὐτῇ χρόνον ἵνα μετανοήσῃ 1 I gave her time to repent “I gave her opportunity to repent” or “I waited for her to repent” -REV 2 22 twa2 figs-metonymy βάλλω αὐτὴν εἰς κλίνην…εἰς θλῖψιν μεγάλην 1 I will throw her onto a sickbed…into great suffering Her having to lie in bed would be the result of Jesus making her very sick. Alternate translation: “I will make her lie sick in bed…I will make suffer greatly” or “I will make her very sick…I will make suffer greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +REV 2 22 twa2 figs-metonymy βάλλω αὐτὴν εἰς κλίνην…εἰς θλῖψιν μεγάλην 1 I will throw her onto a sickbed … into great suffering Her having to lie in bed would be the result of Jesus making her very sick. Alternate translation: “I will make her lie sick in bed … I will make suffer greatly” or “I will make her very sick … I will make suffer greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 2 22 lj36 figs-metaphor τοὺς μοιχεύοντας μετ’ αὐτῆς εἰς θλῖψιν μεγάλην 1 those who commit adultery with her into great suffering Jesus speaks of causing people to suffer as throwing them into suffering. Alternate translation: “I will make those who commit adultery with her to suffer greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 22 h8fz μοιχεύοντας 1 commit adultery “practice adultery” REV 2 22 g53b figs-explicit ἐὰν μὴ μετανοήσουσιν ἐκ τῶν ἔργων αὐτῆς 1 unless they repent of her deeds This implies that they have participated with her in her wicked behavior. By repenting of her deeds, they also repent of participating in her behavior. Alternate translation: “if they do not repent from doing the evil that she does” or “if they do not repent of participating in her deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ REV 2 24 tli6 figs-metaphor ὅσοι οὐκ ἔχουσιν τὴν διδαχ REV 2 24 scu6 οὐκ ἔχουσιν τὴν διδαχὴν ταύτην 1 does not hold this teaching The noun “teaching” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “does not hold to what she teaches” or “does not believe what she teaches” REV 2 24 d5i9 figs-metaphor βαθέα 1 deep things Secret things are spoken of as if they were deep. Alternate translation: “secret things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 26 z5xi figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers This refers anyone who conquers. See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “Anyone who resists evil” or “The person who does not agree to do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -REV 2 27 c9gu ποιμανεῖ…συντρίβεται 1 He will rule…break them into pieces This is a prophecy from the Old Testament about a king of Israel, but Jesus applied it here to those to whom he gives authority over the nations. +REV 2 27 c9gu ποιμανεῖ…συντρίβεται 1 He will rule … break them into pieces This is a prophecy from the Old Testament about a king of Israel, but Jesus applied it here to those to whom he gives authority over the nations. REV 2 27 w8pp figs-metaphor ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ 1 He will rule them with an iron rod Ruling harshly is spoken of as ruling with an iron rod. Alternate translation: “He will rule them harshly as if striking them with an iron stick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 27 ksl1 figs-simile ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται 1 like clay jars he will break them into pieces Breaking them to pieces is an image that represents either (1) destroying evildoers or (2) defeating enemies. Alternate translation: “He will defeat his enemies completely as if breaking clay jars into pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 2 28 n9ts figs-explicit ὡς κἀγὼ εἴληφα παρὰ τοῦ πατρός μου 1 Just as I have received from my Father Some languages may need to tell what was received. This could mean: (1) “Just as I have received authority from my Father” or (2) “Just as I have received the morning star from my Father.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -154,14 +154,14 @@ REV 2 28 hr39 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ πατρός μου 1 my Fat REV 2 28 c1zc καὶ δώσω αὐτῷ 1 I will also give him Here, **him** refers to the one who conquers. REV 2 28 g5iy writing-symlanguage τὸν ἀστέρα τὸν πρωϊνόν 1 morning star This is a bright star that sometimes appears early in the morning just before dawn. It was a symbol of victory. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 2 29 ilk8 figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase **has an ear** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -REV 2 29 ikm8 figs-123person ὁ…ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one…hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +REV 2 29 ikm8 figs-123person ὁ…ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) REV 3 intro q1l9 0 # Revelation 03 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Chapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 7.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Seven spirits of God

These spirits are the seven spirits of [Revelation 1:4](../../rev/01/04.md).

### Seven stars

These stars are the seven stars of [Revelation 1:20](../../rev/01/20.md).

## Important metaphors in this chapter

### Look, I am standing at the door and am knocking

Jesus speaks of his desire to have the Christians in Laodicea obey him as if he were a man asking people in a house to allow him to enter and eat with them ([Revelation 3:20](../../rev/03/20.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### “Let the one who has an ear, hear what the Spirit is saying to the churches”

The speaker knew that almost all of his readers had physical ears. The ear here is a metonym for hearing what God says and desiring to obey him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “The angel of the church”

The word **angel** here can also mean “messenger.” This might refer to the messenger or leader of the church. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../../rev/01/20.md).

### “The words of the one who”

The verses with these words can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these verses. Also, Jesus used these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. REV 3 1 k6b7 0 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man’s message to the angel of the church in Sardis. REV 3 1 u1zs τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Here, **angel** could mean: (1) a heavenly angels who protect this church or (2) a human messenger to the church, either a messenger who went from John to the church or the leader of the churches. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md). REV 3 1 q7n9 translate-names Σάρδεσιν 1 Sardis This is the name of a city in the western part of Asia that today is modern Turkey. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 3 1 un3c writing-symlanguage ὁ ἔχων τὰ ἑπτὰ πνεύματα 1 the seven spirits The number seven is a symbol of completeness and perfection. The “seven spirits” refers either to the Spirit of God or to seven spirits who serve God. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 3 1 t8wv writing-symlanguage τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἀστέρας 1 the seven stars These stars are symbols that represent the seven angels of the seven churches. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -REV 3 1 ty18 figs-metaphor ζῇς…νεκρὸς 1 alive…dead Obeying and honoring God is spoken of as being alive; disobeying and dishonoring him is spoken of as being dead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 3 1 ty18 figs-metaphor ζῇς…νεκρὸς 1 alive … dead Obeying and honoring God is spoken of as being alive; disobeying and dishonoring him is spoken of as being dead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 2 d8cw figs-metaphor γίνου γρηγορῶν, καὶ στήρισον τὰ λοιπὰ, ἃ ἔμελλον ἀποθανεῖν 1 Wake up and strengthen what remains, but is about to die The good deeds done by the believers in Sardis are spoken of as if they were alive but in danger of dying. Alternate translation: “Wake up and complete the work that remains, or what you have done will become worthless” or “Wake up. If you do not finish what you have started to do, your previous work will have been useless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 2 l7qg figs-metaphor γίνου γρηγορῶν 1 Wake up Being alert to danger is spoken of as waking up. Alternate translation: “Be alert” or “Be careful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 3 wcs4 figs-explicit πῶς εἴληφας καὶ ἤκουσας 1 what you have received and heard This refers to God’s word, which they believed. Alternate translation: “God’s word that you heard and the truth that you believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ REV 3 5 yyu5 figs-metonymy ὁμολογήσω τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 REV 3 5 d7l5 ἐνώπιον τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 before my Father “in the presence of my Father” REV 3 5 bi3h guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) REV 3 6 zxc7 figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase **has an ear** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -REV 3 6 k2k6 figs-123person ὁ…ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one…hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +REV 3 6 k2k6 figs-123person ὁ…ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) REV 3 7 rf9b 0 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man’s message to the angel of the church in Philadelphia. REV 3 7 ksg4 τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Here, **angel** could mean: (1) a heavenly angels who protect this church or (2) a human messenger to the church, either a messenger who went from John to the church or the leader of the churches. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) REV 3 7 mm6x translate-names Φιλαδελφίᾳ 1 Philadelphia This is the name of a city in the western part of Asia that today is modern Turkey. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ REV 3 11 n9a9 figs-metaphor κράτει ὃ ἔχεις 1 Hold to what you have REV 3 11 a4m5 figs-metaphor τὸν στέφανόν 1 crown A crown was a wreath, originally of olive branches or laurel leaves, that was put on the head of a victorious athlete. Here, **crown** stands for a reward. See how you translated “crown” in [Revelation 2:10](../02/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 12 px36 figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν, ποιήσω αὐτὸν στῦλον ἐν τῷ ναῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ μου 1 The one who conquers, I will make a pillar in the temple of my God Here, **The one who conquers** refers to anyone who conquers. See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). The “pillar” represents an important and permanent part of God’s kingdom. Alternate translation: “I will make anyone who resists evil strong, like a pillar in the temple of my God” or “Those who do not agree to do evil I will make strong, like a pillar in the temple of my God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 13 u5jk figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase **has an ear** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -REV 3 13 ug5m figs-123person ὁ…ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one…hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +REV 3 13 ug5m figs-123person ὁ…ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) REV 3 14 r6bz 0 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man’s message to the angel of the church in Laodicea. REV 3 14 jg3b τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Here, **angel** could mean: (1) a heavenly angels who protect this church or (2) a human messenger to the church, either a messenger who went from John to the church or the leader of the churches. See how you translated “angel” in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) REV 3 14 wzg9 translate-names Λαοδικίᾳ 1 Laodicea This is the name of a city in the western part of Asia that today is modern Turkey. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ REV 3 21 n83q figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers This refer REV 3 21 mn2c figs-metonymy καθίσαι μετ’ ἐμοῦ ἐν τῷ θρόνῳ μου 1 to sit down with me on my throne To sit on a throne means to rule. Alternate translation: “to rule with me” or “to sit down on my throne and rule with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 21 un17 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) REV 3 22 m13x figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase **has an ear** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -REV 3 22 mjv6 figs-123person ὁ…ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one…hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +REV 3 22 mjv6 figs-123person ὁ…ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) REV 4 intro cl9f 0 # Revelation 04 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 8 and 11.

John has finished describing the letters to the churches. He now begins to describe a vision that God showed him.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Jasper, carnelian, and emerald

These words refer to kinds of special stones that the people in John’s day considered valuable. It may be difficult for you to translate these words if people in your culture do not value special kinds of stones.

### Twenty-four elders

Elders are church leaders. Twenty-four elders may be symbolic of the whole church through the ages. There were twelve tribes in Old Testament Israel and twelve apostles in the New Testament church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])

### Seven spirits of God

These spirits are the seven spirits of [Revelation 1:4](../../rev/01/04.md).

### Giving glory to God

God’s glory is the great beauty and radiant majesty that God has because he is God. Other Bible writers describe it as if it were a light so bright that no one can look at it. No one can give God this kind of glory, because it is already his. When people give glory to God or when God receives glory, people say that God has the glory that is his, that it is right for God to have that glory, and that people should worship God because he has that glory. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/worthy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/worship]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Difficult images

Such things as bolts of lightning coming from the throne, lamps that are spirits, and a sea in front of the throne may be difficult to imagine, and so the words for them may be difficult to translate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]]) REV 4 1 ws2q 0 General Information: John begins to describe his vision of the throne of God. REV 4 1 vh4i μετὰ ταῦτα 1 After these things “After I had just seen these things” ([Revelation 2:1-3:22](../02/01.md)) @@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ REV 6 5 v4us translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν τρίτην 1 REV 6 5 zec1 translate-ordinal τοῦ τρίτου ζῴου 1 the third living creature “the next living creature” or “living creature number three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 5 rm4y ζυγὸν 1 a pair of scales a tool used for weighing things REV 6 6 cq7h χοῖνιξ σίτου δηναρίου 1 A choenix of wheat for one denarius Some languages might want a verb such as “cost” or “buy” in the sentence. There was very little wheat for all the people, so its price was very high. Alternate translation: “A choenix of wheat now costs one denarius” or “Buy a choenix of wheat with one denarius” -REV 6 6 b5rr translate-bvolume χοῖνιξ σίτου…τρεῖς χοίνικες κριθῶν 1 A choenix of wheat…three choenices of barley a “choenix” was a specific measure that was about one liter. The plural of “choenix” is “choenices.” Alternate translation: “one liter of wheat…three liters of barley” or “one bowl of wheat…three bowls of barley” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) +REV 6 6 b5rr translate-bvolume χοῖνιξ σίτου…τρεῖς χοίνικες κριθῶν 1 A choenix of wheat … three choenices of barley a “choenix” was a specific measure that was about one liter. The plural of “choenix” is “choenices.” Alternate translation: “one liter of wheat … three liters of barley” or “one bowl of wheat … three bowls of barley” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) REV 6 6 v3sn translate-bmoney δηναρίου 1 one denarius This coin was worth a day’s wages. Alternate translation: “one silver coin” or “the pay for one day of work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) REV 6 6 ej1v καὶ τὸ ἔλαιον καὶ τὸν οἶνον μὴ ἀδικήσῃς 1 But do not harm the oil and the wine If the oil and wine were harmed, there would be less of them for people to buy, and their prices would go up. REV 6 6 c5ik figs-metonymy τὸ ἔλαιον καὶ τὸν οἶνον 1 the oil and the wine These expressions probably stand for the olive oil harvest and the grape harvest. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ REV 6 9 n3mi ὑποκάτω τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου 1 under the altar REV 6 9 b2kp figs-activepassive τῶν ἐσφαγμένων 1 those who had been killed This can be translated with an active verb. AT “those whom others had killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 9 y8c6 figs-metaphor διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ διὰ τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἣν εἶχον 1 because of the word of God and the testimony which they held Here, **Word of God** is a metonym for the message from God and “held” is a metaphor. This could mean: (1) holding the testimony refers to believing God’s word and testimony. Alternate translation: “because of the teachings of scripture and what they taught about Jesus Christ” or “because they believed the word of God, which is his testimony” or (2) holding the testimony refers to testifying about the word of God. Alternate translation: “because they testified about the word of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 6 10 qz1i figs-metonymy ἐκδικεῖς τὸ αἷμα ἡμῶν 1 avenge our blood The word **blood** here represents their deaths. Alternate translation: “punish those who killed us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -REV 6 11 bq1p figs-rquestion ἕως πληρωθῶσιν καὶ οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτῶν, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτῶν, οἱ μέλλοντες ἀποκτέννεσθαι ὡς καὶ αὐτοί 1 until the full number of their fellow servants and their brothers was reached who were to be killed, just as they had been killed This implies that God had decided that a certain number of people should be killed by their enemies. This can be translated in an active form. Alternate translation: “until people had killed the full number of their fellow servants…sisters whom God had decided people would kill, just as people had killed their fellow servants…sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +REV 6 11 bq1p figs-rquestion ἕως πληρωθῶσιν καὶ οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτῶν, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτῶν, οἱ μέλλοντες ἀποκτέννεσθαι ὡς καὶ αὐτοί 1 until the full number of their fellow servants and their brothers was reached who were to be killed, just as they had been killed This implies that God had decided that a certain number of people should be killed by their enemies. This can be translated in an active form. Alternate translation: “until people had killed the full number of their fellow servants … sisters whom God had decided people would kill, just as people had killed their fellow servants … sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) REV 6 11 q9xh οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτῶν, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτῶν 1 their fellow servants and their brothers This is one group of people described in two ways: as servants and as brothers. Alternate translation: “their brothers who serve God with them” or “their fellow believers who serve God with them” REV 6 11 p615 figs-metaphor οἱ ἀδελφοὶ 1 brothers Christians are often spoken of as being one another’s brothers. Females were among those spoken of here. Alternate translation: “fellow Christians” or “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 6 12 z9qm translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν ἕκτην 1 the sixth seal “the next seal” or “seal number six” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) @@ -334,7 +334,7 @@ REV 7 intro f27i 0 # Revelation 07 General Notes

## Structure and form REV 7 1 b1yl 0 General Information: John begins to describe a vision of 144,000 servants of God who become marked with seals. Their marking takes place after the Lamb opens the sixth seal and before he opens the seventh seal. REV 7 1 id3y τὰς τέσσαρας γωνίας τῆς γῆς 1 the four corners of the earth The earth is spoken of as if it were flat and square like a sheet of paper. The phrase **the four corners** refers to the north, south, east, and west. REV 7 2 sgq7 figs-metonymy σφραγῖδα Θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 the seal of the living God The word **seal** here refers to a tool that is used to press a mark onto a wax seal. In this case the tool would be used to put a mark on God’s people. Alternate translation: “the marker” or “stamp” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -REV 7 3 upb7 figs-metonymy σφραγίσωμεν…ἐπὶ τῶν μετώπων αὐτῶν 1 have sealed…on their foreheads The word **seal** here refers to a mark. This mark shows that the people belong to God and that he will protect them. Alternate translation: “put a mark on the foreheads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +REV 7 3 upb7 figs-metonymy σφραγίσωμεν…ἐπὶ τῶν μετώπων αὐτῶν 1 have sealed … on their foreheads The word **seal** here refers to a mark. This mark shows that the people belong to God and that he will protect them. Alternate translation: “put a mark on the foreheads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 7 3 je8m μετώπων 1 foreheads The forehead is the top of the face, above the eyes. REV 7 4 m58v figs-activepassive τῶν ἐσφραγισμένων 1 those who were sealed This can be stated with an active verb. Alternate translation: “those whom God’s angel marked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 7 4 lh7h translate-numbers ἑκατὸν τεσσεράκοντα τέσσαρες χιλιάδες 1 144000 “one hundred forty-four thousand people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) @@ -344,11 +344,11 @@ REV 7 9 cj5k 0 General Information: John begins to describe a second vision ab REV 7 9 au1m ὄχλος πολύς 1 a huge multitude “a huge crowd” or “a great number of people” REV 7 9 v63z στολὰς λευκάς 1 white robes Here the color **white** represents purity. REV 7 10 m5az ἡ σωτηρία τῷ 1 Salvation belongs to “Salvation comes from” -REV 7 10 vlv1 figs-abstractnouns ἡ σωτηρία τῷ…τῷ Ἀρνίῳ 1 Salvation belongs…to the Lamb They were praising God and the Lamb. The noun “salvation” can be expressed with the verb “save.” AT “Our God, who sits on the throne, and the Lamb have saved us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +REV 7 10 vlv1 figs-abstractnouns ἡ σωτηρία τῷ…τῷ Ἀρνίῳ 1 Salvation belongs … to the Lamb They were praising God and the Lamb. The noun “salvation” can be expressed with the verb “save.” AT “Our God, who sits on the throne, and the Lamb have saved us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 7 11 a45p τῶν τεσσάρων ζῴων 1 the four living creatures These are the four creatures mentioned in [Revelation 4:6-8](../04/06.md). REV 7 11 aja9 figs-idiom ἔπεσαν…ἐπὶ τὰ πρόσωπα αὐτῶν 1 they fell on their faces Here, **fell on their faces** is an idiom that means hey lay down facing the ground. See how you translated “prostrated themselves” in [Revelation 4:10](../04/10.md). Alternate translation: “they bowed down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -REV 7 12 lf1m ἡ εὐλογία, καὶ ἡ δόξα…τῷ Θεῷ ἡμῶν 1 Praise, glory…be to our God “Our God is worthy of all praise, glory, wisdom, thanks, honor, power and strength” -REV 7 12 q3gt ἡ εὐλογία, καὶ ἡ δόξα…ἡ εὐχαριστία, καὶ ἡ τιμὴ…τῷ Θεῷ ἡμῶν 1 Praise, glory…thanksgiving, honor…be to our God The verb “give” can be used to show how praise, glory, and honor, are to be “to” God. Alternate translation: “We must give praise, glory, thanks, and honor to our God” +REV 7 12 lf1m ἡ εὐλογία, καὶ ἡ δόξα…τῷ Θεῷ ἡμῶν 1 Praise, glory … be to our God “Our God is worthy of all praise, glory, wisdom, thanks, honor, power and strength” +REV 7 12 q3gt ἡ εὐλογία, καὶ ἡ δόξα…ἡ εὐχαριστία, καὶ ἡ τιμὴ…τῷ Θεῷ ἡμῶν 1 Praise, glory … thanksgiving, honor … be to our God The verb “give” can be used to show how praise, glory, and honor, are to be “to” God. Alternate translation: “We must give praise, glory, thanks, and honor to our God” REV 7 12 d74f εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων 1 forever and ever These two words mean basically the same thing and emphasize that the praise will never end. REV 7 13 wz8z περιβεβλημένοι τὰς στολὰς τὰς λευκὰς 1 clothed with white robes These white robes showed that they were righteous. REV 7 14 p6en οἱ ἐρχόμενοι ἐκ τῆς θλίψεως τῆς μεγάλης 1 have come out of the great tribulation “have survived the great tribulation” or “have lived through the great tribulation” @@ -356,14 +356,14 @@ REV 7 14 u6fc τῆς θλίψεως τῆς μεγάλης 1 the great tribula REV 7 14 b7mi figs-metaphor ἔπλυναν τὰς στολὰς αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐλεύκαναν αὐτὰς ἐν τῷ αἵματι τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 They have washed their robes and made them white in the blood of the Lamb Being made righteous by the blood of the Lamb is spoken of as washing their robes in his blood. Alternate translation: “They have been made righteous by washing their robes white in his blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 7 14 ym21 figs-metonymy τῷ αἵματι τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 the blood of the Lamb The word **blood** is used to refer to the death of Lamb. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 7 15 q73i 0 Connecting Statement: The elder continues to speak to John. -REV 7 15 qs23 εἰσιν…αὐτούς 1 they…them These words refer to those people who have come through the great tribulation. +REV 7 15 qs23 εἰσιν…αὐτούς 1 they … them These words refer to those people who have come through the great tribulation. REV 7 15 us3i figs-merism ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτὸς 1 day and night These two parts of the day are used together to mean “all the time” or “without stopping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) REV 7 15 k9f2 figs-metaphor σκηνώσει ἐπ’ αὐτούς 1 will spread his tent over them “will put his tent up over them.” Protecting them is spoken of as if he were giving them shelter to live under. Alternate translation: “will shelter them” or “will protect them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 7 16 p6u7 πεινάσουσιν…αὐτοὺς 1 They…them These words refer to those people who have come through the great tribulation. +REV 7 16 p6u7 πεινάσουσιν…αὐτοὺς 1 They … them These words refer to those people who have come through the great tribulation. REV 7 16 t45h figs-metaphor μὴ πέσῃ…ὁ ἥλιος 1 The sun will not beat down The sun’s heat is compared to punishment that causes people to suffer. Alternate translation: “The sun will not burn them” or “The sun will not make them weak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 7 17 wc49 αὐτούς…αὐτοὺς 1 their…them These words refer to those people who have come through the great tribulation. +REV 7 17 wc49 αὐτούς…αὐτοὺς 1 their … them These words refer to those people who have come through the great tribulation. REV 7 17 b5rp τὸ Ἀρνίον τὸ ἀνὰ μέσον τοῦ θρόνου 1 the Lamb at the center of the throne “the Lamb, who is standing in the middle of the area around the throne” -REV 7 17 bi5i figs-metaphor ὅτι τὸ Ἀρνίον…ποιμανεῖ αὐτούς 1 For the Lamb…will be their shepherd The elder speaks of the Lamb’s care for his people as if it were a shepherd’s care for his sheep. Alternate translation: “For the Lamb…will be like a shepherd to them” or “For the Lamb…will care for them as a shepherd cares for his sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 7 17 bi5i figs-metaphor ὅτι τὸ Ἀρνίον…ποιμανεῖ αὐτούς 1 For the Lamb … will be their shepherd The elder speaks of the Lamb’s care for his people as if it were a shepherd’s care for his sheep. Alternate translation: “For the Lamb … will be like a shepherd to them” or “For the Lamb … will care for them as a shepherd cares for his sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 7 17 m6m8 figs-metaphor ὁδηγήσει αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ ζωῆς πηγὰς ὑδάτων 1 he will guide them to springs of living water The elder speaks of what gives life as if it were springs of fresh water. Alternate translation: “he will guide them like a shepherd guiding his sheep to fresh water” or “he will guide them to life like a shepherd guiding his sheep to living water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 7 17 g3d2 figs-metonymy ἐξαλείψει ὁ Θεὸς πᾶν δάκρυον ἐκ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν 1 God will wipe away every tear from their eyes **Tears** here represent sadness. Alternate translation: “God will wipe away their sadness, like wiping away tears” or “God will cause them to not be sad anymore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 8 intro ma7f 0 # Revelation 08 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Seven seals and seven trumpets

This chapter begins to show what happens when the Lamb opens the seventh seal. God uses the prayers of all believers to cause dramatic things to happen on earth. John then describes what happens when angels sound the first four of seven trumpets. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Passive voice

John uses the passive voice several times in this chapter. This hides who performs the action. This will be difficult to convey if the translator’s language does not have a passive voice. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

### Similes

In verses 8 and 10, John uses similes to try to describe the images he sees in the vision. He compares the images to everyday things. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) @@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ REV 8 11 g4q5 ἀπέθανον ἐκ τῶν ὑδάτων, ὅτι ἐπικ REV 8 12 z936 figs-metaphor ἐπλήγη τὸ τρίτον τοῦ ἡλίου 1 a third of the sun was struck Causing something bad to happen to the sun is spoken of as striking, or hitting, it. This can be stated with an active verb. Alternate translation: “a third of the sun changed” or “God changed a third of the sun” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 8 12 ukh6 σκοτισθῇ τὸ τρίτον αὐτῶν 1 a third of them turned dark This could mean: (1) “one third of the time they were dark” or (2) “one third of the sun, one third of the moon, and one third of the stars became dark” REV 8 12 t1ag ἡ ἡμέρα μὴ φάνῃ τὸ τρίτον αὐτῆς, καὶ ἡ νὺξ ὁμοίως 1 a third of the day and a third of the night had no light “there was no light during one third of the day and one third of the night” or “they did not shine during one third of the day and one third of the night” -REV 8 13 x375 figs-activepassive ἐκ τῶν λοιπῶν φωνῶν τῆς σάλπιγγος…σαλπίζειν 1 because of the remaining trumpet…angels This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “because the three angels who have not yet sounded their trumpets are about to sound them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +REV 8 13 x375 figs-activepassive ἐκ τῶν λοιπῶν φωνῶν τῆς σάλπιγγος…σαλπίζειν 1 because of the remaining trumpet … angels This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “because the three angels who have not yet sounded their trumpets are about to sound them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 9 intro sq5c 0 # Revelation 09 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

In this chapter, John continues to describe what happens when angels sound seven trumpets. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])

### Woe

John describes several “woes” in the Book of Revelation. This chapter begins to describe three “woes” announced at the end of Chapter 8.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Animal imagery

This chapter includes several animals: locusts, scorpions, horses, lions, and snakes. Animals convey different qualities or traits. For example, a lion is powerful and dangerous. Translators should use the same animals in their translation if possible. If the animal is unknown, one with similar qualities or traits should be used.

### Bottomless pit

This image is seen several times in the Book of Revelation. It is a picture of hell as being inescapable and the opposite direction as heaven. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hell]])

### Abaddon and Apollyon

“Abaddon” is a Hebrew word. “Apollyon” is a Greek word. Both words mean “Destroyer.” John used the sounds of the Hebrew word and wrote them with Greek letters. The ULT and UST write the sounds of both words with English letters. Translators are encouraged to transliterate these words using the letters of the target language. The original Greek readers would have understood “Apollyon” to mean “Destroyer.” So translators may also supply what it means in the text or in a footnote. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])

### Repentance

Despite great signs, people are described as not repenting and so remain in their sin. People refusing to repent are also mentioned in Chapter 16. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Simile

John uses many similes in this chapter. They help to describe the images that he sees in his vision. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 9 1 d26c 0 Connecting Statement: The fifth of the seven angels begins to sound his trumpet. REV 9 1 jim6 εἶδον ἀστέρα ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πεπτωκότα 1 I saw a star from heaven that had fallen John saw the star after it had fallen. He did not watch if fall. @@ -420,14 +420,14 @@ REV 9 10 mac3 ἔχουσιν οὐρὰς 1 They had tails The word **They** r REV 9 10 qdc3 figs-simile ὁμοίας σκορπίοις καὶ κέντρα 1 with stingers like scorpions A scorpion is a small insect with a poisonous stinger at the end of its long tail. The sting can cause severe pain or even death. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 9:6](../09/06.md). Alternate translation: “with stingers like scorpion stingers” or “with stingers that could cause terrible pain as scorpion stingers can” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 9 10 lim1 ἐν ταῖς οὐραῖς αὐτῶν ἡ ἐξουσία αὐτῶν ἀδικῆσαι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους μῆνας πέντε 1 in their tails they had power to harm people for five months This could mean: (1) they had power for five months to harm people or (2) they could sting people and the people would be in pain for five months. REV 9 11 fiu6 τῆς Ἀβύσσου 1 the bottomless pit This is an extremely deep narrow hole. This could mean: (1) the pit has no bottom; it continues to go down further forever or (2) the pit is so deep that it is as if it had no bottom. See how you translated this in [Revelation 9:1](../09/01.md). -REV 9 11 bkg6 translate-names Ἀβαδδών…Ἀπολλύων 1 Abaddon…Apollyon Both names mean “Destroyer.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) +REV 9 11 bkg6 translate-names Ἀβαδδών…Ἀπολλύων 1 Abaddon … Apollyon Both names mean “Destroyer.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) REV 9 12 ts26 figs-metaphor ἔρχεται ἔτι δύο οὐαὶ 1 there are still two disasters to come Existing in the future is spoken of as coming. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 9 13 cyb6 0 Connecting Statement: The sixth of the seven angels begins to sound his trumpet. REV 9 13 x4md figs-synecdoche ἤκουσα φωνὴν μίαν ἐκ 1 I heard a voice from The voice refers to the one who was speaking. John does not say who the speaker was, but it may have been God. Alternate translation: “I heard someone speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) REV 9 13 q3a3 τῶν κεράτων τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου τοῦ χρυσοῦ 1 horns of the golden altar These are horn-shaped extensions at each of the four corners of the top of the altar. REV 9 14 iq5t figs-synecdoche λέγουσαν 1 The voice said The voice refers to the speaker. Alternate translation: “The speaker said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) REV 9 14 su17 figs-activepassive τοὺς τέσσαρας ἀγγέλους, τοὺς δεδεμένους 1 the four angels who are bound The text does not say who has bound the angels, but it implies that God told someone to bind them. This can be stated with an active form. Alternate translation: “the four angels whom God has commanded them to bind” or “the four angels whom God has commanded someone to bind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -REV 9 15 ijx2 figs-activepassive ἐλύθησαν οἱ τέσσαρες ἄγγελοι, οἱ ἡτοιμασμένοι εἰς…ἐνιαυτόν 1 The four angels who had been prepared for…that year, were released This can be stated with an active form. Alternate translation: “The angel released the four angels who had been prepared for…that year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +REV 9 15 ijx2 figs-activepassive ἐλύθησαν οἱ τέσσαρες ἄγγελοι, οἱ ἡτοιμασμένοι εἰς…ἐνιαυτόν 1 The four angels who had been prepared for … that year, were released This can be stated with an active form. Alternate translation: “The angel released the four angels who had been prepared for … that year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 9 15 p3w1 figs-activepassive οἱ τέσσαρες ἄγγελοι, οἱ ἡτοιμασμένοι 1 The four angels who had been prepared This can be stated with an active form. Alternate translation: “The four angels whom God had prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 9 15 b3d6 figs-parallelism εἰς τὴν ὥραν, καὶ ἡμέραν, καὶ μῆνα, καὶ ἐνιαυτόν 1 for that hour, that day, that month, and that year These words are used to show that there is a specific, chosen time and not just any time. Alternate translation: “for that exact time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) REV 9 16 h8uf 0 General Information: Suddenly, 200,000,000 soldiers on horseback appear in John’s vision. John is no longer speaking about the four angels mentioned in the previous verse. @@ -458,12 +458,12 @@ REV 10 8 t61f 0 Connecting Statement: John hears the voice from heaven, which REV 10 8 v6a9 figs-synecdoche ἡ φωνὴ ἣν ἤκουσα ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 The voice I heard from heaven The word **voice** refers to the speaker. Alternate translation: “The one I heard speak from heaven” or “The one who had spoken to me from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) REV 10 8 tkq7 ἤκουσα 1 I heard John heard REV 10 9 x13b λέγει μοι 1 He said to me “The angel said to me” -REV 10 9 tg31 πικρανεῖ 1 make…bitter “make…sour” or “make…acid.” This refers to a bad taste from the stomach after eating something that is not good. +REV 10 9 tg31 πικρανεῖ 1 make … bitter “make … sour” or “make … acid.” This refers to a bad taste from the stomach after eating something that is not good. REV 10 11 ahb4 figs-metonymy γλώσσαις 1 languages This refers to the people who speak the languages. Alternate translation: “many language communities” or “many groups of people who speak their own languages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 11 intro s117 0 # Revelation 11 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 15 and 17-18.

### Woe

John describes several “woes” in the book of Revelation. This chapter describes a second and third “woe” announced at the end of Chapter 8.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Gentiles

The word “Gentiles” here refers to ungodly people groups and not Gentile Christians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])

### Two witnesses

Scholars have suggested many different ideas about these two witnesses. Translators do not need to understand this passage to accurately translate it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

### Bottomless pit

This image is seen several times in the Book of Revelation. It is a picture of hell as being inescapable and the opposite direction as heaven. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hell]]) REV 11 1 ba9b 0 General Information: John begins to describe a vision about receiving a measuring rod and two witnesses that God appointed. This vision also takes place between the blowing of the sixth and seventh trumpets. REV 11 1 lkn6 figs-activepassive ἐδόθη μοι κάλαμος 1 A reed was given to me This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Someone gave me a reed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -REV 11 1 tl86 ἐδόθη μοι…λέγων 1 given to me…I was told The words **me** and **I** refer to John. +REV 11 1 tl86 ἐδόθη μοι…λέγων 1 given to me … I was told The words **me** and **I** refer to John. REV 11 1 ha6e τοὺς προσκυνοῦντας ἐν αὐτῷ 1 those who worship in it “count those who worship in the temple” REV 11 2 jae6 πατήσουσιν 1 trample to treat something as worthless by walking on it REV 11 2 b11f translate-numbers μῆνας τεσσεράκοντα δύο 1 forty-two months “42 months” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) @@ -473,7 +473,7 @@ REV 11 3 h8vh translate-unknown ἡμέρας…περιβεβλημένοι σ REV 11 4 pa44 writing-symlanguage οὗτοί εἰσιν αἱ δύο ἐλαῖαι καὶ αἱ δύο λυχνίαι, αἱ ἐνώπιον τοῦ Κυρίου τῆς γῆς ἑστῶτες 1 These witnesses are the two olive trees and the two lampstands that have stood before the Lord of the earth The two olive trees and the two lampstands symbolize these people, but they are not literally the people. Alternate translation: “The two olive trees and the two lampstands that have stood before the Lord of the earth represent these witnesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 11 4 p6mi figs-explicit αἱ δύο ἐλαῖαι καὶ αἱ δύο λυχνίαι, αἱ 1 the two olive trees and the two lampstands that John expects his readers to know about them because many years earlier another prophet had written about them. Alternate translation: “the two olive trees and the two lampstands, told about in scripture, that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 11 5 nr2s πῦρ ἐκπορεύεται ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτῶν, καὶ κατεσθίει τοὺς ἐχθροὺς αὐτῶν 1 fire comes out of their mouth and devours their enemies Because this is about future events, it can also be stated in the future tense. Alternate translation: “fire will come out of their mouth and devour their enemies” -REV 11 5 ab6b figs-metaphor πῦρ…κατεσθίει τοὺς ἐχθροὺς αὐτῶν 1 fire…devours their enemies Fire burning and killing people is spoken of as if it were an animal that could eat them up. Alternate translation: “fire…will destroy their enemies” or “fire…will completely burn up their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 11 5 ab6b figs-metaphor πῦρ…κατεσθίει τοὺς ἐχθροὺς αὐτῶν 1 fire … devours their enemies Fire burning and killing people is spoken of as if it were an animal that could eat them up. Alternate translation: “fire … will destroy their enemies” or “fire … will completely burn up their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 11 6 cac1 figs-metaphor κλεῖσαι τὸν οὐρανόν, ἵνα μὴ ὑετὸς βρέχῃ 1 to close up the sky so that no rain will fall John speaks of the sky as if it had a door that can be opened to let rain fall or closed to stop the rain. Alternate translation: “to keep rain from falling from the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 11 6 a7ed στρέφειν 1 to turn “to change” REV 11 6 kth7 figs-metaphor πατάξαι τὴν γῆν ἐν πάσῃ πληγῇ 1 to strike the earth with every kind of plague John speaks of the plagues as if they were a stick that someone could hit the earth with. Alternate translation: “to cause all kinds of trouble to occur on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -500,7 +500,7 @@ REV 11 14 j1m5 figs-metaphor ἡ οὐαὶ ἡ τρίτη ἔρχεται τα REV 11 15 l1be 0 Connecting Statement: The last of the seven angels begins to sound his trumpet. REV 11 15 sxx9 translate-ordinal ὁ ἕβδομος ἄγγελος 1 the seventh angel This is the last of the seven angels. See how you translated “seventh” in [Revelation 8.1](../08/01.md). Alternate translation: “the final angel” or “angel number seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 11 15 zt2f ἐγένοντο φωναὶ μεγάλαι ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ λέγουσαι 1 loud voices spoke in heaven and said The phrase **loud voices** represents speakers who spoke loudly. Alternate translation: “speakers in heaven spoke loudly and said” -REV 11 15 jsm2 figs-metonymy ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ κόσμου τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 The kingdom of the world…the kingdom of our Lord and of his Christ Here, **kingdom** refers to the authority to rule the world. Alternate translation: “The authority to rule the world…the authority that belongs to our Lord and his Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +REV 11 15 jsm2 figs-metonymy ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ κόσμου τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 The kingdom of the world … the kingdom of our Lord and of his Christ Here, **kingdom** refers to the authority to rule the world. Alternate translation: “The authority to rule the world … the authority that belongs to our Lord and his Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 11 15 en51 figs-metonymy τοῦ κόσμου 1 the world This refers to everyone in the world. Alternate translation: “everyone in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 11 15 sw4u ἐγένετο ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ κόσμου τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 The kingdom of the world has become the kingdom of our Lord and of his Christ “Our Lord and his Christ are now the rulers of the world” REV 11 16 jv5s translate-numbers οἱ εἴκοσι τέσσαρες πρεσβύτεροι 1 the twenty-four elders “24 elders.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:4](../04/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) @@ -538,7 +538,7 @@ REV 12 7 tb66 καὶ 1 Now John uses this word to mark a shift in his account REV 12 7 wh37 writing-symlanguage δράκοντος 1 dragon This was a large, fierce reptile, like a lizard. For Jewish people, it was a symbol of evil and chaos. The dragon is also identified in verse 9 as “the devil or Satan.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 12:3](../12/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 12 8 uj6a οὐδὲ τόπος εὑρέθη αὐτῶν ἔτι ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ 1 So there was no longer any place in heaven for him and his angels “So the dragon and his angels could no longer stay in heaven” REV 12 9 pk5u figs-distinguish δράκων ὁ…ὄφις ὁ ἀρχαῖος…καλούμενος, Διάβολος, καὶ ὁ Σατανᾶς, ὁ πλανῶν τὴν οἰκουμένην ὅλην; ἐβλήθη εἰς τὴν γῆν, καὶ οἱ ἄγγελοι αὐτοῦ μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἐβλήθησαν 1 dragon—that old serpent called the devil or Satan, who deceives the whole world—was thrown down to the earth, and his angels were thrown down with him The information about the serpent can be given in a separate sentence after the statement that it was thrown down to the earth. Alternate translation: “dragon was thrown down to earth, and his angels were thrown down with him. He is the old serpent who deceives the world and is called the devil or Satan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) -REV 12 9 v1tp figs-activepassive ἐβλήθη ὁ δράκων ὁ μέγας, ὁ ὄφις ὁ ἀρχαῖος, ὁ καλούμενος, Διάβολος, καὶ ὁ Σατανᾶς, ὁ πλανῶν τὴν οἰκουμένην ὅλην; ἐβλήθη εἰς τὴν γῆν, καὶ οἱ ἄγγελοι αὐτοῦ μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἐβλήθησαν 1 The great dragon…was thrown down to the earth, and his angels were thrown down with him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God threw the great dragon…and his angels out of heaven and sent them to the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +REV 12 9 v1tp figs-activepassive ἐβλήθη ὁ δράκων ὁ μέγας, ὁ ὄφις ὁ ἀρχαῖος, ὁ καλούμενος, Διάβολος, καὶ ὁ Σατανᾶς, ὁ πλανῶν τὴν οἰκουμένην ὅλην; ἐβλήθη εἰς τὴν γῆν, καὶ οἱ ἄγγελοι αὐτοῦ μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἐβλήθησαν 1 The great dragon … was thrown down to the earth, and his angels were thrown down with him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God threw the great dragon … and his angels out of heaven and sent them to the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 12 10 jb7z ἤκουσα 1 I heard The word **I** refers to John. REV 12 10 i112 figs-metonymy ἤκουσα φωνὴν μεγάλην ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ 1 I heard a loud voice in heaven The word **voice** refers to someone who speaks. Alternate translation: “I heard someone saying loudly from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 12 10 nt1j figs-metaphor ἄρτι ἐγένετο ἡ σωτηρία, καὶ ἡ δύναμις, καὶ ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν, καὶ ἡ ἐξουσία τοῦ Χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 Now have come the salvation and the power and the kingdom of our God, and the authority of his Christ God saving people by his power is spoken of as if his salvation and power were things that have come. God’s ruling and Christ’s authority are also spoken of as if they have come. Alternate translation: “Now God has saved his people by his power, God rules as king, and his Christ has all authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -566,7 +566,7 @@ REV 13 intro c9mw 0 # Revelation 13 General Notes

## Structure and for REV 13 1 su49 0 General Information: John begins to describe a beast who appears in his vision. The word **I** here refers to John. REV 13 2 k6qh writing-symlanguage δράκων 1 dragon This was a large, fierce reptile, like a lizard. For Jewish people, it was a symbol of evil and chaos. The dragon is also identified as “the devil or Satan.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 12:3](../12/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 13 2 xa3a ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ ὁ δράκων τὴν δύναμιν αὐτοῦ 1 The dragon gave his power to it The dragon made the beast as powerful as he was. He did not lose his power, however, by giving it to the beast. -REV 13 2 c4wx τὴν δύναμιν αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὸν θρόνον αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐξουσίαν μεγάλην 1 his power…his throne, and his great authority to rule These are three ways of referring to his authority, and together they emphasize that the authority was great. +REV 13 2 c4wx τὴν δύναμιν αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὸν θρόνον αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐξουσίαν μεγάλην 1 his power … his throne, and his great authority to rule These are three ways of referring to his authority, and together they emphasize that the authority was great. REV 13 2 gyv9 figs-metonymy τὸν θρόνον αὐτοῦ 1 his throne The word **throne** here refers to the dragon’s authority to rule as king. Alternate translation: “his royal authority” or “his authority to rule as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 13 3 yt22 figs-activepassive καὶ ἡ πληγὴ τοῦ θανάτου αὐτοῦ ἐθεραπεύθη 1 but its fatal wound was healed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “but its fatal wound healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 13 3 ba2z ἡ πληγὴ τοῦ θανάτου 1 fatal wound “deadly wound.” This is an injury that is serious enough to cause a person to die. @@ -576,7 +576,7 @@ REV 13 4 t15f writing-symlanguage δράκοντι 1 dragon This was a large, fi REV 13 4 yuu8 ἔδωκεν τὴν ἐξουσίαν τῷ θηρίῳ 1 he had given his authority to the beast “he had caused the beast to have as much authority as he had” REV 13 4 ep4n figs-rquestion τίς ὅμοιος τῷ θηρίῳ 1 Who is like the beast? This question shows how amazed they were about the beast. Alternate translation: “No one is as powerful as the beast!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) REV 13 4 mdd2 figs-rquestion τίς δύναται πολεμῆσαι μετ’ αὐτοῦ? 1 Who can fight against it? This question shows how much the people feared the power of the beast. Alternate translation: “No one could ever fight against the beast and win!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -REV 13 5 p2n5 figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτῷ…ἐδόθη αὐτῷ 1 The beast was given…It was permitted This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God gave the beast…God permitted the beast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +REV 13 5 p2n5 figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτῷ…ἐδόθη αὐτῷ 1 The beast was given … It was permitted This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God gave the beast … God permitted the beast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 13 5 y29e figs-metonymy ἐδόθη αὐτῷ στόμα λαλοῦν 1 The beast was given a mouth that could speak Being given a mouth refers to being allowed to speak. Alternate translation: “The beast was allowed to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 13 5 ai5y translate-numbers μῆνας τεσσεράκοντα δύο 1 forty-two months “42 months” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) REV 13 6 ru6v εἰς βλασφημίας πρὸς τὸν Θεόν 1 to speak blasphemies against God “to say disrespectful things about God” @@ -584,13 +584,13 @@ REV 13 6 k71y βλασφημῆσαι τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ, καὶ REV 13 7 fyp6 figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτῷ ἐξουσία 1 authority was given to it This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God gave authority to the beast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 13 7 f5rl πᾶσαν φυλὴν, καὶ λαὸν, καὶ γλῶσσαν, καὶ ἔθνος 1 every tribe, people, language, and nation This means that people from every ethnic group are included. See how you translated a similar list in [Revelation 5:9](../05/09.md). REV 13 8 nr7r προσκυνήσουσιν αὐτὸν 1 will worship it “will worship the beast” -REV 13 8 vyy8 figs-activepassive πάντες…γῆς, ὧν οὐ γέγραπται τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τῆς ζωῆς 1 everyone whose name was not written…in the Book of Life This phrase clarifies who on the earth will worship the beast. It can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “those whose names the Lamb did not write…in The Book of Life” or “those whose names were not…in the Book of Life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +REV 13 8 vyy8 figs-activepassive πάντες…γῆς, ὧν οὐ γέγραπται τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τῆς ζωῆς 1 everyone whose name was not written … in the Book of Life This phrase clarifies who on the earth will worship the beast. It can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “those whose names the Lamb did not write … in The Book of Life” or “those whose names were not … in the Book of Life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 13 8 nj7e ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου 1 since the creation of the world “when God created the world” REV 13 8 vac6 writing-symlanguage τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 the Lamb A **lamb** is a young sheep. Here is it used symbolically to refer to Christ. See how you translated this in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 13 8 bcu5 figs-activepassive τοῦ ἐσφαγμένου 1 who had been slaughtered This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom the people slaughtered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 13 9 tdy8 0 General Information: These verses are a break from John’s account of his vision. Here he give a warning to the people reading his account. REV 13 9 rr9a figs-metonymy εἴ τις ἔχει οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 If anyone has an ear, let him hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase **has an ear** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “If anyone is willing to listen, listen” or “If anyone is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -REV 13 9 tx89 figs-123person εἴ τις…ἀκουσάτω 1 If anyone…let him hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +REV 13 9 tx89 figs-123person εἴ τις…ἀκουσάτω 1 If anyone … let him hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) REV 13 10 r6sx figs-explicit εἴ τις εἰς 1 If anyone is to be taken This expression means that someone has decided who should be taken. If needed, translators may state clearly who decided it. Alternate translation: “If God has decided that someone should be taken” or “If it is God’s will that someone should be taken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 13 10 ipw7 figs-activepassive εἴ τις εἰς αἰχμαλωσίαν 1 If anyone is to be taken into captivity This can be stated in active form. The noun “captivity” can be stated with the verb “capture.” Alternate translation: “If it is God’s will for the enemy to capture a certain person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 13 10 na15 figs-abstractnouns ὑπάγει 1 into captivity he will go The noun “captivity” can be stated with the verb “capture.” Alternate translation: “he will be captured” or “the enemy will capture him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) @@ -726,7 +726,7 @@ REV 16 12 amf1 figs-activepassive τὸν Εὐφράτην, καὶ ἐξηρά REV 16 13 bb6d ὡς βάτραχοι 1 looked like frogs A frog is a small animal that lives near water. Jews considered them unclean animals. REV 16 13 ai28 writing-symlanguage δράκοντος 1 dragon This was a large, fierce reptile, like a lizard. For Jewish people, it was a symbol of evil and chaos. The dragon is also identified in verse 9 as “the devil or Satan.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 12:3](../12/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 16 15 u3v8 0 General Information: Verse 15 is a break from the main story line of John’s vision. These are words spoken by Jesus. The story line continues in verse 16. -REV 16 15 l16g figs-explicit ἰδοὺ, ἔρχομαι…τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην αὐτοῦ 1 Look! I am coming…his shameful condition This is in parentheses to show that it is not part of the story line in the vision. Rather, this is something that the Lord Jesus said. It can be stated clearly that the Lord Jesus said this, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +REV 16 15 l16g figs-explicit ἰδοὺ, ἔρχομαι…τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην αὐτοῦ 1 Look! I am coming … his shameful condition This is in parentheses to show that it is not part of the story line in the vision. Rather, this is something that the Lord Jesus said. It can be stated clearly that the Lord Jesus said this, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 16 15 lgi6 figs-simile ἔρχομαι ὡς κλέπτης 1 I am coming as a thief Jesus will come at a time when people do not expect him, just as a thief comes when not expected. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 16 15 an84 figs-metaphor τηρῶν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ 1 keeping his garments on Living the right way is spoken of as keeping one’s clothes on. Alternate translation: “doing what is right, like keeping his clothes on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 16 15 cia7 τηρῶν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ 1 keeping his garments on Some versions translate, “keeping his garments with him.” @@ -745,7 +745,7 @@ REV 16 19 g6s8 writing-symlanguage δοῦναι αὐτῇ τὸ ποτήριο REV 16 20 eb5w 0 Connecting Statement: This is part of the seventh bowl of God’s wrath. REV 16 20 byn4 figs-metonymy ὄρη οὐχ εὑρέθησαν 1 the mountains were no longer found The inability to see any mountains is metonymy expressing the idea that no mountains existed any longer. Alternate translation: “there were no longer any mountains” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 16 21 i43r translate-bweight ταλαντιαία 1 a talent You may convert this to a modern measure. Alternate translation: “33 kilograms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) -REV 17 intro ysn1 0 # Revelation 17 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins to describe how God will destroy Babylon.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Prostitute

Scripture often pictures idolatrous Jews as adulterous people and sometimes as prostitutes. This is not the reference here. The translator should allow this illustration to be vague. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])

### Seven hills

This possibly refers to the city of Rome, which was known as the city on seven hills. However, the translator should not attempt to identify Rome in the translation.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors

John uses many different metaphors in this chapter. He explains some of their meanings, but allows them to remain relatively unclear. The translator should attempt to do the same. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “The beast you saw existed, does not exist now, but is about to come up “

This and similar phrases in this chapter contrast the beast with Jesus. Jesus is called “the one who is, and who was, and who is to come” elsewhere in the Book of Revelation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### Paradox

A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. This sentence in 17:11 is a paradox: “the beast…is itself also an eighth king; but it is one of those seven kings.” The translator should not attempt to resolve this paradox. It should remain a mystery. ([Revelation 17:11](../../rev/17/11.md)) +REV 17 intro ysn1 0 # Revelation 17 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins to describe how God will destroy Babylon.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Prostitute

Scripture often pictures idolatrous Jews as adulterous people and sometimes as prostitutes. This is not the reference here. The translator should allow this illustration to be vague. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])

### Seven hills

This possibly refers to the city of Rome, which was known as the city on seven hills. However, the translator should not attempt to identify Rome in the translation.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors

John uses many different metaphors in this chapter. He explains some of their meanings, but allows them to remain relatively unclear. The translator should attempt to do the same. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “The beast you saw existed, does not exist now, but is about to come up “

This and similar phrases in this chapter contrast the beast with Jesus. Jesus is called “the one who is, and who was, and who is to come” elsewhere in the Book of Revelation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### Paradox

A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. This sentence in 17:11 is a paradox: “the beast … is itself also an eighth king; but it is one of those seven kings.” The translator should not attempt to resolve this paradox. It should remain a mystery. ([Revelation 17:11](../../rev/17/11.md)) REV 17 1 ppd7 0 General Information: John begins to describe the part of his vision about the great prostitute. REV 17 1 c6f4 figs-abstractnouns τὸ κρίμα τῆς πόρνης τῆς μεγάλης 1 the condemnation of the great prostitute The noun “condemnation” can be expressed with the verb “condemn.” Alternate translation: “how God will condemn the great prostitute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 17 1 f7ry writing-symlanguage τῆς πόρνης τῆς μεγάλης 1 the great prostitute “the prostitute that everyone knows about.” She represents a certain sinful city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) @@ -757,7 +757,7 @@ REV 17 4 rw19 translate-unknown μαργαρίταις 1 pearls beautiful and va REV 17 5 az5b figs-activepassive ἐπὶ τὸ μέτωπον αὐτῆς ὄνομα γεγραμμένον 1 On her forehead was written a name This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Someone had written on her forehead a name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 17 5 l75t figs-explicit Βαβυλὼν ἡ Μεγάλη 1 Babylon the great If it needs to be made clear that the name refers to the woman, it can be put in a sentence. Alternate translation: “I am Babylon, the powerful one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 17 6 iq7b 0 General Information: The angel begins to explain to John the meaning of the prostitute and the red beast. The angel explains these things through verse 18. -REV 17 6 iwz1 μεθύουσαν ἐκ τοῦ αἵματος…καὶ ἐκ τοῦ αἵματος 1 was drunk with the blood…and with the blood “was drunk because she had drunk the blood…and had drunk the blood” +REV 17 6 iwz1 μεθύουσαν ἐκ τοῦ αἵματος…καὶ ἐκ τοῦ αἵματος 1 was drunk with the blood … and with the blood “was drunk because she had drunk the blood … and had drunk the blood” REV 17 6 yqi7 τῶν μαρτύρων Ἰησοῦ 1 the martyrs for Jesus “the believers who have died because they told others about Jesus” REV 17 6 ydi9 ἐθαύμασα 1 I marveled amazed, surprised REV 17 7 j412 figs-rquestion διὰ τί ἐθαύμασας 1 Why are you astonished? The angel used this question to gently scold John. Alternate translation: “You should not be astonished!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -785,7 +785,7 @@ REV 17 15 zsh5 ὄχλοι 1 multitudes large groups of people REV 17 15 ua3s figs-metonymy γλῶσσαι 1 languages This refers to people who speak the languages. See how you translated this in [Revelation 10:11](../10/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 17 16 j157 ἠρημωμένην ποιήσουσιν αὐτὴν καὶ γυμνήν 1 make her desolate and naked “steal everything that she has and leave her with nothing” REV 17 16 f9as figs-metaphor τὰς σάρκας αὐτῆς φάγονται 1 they will devour her flesh Destroying her completely is spoken of as eating all her flesh. “They will destroy her completely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 17 17 y8cn ὁ γὰρ Θεὸς ἔδωκεν εἰς τὰς καρδίας αὐτῶν ποιῆσαι τὴν γνώμην αὐτοῦ, καὶ ποιῆσαι μίαν γνώμην, καὶ δοῦναι…ἄχρι τελεσθήσονται οἱ λόγοι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 For God has put it into their hearts to carry out his purpose by agreeing to give…until God’s words are fulfilled They would agree to give their power to the beast, but it would not be that they want to obey God. Alternate translation: “For God has put it into their hearts to agree to give…until God’s words are fulfilled, and by doing this, they would carry out God’s purpose” +REV 17 17 y8cn ὁ γὰρ Θεὸς ἔδωκεν εἰς τὰς καρδίας αὐτῶν ποιῆσαι τὴν γνώμην αὐτοῦ, καὶ ποιῆσαι μίαν γνώμην, καὶ δοῦναι…ἄχρι τελεσθήσονται οἱ λόγοι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 For God has put it into their hearts to carry out his purpose by agreeing to give … until God’s words are fulfilled They would agree to give their power to the beast, but it would not be that they want to obey God. Alternate translation: “For God has put it into their hearts to agree to give … until God’s words are fulfilled, and by doing this, they would carry out God’s purpose” REV 17 17 sb1d figs-metonymy ὁ γὰρ Θεὸς ἔδωκεν εἰς τὰς καρδίας αὐτῶν ποιῆσαι τὴν γνώμην αὐτοῦ, καὶ ποιῆσαι μίαν γνώμην, καὶ δοῦναι…ἄχρι τελεσθήσονται οἱ λόγοι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 God has put it into their hearts Here, **heart** is a metonym for desires. Making them want to do something is spoken of as putting it in their hearts to do it. Alternate translation: “God has made them want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 17 17 ku6m τὴν βασιλείαν αὐτῶν 1 their kingdom “authority” or “kingly authority” REV 17 17 el9y figs-activepassive ἄχρι τελεσθήσονται οἱ λόγοι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 until God’s words are fulfilled This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “until God fulfills what he said will happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -856,7 +856,7 @@ REV 18 21 kre6 figs-metonymy οὐ μὴ εὑρεθῇ ἔτι 1 will not be se REV 18 22 j6aq figs-activepassive φωνὴ κιθαρῳδῶν, καὶ μουσικῶν, καὶ αὐλητῶν, καὶ σαλπιστῶν, οὐ μὴ ἀκουσθῇ ἐν σοὶ ἔτι 1 The sound made by harpists, musicians, flute players, and trumpeters will not be heard anymore in you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “No one in your city will ever again hear the sound that harpists, musicians, flute players, and trumpeters make” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 18 22 da3h figs-apostrophe ἐν σοὶ 1 in you The angel speaks as if Babylon were there listening to him. Alternate translation: “in Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]]) REV 18 22 c88l figs-metonymy οὐ μὴ ἀκουσθῇ ἐν σοὶ ἔτι 1 will not be heard anymore in you “no one will hear them anymore in you.” Not being heard here means that they will not be there. Alternate translation: “they will not be in your city anymore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -REV 18 22 cu19 figs-metonymy τεχνίτης οὐ μὴ εὑρεθῇ ἐν σοὶ 1 No craftsman…will be found in you Not being found there means that they will not be there. Alternate translation: “No craftsman of any kind will be in your city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +REV 18 22 cu19 figs-metonymy τεχνίτης οὐ μὴ εὑρεθῇ ἐν σοὶ 1 No craftsman … will be found in you Not being found there means that they will not be there. Alternate translation: “No craftsman of any kind will be in your city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 18 22 c7p2 figs-metonymy φωνὴ μύλου οὐ μὴ ἀκουσθῇ ἐν σοὶ ἔτι 1 No sound of a mill will be heard anymore in you The sound of something not being heard means that no one will make that sound. Alternate translation: “No one will use a mill in your city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 18 23 pmd2 0 General Information: The words “you,” “your,” and “her” refer to Babylon. REV 18 23 d3yq 0 Connecting Statement: The angel who threw the millstone finishes talking. @@ -889,7 +889,7 @@ REV 19 6 e3ua ὅτι…Κύριος 1 For the Lord “Because the Lord” REV 19 7 hi52 0 Connecting Statement: The voice of the crowd from the previous verse continues speaking. REV 19 7 api6 χαίρωμεν 1 Let us rejoice Here, **us** refers to all of God’s servants. REV 19 7 m5av δῶμεν τὴν δόξαν αὐτῷ 1 give him the glory “give God the glory” or “honor God” -REV 19 7 bwf9 figs-metaphor ὁ γάμος τοῦ Ἀρνίου…ἡ γυνὴ αὐτοῦ ἡτοίμασεν ἑαυτήν 1 wedding celebration of the Lamb…his bride has made herself ready Here John speaks of the joining of Jesus and his people together forever as if it were a wedding celebration. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 19 7 bwf9 figs-metaphor ὁ γάμος τοῦ Ἀρνίου…ἡ γυνὴ αὐτοῦ ἡτοίμασεν ἑαυτήν 1 wedding celebration of the Lamb … his bride has made herself ready Here John speaks of the joining of Jesus and his people together forever as if it were a wedding celebration. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 19 7 r5xt writing-symlanguage Ἀρνίου 1 Lamb This is a young sheep. Here is it used symbolically to refer to Christ. See how you translated this in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 19 7 j6d7 figs-metaphor ἦλθεν 1 has come Existing in the present is spoken of as having come. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 19 7 q9e4 figs-metaphor ἡ γυνὴ αὐτοῦ ἡτοίμασεν ἑαυτήν 1 his bride has made herself ready John speaks of God’s people as if they were a bride who has gotten ready for her wedding. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -956,7 +956,7 @@ REV 20 11 pm1z figs-personification οὗ ἀπὸ τοῦ προσώπου ἔ REV 20 12 gap2 figs-activepassive βιβλία ἠνοίχθησαν 1 the books were opened This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone opened the books” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 20 12 lt7k figs-activepassive ἐκρίθησαν οἱ νεκροὶ 1 The dead were judged This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God judged the people who had died and now lived again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 20 12 vvc4 figs-activepassive ἐκ τῶν γεγραμμένων 1 from the things that were written This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “by what he had recorded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -REV 20 13 ea2h figs-personification ἔδωκεν ἡ θάλασσα τοὺς νεκροὺς…ὁ θάνατος καὶ ὁ ᾍδης ἔδωκαν τοὺς νεκροὺς 1 The sea gave up the dead…Death and Hades gave up the dead Here John speaks of the sea, death, and Hades as if they were living persons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +REV 20 13 ea2h figs-personification ἔδωκεν ἡ θάλασσα τοὺς νεκροὺς…ὁ θάνατος καὶ ὁ ᾍδης ἔδωκαν τοὺς νεκροὺς 1 The sea gave up the dead … Death and Hades gave up the dead Here John speaks of the sea, death, and Hades as if they were living persons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) REV 20 13 bg4u figs-activepassive ἐκρίθησαν 1 were judged This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God judged the dead people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 20 13 pk3k figs-metonymy ὁ ᾍδης 1 Hades Here, **Hades** is a metonym that represents the place where unbelievers go when they die, to wait for God’s judgment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 20 14 lw6b figs-activepassive ὁ θάνατος καὶ ὁ ᾍδης ἐβλήθησαν 1 Death and Hades were thrown This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God threw Death and Hades” or “God’s angel threw Death and Hades” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -975,7 +975,7 @@ REV 21 5 rq2q figs-metonymy οὗτοι οἱ λόγοι πιστοὶ καὶ REV 21 6 dq8n figs-parallelism τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ, ἡ ἀρχὴ καὶ τὸ τέλος 1 the alpha and the omega, the beginning and the end These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize God’s eternal nature. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) REV 21 6 li7s figs-metaphor τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 the alpha and the omega These are first and last letters of the Greek alphabet. This could mean: (1) “the one who began all things and who ends all things” or (2) “the one who has always lived and who always will live.” If these are unclear to readers, you may consider using the first and last letters of your alphabet. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “the A and the Z” or “the first and the last” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) REV 21 6 bf1p ἡ ἀρχὴ καὶ τὸ τέλος 1 the beginning and the end This could mean: (1) “the one who began all things and the one who will cause all things to end” or (2) “the one who existed before all things and who will exist after all things.” -REV 21 6 wk2c figs-metaphor τῷ διψῶντι…τοῦ ὕδατος τῆς ζωῆς 1 To the one who thirsts…water of life God speaks of a person’s desire for eternal life as if it were thirst and of that person receiving eternal life as if he were drinking life-giving water. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 21 6 wk2c figs-metaphor τῷ διψῶντι…τοῦ ὕδατος τῆς ζωῆς 1 To the one who thirsts … water of life God speaks of a person’s desire for eternal life as if it were thirst and of that person receiving eternal life as if he were drinking life-giving water. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 21 7 vms6 0 Connecting Statement: The one seated on the throne continues to speak to John. REV 21 8 hma7 τοῖς…δειλοῖς 1 the cowards “those who are too afraid to do what is right” REV 21 8 k8yp ἐβδελυγμένοις 1 the detestable “those who do terrible things” @@ -997,12 +997,12 @@ REV 21 18 g7w8 figs-activepassive ἡ ἐνδώμησις τοῦ τείχους REV 21 18 n3hu figs-simile χρυσίον καθαρὸν, ὅμοιον ὑάλῳ καθαρῷ 1 pure gold, like clear glass The gold was so clear that it is spoken of as if it were glass. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 21 18 h239 translate-unknown ἴασπις 1 jasper This is a valuable stone. Jasper may have been clear like glass or crystal. See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:3](../04/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) REV 21 19 ick5 figs-activepassive οἱ θεμέλιοι τοῦ τείχους…κεκοσμημένοι 1 The foundations of the wall were adorned This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Someone adorned the foundations of the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -REV 21 19 ke4b translate-unknown ἴασπις…σάπφειρος…χαλκηδών…σμάραγδος 1 jasper…sapphire…agate…emerald These are valuable stones. Jasper may have been clear like glass or crystal. See how you translated it in [Revelation 4:3](../04/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -REV 21 20 a2tm translate-unknown σαρδόνυξ…σάρδιον…χρυσόλιθος…βήρυλλος…τοπάζιον…χρυσόπρασος…ὑάκινθος…ἀμέθυστος 1 onyx…chrysolite…beryl…topaz…chrysoprase…jacinth…amethyst These are all precious gems. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +REV 21 19 ke4b translate-unknown ἴασπις…σάπφειρος…χαλκηδών…σμάραγδος 1 jasper … sapphire … agate … emerald These are valuable stones. Jasper may have been clear like glass or crystal. See how you translated it in [Revelation 4:3](../04/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +REV 21 20 a2tm translate-unknown σαρδόνυξ…σάρδιον…χρυσόλιθος…βήρυλλος…τοπάζιον…χρυσόπρασος…ὑάκινθος…ἀμέθυστος 1 onyx … chrysolite … beryl … topaz … chrysoprase … jacinth … amethyst These are all precious gems. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) REV 21 21 yn6i translate-unknown μαργαρῖται 1 pearls beautiful and valuable white beads. They are formed inside the shell of a certain kind of small animal that lives in the ocean. See how you translated this in [Revelation 17:4](../17/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) REV 21 21 g75r figs-activepassive ἀνὰ εἷς ἕκαστος τῶν πυλώνων ἦν ἐξ ἑνὸς μαργαρίτου 1 each of the gates was made from a single pearl This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone had made each of the gates from a single pearl” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 21 21 vp22 figs-simile χρυσίον καθαρὸν ὡς ὕαλος διαυγής 1 pure gold, like transparent glass The gold was so clear that it is spoken of as if it was glass. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 21:18](../21/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -REV 21 22 m2ew figs-metaphor ὁ…Κύριος ὁ Θεός…ναὸς αὐτῆς ἐστιν, καὶ τὸ Ἀρνίον 1 Lord God…and the Lamb are its temple The temple represented God’s presence. This means the new Jerusalem does not need a temple because God and the Lamb will live there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 21 22 m2ew figs-metaphor ὁ…Κύριος ὁ Θεός…ναὸς αὐτῆς ἐστιν, καὶ τὸ Ἀρνίον 1 Lord God … and the Lamb are its temple The temple represented God’s presence. This means the new Jerusalem does not need a temple because God and the Lamb will live there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 21 23 v2m9 figs-metaphor ὁ λύχνος αὐτῆς τὸ Ἀρνίον 1 its lamp is the Lamb Here the glory of Jesus, the Lamb, is spoken of as if it were a lamp that gives light to the city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 21 24 j3lk figs-metonymy περιπατήσουσιν τὰ ἔθνη 1 The nations will walk The words **the nations** are a metonym for the people who live in the nations. **Walk** here is a metaphor for “live.” Alternate translation: “The people from all the different nations will live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 21 25 lq1z figs-activepassive οἱ πυλῶνες αὐτῆς οὐ μὴ κλεισθῶσιν 1 Its gates will not be shut This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “No one will shut the gates” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -1028,7 +1028,7 @@ REV 22 7 afr9 figs-explicit ἔρχομαι ταχύ 1 I am coming quickly! It i REV 22 8 xr17 0 General Information: John tells his readers about how he responded to the angel. REV 22 8 uvk3 ἔπεσα προσκυνῆσαι ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ποδῶν 1 I fell down to worship at the feet This means that John purposely lay on the ground and stretched himself out in reverence or submission. This action was an important part of worship, to show respect and willingness to serve. See how you translated similar words in [Revelation 19:10](../19/10.md). REV 22 10 gqa8 0 Connecting Statement: The angel finishes speaking to John. -REV 22 10 ct48 figs-explicit μὴ σφραγίσῃς…τοῦ βιβλίου τούτου 1 Do not seal up…this book To seal a book was to keep it closed with something that makes it impossible for anyone to read what was inside without breaking the seal. The angel is telling John not to keep the message a secret. Alternate translation: “Do not keep secret…this book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +REV 22 10 ct48 figs-explicit μὴ σφραγίσῃς…τοῦ βιβλίου τούτου 1 Do not seal up … this book To seal a book was to keep it closed with something that makes it impossible for anyone to read what was inside without breaking the seal. The angel is telling John not to keep the message a secret. Alternate translation: “Do not keep secret … this book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 22 10 xc15 figs-metonymy τοὺς λόγους τῆς προφητείας τοῦ βιβλίου τούτου 1 the words of the prophecy of this book Here, **words** refers to the message that they formed. See how you translated this in [Revelation 22:7](../22/07.md). Alternate translation: “This prophetic message of this book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 22 12 idc6 writing-endofstory 0 General Information: As the book of Revelation is ending, Jesus gives a closing greeting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) REV 22 13 f5jl figs-parallelism τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ, ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος, ἡ ἀρχὴ καὶ τὸ τέλος 1 the alpha and the omega, the first and the last, the beginning and the end These three phrases share similar meanings and emphasize that Jesus has and will exist for all time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) @@ -1045,14 +1045,14 @@ REV 22 16 g9uj figs-metaphor ὁ ἀστὴρ ὁ λαμπρός, ὁ πρωϊν REV 22 17 gig5 0 Connecting Statement: This verse is a response to what Jesus said. REV 22 17 lt8j figs-metaphor ἡ νύμφη 1 the Bride Believers are spoken of as if they were a bride about to be married to her groom, Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 22 17 m9at figs-explicit ἔρχου 1 Come! This could mean: (1) that this is an invitation for people to come and drink the water of life. Alternate translation: “Come and drink!” or (2) that this is a polite request for Jesus to return. Alternate translation: “Please come!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -REV 22 17 e2m5 figs-metaphor ὁ διψῶν ἐρχέσθω…ὕδωρ ζωῆς 1 the one who is thirsty…the water of life A person’s desire for eternal life is spoken of as if it were thirst and of that person receiving eternal life as if he were drinking life-giving water. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 22 17 e2m5 figs-metaphor ὁ διψῶν ἐρχέσθω…ὕδωρ ζωῆς 1 the one who is thirsty … the water of life A person’s desire for eternal life is spoken of as if it were thirst and of that person receiving eternal life as if he were drinking life-giving water. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 22 17 dwb6 figs-metaphor ὕδωρ ζωῆς 1 the water of life Eternal life is spoken of as if it were provided by life-giving water. See how you translated this in [Revelation 21:6](../21/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 22 18 fd5l 0 General Information: John gives his final remarks about the book of Revelation. REV 22 18 d95j μαρτυρῶ ἐγὼ 1 I testify Here, **I** refers to John. REV 22 18 s36m figs-metonymy τοὺς λόγους τῆς προφητείας τοῦ βιβλίου τούτου 1 the words of the prophecy of this book Here, **words** refers to the message that they formed. See how you translated this in [Revelation 22:7](../22/07.md). Alternate translation: “This prophetic message of this book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -REV 22 18 jzu8 ἐάν τις ἐπιθῇ ἐπ’ αὐτά, ἐπιθήσει ὁ Θεὸς 1 If anyone adds to them…God will add This is a strong warning to not change anything about this prophecy. +REV 22 18 jzu8 ἐάν τις ἐπιθῇ ἐπ’ αὐτά, ἐπιθήσει ὁ Θεὸς 1 If anyone adds to them … God will add This is a strong warning to not change anything about this prophecy. REV 22 18 d4sc figs-activepassive τὰς γεγραμμένας ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τούτῳ 1 that are written about in this book This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which I have written about in this book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -REV 22 19 ss3y ἐάν τις ἀφέλῃ…ἀφελεῖ ὁ Θεὸς 1 If anyone takes away…God will take away This is a strong warning to not change anything about this prophecy. +REV 22 19 ss3y ἐάν τις ἀφέλῃ…ἀφελεῖ ὁ Θεὸς 1 If anyone takes away … God will take away This is a strong warning to not change anything about this prophecy. REV 22 20 u6mb 0 General Information: In these verses John gives his and Jesus’ closing greetings. REV 22 20 y9p2 ὁ μαρτυρῶν 1 The one who testifies “Jesus, who testifies” REV 22 21 xr3d μετὰ τῶν ἁγίων 1 with the saints “with every one of you”